970
Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge) Chapter 1 Introduction to Organizational Behavior 1) When managers are asked to describe their most frequent problems, they often describe ________ problems. A) technology B) people C) equipment D) time management E) location Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 1 2) Which of the following reflect people problems that managers frequently experience? A) outdated technology B) employees' lack of motivation C) poor communication skills of bosses D) conflicts between team members Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 1 3) Until the late 1980s, business school curricula emphasized the ________ aspects of management. A) ethical B) people C) technical D) human E) global Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 1 4) Until the late 1980s, business school curricula emphasized all of the following EXCEPT A) human behavior. B) economics. C) accounting. D) finance. Answer: A 1 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Robbins Chapters

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 1 Introduction to Organizational Behavior

1) When managers are asked to describe their most frequent problems, they often describe ________ problems.A) technologyB) peopleC) equipmentD) time managementE) locationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 1

2) Which of the following reflect people problems that managers frequently experience?A) outdated technologyB) employees' lack of motivationC) poor communication skills of bossesD) conflicts between team membersAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 1

3) Until the late 1980s, business school curricula emphasized the ________ aspects of management.A) ethicalB) peopleC) technicalD) humanE) globalAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 1

4) Until the late 1980s, business school curricula emphasized all of the following EXCEPTA) human behavior.B) economics.C) accounting.D) finance.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 1

1 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 2: Robbins Chapters

5) Over the past two decades, business schools have added required courses on people skills to many of their curricula. Why have they done this?A) Managers no longer need technical skills in subjects such as economics and accounting to succeed.B) There is an increased emphasis in controlling employee behavior in the workplace.C) Managers need to understand human behavior if they are to be effective.D) These skills enable managers to effectively lead human resources departments.E) A manager with good people skills can help create a pleasant workplace.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 1

6) The director of leadership at MIT's Sloan School of Management said that technical skills may be enough to get MBA students by in their first few years of employment, but then ________ skills distinguish those whose careers soar.A) quantitativeB) economicC) accounting and financeD) leadership and communicationE) computerAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 2

7) Companies with reputations as good places to workA) can generate superior financial performance.B) seldom have good managers.C) place little emphasis on interpersonal skills.D) consistently offer flextime.E) pay higher wagesAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 2

8) Which of the following is most likely to be a belief held by a successful manager?A) Technical knowledge is all that is needed for success.B) It is not essential to have sound interpersonal skills.C) Technical skills are necessary, but insufficient alone for success.D) Effectiveness is not impacted by human behavior.E) Technical skills do not influence efficiency.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 2

2 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 3: Robbins Chapters

9) An OB study would be least likely to be used to focus on which of the following problems?A) an increase in absenteeism at a certain companyB) a fall in productivity in one shift of a manufacturing plantC) a decrease in sales due to growing foreign competitionD) an increase in theft by employees at a retail storeE) excessive turnover in volunteer workers at a non-profit organizationAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 2Topic: The Field of Organizational Behavior

10) ________ is a field of study that investigates the impact that individuals, groups, and structure have on behavior within organizations for the purpose of applying such knowledge toward improving an organization's effectiveness.A) Organizational developmentB) Human Resources ManagementC) Organizational behaviorD) People managementE) Corporate strategyAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 2Topic: The Field of Organizational Behavior

11) What are the three primary determinants of behavior that organizational behavior focuses upon?A) Profit structure, organizational complexity, job satisfactionB) Individuals, profit structure, and job satisfactionC) Individuals, groups, and job satisfactionD) Groups, structure, and profit structureE) individuals, groups, and structureAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 2Topic: The Field of Organizational Behavior

12) Which of the following is not generally considered a core topic of organizational behavior?A) motivationB) attitude developmentC) conflictD) resource allocationE) work design Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 2-3Topic: The Field of Organizational Behavior

3 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 4: Robbins Chapters

13) In order to predict human behavior, it is best to supplement your intuitive opinions with information derived in what fashion?A) common sense B) direct observationC) systematic inquiryD) speculationE) organizational theoryAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

14) Which of the following explains the usefulness of the systematic approach to the study of organizational behavior?A) Human behavior does not vary a great deal between individuals and situations.B) Human behavior is not random.C) Human behavior is not consistent.D) Human behavior is rarely predictable.E) Human behavior is often not sensible.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

15) A manager wishes to know how members of her team will react to layoffs in other departments. Which of the following is least useful in predicting her team's behavior?A) knowing the organizational goals of her teamB) knowing what is important to each member of the teamC) knowing how the team perceives the layoffsD) knowing how the team has reacted in similar situationsE) knowing how other workers have reacted in similar situationsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic StudyAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

16) What do the fundamental consistencies underlying the behavior of all individuals enable researchers to do?A) observe human behaviorB) systematize human behaviorC) research human behaviorD) predict human behaviorE) detect human behaviorAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

4 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 5: Robbins Chapters

17) Analyzing relationships, determining causes and effects, and basing conclusions on scientific evidence all constitute aspects of ________ study.A) organizationalB) intuitive C) theoreticalD) systematic E) case-basedAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

18) By practicing systematic analysis, you can enhance your intuitive views of behavior and improve your accuracy in ________ behavior.A) explaining and predictingB) confirmingC) predicting 100 percent ofD) controllingE) managingAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

19) Which of the following is NOT true concerning EBM?A) EBM requires that management decisions be based on "gut feel"B) EBM requires that managerial decisions are based on the latest available evidenceC) EBM requires that managers become more scientific in their approach to managerial problemsD) None of the aboveAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 4Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

20) Organizational behavior is constructed from all of the following disciplines except ________.A) physics B) psychologyC) anthropologyD) sociologyE) social psychologyAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

5 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 6: Robbins Chapters

21) Psychology's major contributions to the field of organizational behavior have been primarily at what level of analysis?A) the level of the groupB) the level of the individualC) the level of the organizationD) the level of the cultureE) the level of interacting groupsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

22) Anthropology's major contribution to the field of organizational behavior has been primarily at what level of analysis?A) micro levelB) group levelC) individual levelD) organization levelAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 1-1Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

23) The science that seeks to measure, explain, and sometimes change the behavior of humans and other animals is known as ________.A) psychiatryB) psychologyC) sociologyD) political scienceE) organizational behaviorAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

24) Which behavioral science discipline is most focused on understanding individual behavior?A) sociologyB) social psychologyC) psychologyD) anthropologyE) organizational behaviorAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

6 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 7: Robbins Chapters

25) Significant contributions to OB in the study of group behavior in organizations have been made by ________.A) psychologistsB) social psychologistsC) anthropologistsD) political scientistsE) operations analystsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

26) Recently, industrial/organizational psychologists have concerned themselves with the study of all EXCEPT which of the following?A) emotionsB) trainingC) job satisfactionD) performance appraisalsE) powerAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

27) You are bringing together faculty from different behavioral disciplines to author a new textbook in organizational behavior. Represented are professors from psychology, sociology, social psychology, anthropology, political science, and industrial engineering. You should expect that the faculty member from ________ will probably contribute information about leadership effectiveness and job satisfaction.A) sociologyB) social psychologyC) psychologyD) anthropologyE) industrial engineeringAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB FieldAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

7 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 8: Robbins Chapters

28) You are bringing together faculty from different behavioral disciplines to author a new textbook in organizational behavior. Represented are professors from psychology, sociology, social psychology, anthropology, political science, and industrial engineering. Which professor out of this group would you expect to address issues of communication?A) the psychologistB) the anthropologistC) the sociologistD) the social psychologistE) the industrial engineerAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 4Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB FieldAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

29) The study of group behavior in organizations has largely been derived from what field of study?A) psychologyB) political scienceC) anthropologyD) sociologyE) psychiatryAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

30) The OB topic of motivation has been most influenced by which behavioral science discipline?A) psychologyB) social psychologyC) sociologyD) political scienceE) corporate strategyAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

31) The science that focuses on the influence people have on one another is ________.A) psychologyB) anthropologyC) political scienceD) social psychologyE) archaeology Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

8 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 9: Robbins Chapters

32) ________ blends concepts from psychology and sociology.A) Corporate strategyB) AnthropologyC) Political scienceD) Social psychologyE) Archaeology Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

33) Group behavior, power, and conflict are central areas of study for ________.A) archaeologistsB) sociologistsC) anthropologistsD) social psychologistsE) operations analystsAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

34) ________ focuses on the study of people in relation to their social environment.A) PsychologyB) SociologyC) Corporate strategyD) Political scienceE) Operations managementAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

35) When seeking to understand how the corporate culture of IBM differs from that of Apple, OB researchers are drawing on contributions made fromA) anthropologyB) psychologyC) sociologyD) social psychologyAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

9 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 10: Robbins Chapters

36) Social psychologists have made major contributions to OB by their study of which of the following?A) behavioral and attitude changeB) individual decision makingC) job satisfactionD) organizational powerE) cross-cultural analysisAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 1-1Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

37) Contributions of psychology to the OB discipline includeA) organizational change.B) formal organizational technology.C) work stress.D) power.E) comparative values.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 1-1Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

38) The subject of organizational culture has been most influenced by which behavioral science discipline?A) anthropologyB) psychologyC) social psychologyD) political scienceE) corporate strategyAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

39) Which of the following fields has most helped us understand differences in fundamental values, attitudes, and behavior among people in different countries? A) anthropologyB) psychologyC) political scienceD) operations researchE) psycholinguisticsAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 6Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

10 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 11: Robbins Chapters

40) Which of the following statements best describes the current status of organizational behavior concepts?A) They are based on universal truths.B) Since people are complex, the theories explaining their actions must also be complex.C) There is general consensus among OB researchers and scholars on the simple concepts that underlie most human behavior.D) The cause-effect principles that tend to apply to all situations have been discovered.E) Cause-and-effect relationships for most human behaviors have been isolated.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

41) There are ________ simple and universal principles that explain organizational behavior.A) an infinity of B) absolutely noC) a confusing array of D) fourteenE) few, if anyAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

42) In order to predict human behavior with any degree of accuracy, what sort of variables must be taken into account?A) globalB) generalC) dependentD) non-reactiveE) contingencyAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

43) OB concepts must reflect contingency conditions sinceA) human beings are complex.B) two people often act very differently in the same situation.C) one person's behavior changes in different situations.D) we are limited in our ability to make sweeping generalizations.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

11 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 12: Robbins Chapters

44) Which of the following factors requires that employees become more flexible?A) temporarinessB) corporate excessC) truncated capacityD) advances in corporate strategyE) global competitionAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

45) A decrease in loyalty in the workplace may be attributed toA) the heavy use of temporary workersB) lower wagesC) greater diversity in the workplaceD) an increase in foreign assignmentsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

46) Which of the following was NOT cited in the text as a change taking place in organizations?A) workers are more diverseB) the typical employee is youngerC) more women are in the workplaceD) corporate downsizingE) global competitionAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 6Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

47) As a result of globalization, a manager is ________ likely to find herself in a foreign assignment.A) increasinglyB) lessC) neverD) somewhatE) notAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

12 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 13: Robbins Chapters

48) To work effectively with people from a different culture, you need to understandA) how their culture shaped them.B) how their geography shaped them.C) how their religion shaped them.D) how to adapt your management style to their differences.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

49) As managers oversee the movement of jobs to countries with low-cost labor,A) they face little criticism.B) they must deal with strong criticism from labor groups.C) they manage less diverse workforces.D) they avoid markets like China and other developing nations.E) they work themselves out of a job.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

50) Lensmasters, a U.S. company that produces high quality optical systems for survey equipment, has decided to expand its operations by opening plants in low-wage countries in Southern Asia. If this proves successful, it plans to reduce its U.S. manufacturing capacity and move more of its production offshore. Managers at Lensmasters are least likely to find their jobs changing in which of the following ways due to these changes?A) They will have to adapt their management style to other cultures.B) They will have to anticipate an increased number of foreign assignments.C) They will need to anticipate paying much higher wages to employees outside the US.D) They will need to plan to shift knowledge work to lower-wage companies.E) They will need to manage the fears of terrorism of employees remaining in the United States.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

51) Whereas ________ focuses on differences among people from different countries, ________ addresses differences among people within given countries.A) workforce diversity; globalizationB) globalization; workforce diversityC) culture; diversityD) culturalization; workforce diversity E) psychology; social psychologyAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

13 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 14: Robbins Chapters

52) ________ means that organizations are becoming more heterogeneous in terms of gender, race, and ethnicity.A) GlobalizationB) Workforce diversityC) Affirmative actionD) Organizational cultureE) Operational homogeneity Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 7-8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

53) One of the most important and broad-based challenges facing organizations today isA) going global.B) containing costs.C) adapting to people who are different.D) developing people.E) winning the war for talent.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

54) Workforce diversity means that organizations are becoming more heterogeneous in terms of all of the following EXCEPTA) age.B) gender.C) sexual orientation.D) socio-economic status.E) ethnicity.Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 7-8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

55) Managing diversityA) is an issue just for the United States.B) is not an issue in Canada.C) is not an issue in Japan.D) has become a global concern.E) is not a business issueAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

14 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 15: Robbins Chapters

56) Which group comprises nearly half of the U.S. labor force?A) people over the age of 65B) Latino/asC) African-AmericansD) menE) womenAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 1-2Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

57) Diversity, if properly managed, canA) increase creativity.B) increase innovation.C) provide different perspectives on problems.D) improve decision making.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

58) Which of the following statements is not an implication of increased workplace diversity?A) Managers should recognize differences between workers.B) Diversity training should be provided.C) Employee benefits should be revamped to accommodate the different needs of different employees.D) It is critical that all workers be treated alike.E) Innovation and creativity in organizations is likely to increase.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

59) Which of the following is NOT true of diversity?A) Managers have to shift their philosophy from treating everyone alike.B) Managers have to recognize differences.C) Managers have to provide diversity training.D) When diversity is not managed properly, there is a potential for higher turnover.E) Diversity makes communication easier.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

15 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 16: Robbins Chapters

60) According to the textbook, when diversity is not managed properly, there is a potential for ________.A) higher creativityB) communication benefitsC) labor cost inequitiesD) increased competitivenessE) higher turnoverAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 8-9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

61) Today's managers understand that the success of any effort at improving quality and productivity must include ________.A) process reengineeringB) quality management programsC) customer service improvementsD) employeesE) manufacturing simplificationAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

62) The common characteristic of service jobs is that they requireA) substantial interaction with an organization's customers.B) low pay.C) a focus on productivity.D) little job knowledge.E) little technical competence.Answer: ADiff: 4 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

63) The majority of employees today in developed countries work in ________.A) manufacturing jobsB) service jobsC) MNCsD) government agenciesE) the militaryAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

16 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 17: Robbins Chapters

64) Approximately ________ % of the U.S. labor force is employed in service industries.A) 10B) 25C) 40D) 60E) 80Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

65) Examples of service industry jobs include all of the following except ________.A) fast-food counter workerB) sales clerkC) waiterD) nurseE) production-line worker Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

66) Which of the following is NOT considered a key quality of an employee in a customer-responsive culture?A) friendly and courteousB) accessibleC) knowledgeableD) good computer skillsE) willing to do what's necessary to please the customerAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

67) Cultures in which employees are friendly, accessible, and prompt in responding to customer needs are considered ________ cultures.A) ethically healthyB) customer responsiveC) innovativeD) learning organizationE) total qualityAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

17 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 18: Robbins Chapters

68) What is the primary reason many large companies such as Sears and Boeing have implemented cost-cutting programs and eliminated thousands of jobs?A) to expand globallyB) to win the war for talentC) to become lean and meanD) to avoid going brokeE) to merge with another companyAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

69) Today's successful organizations must do all of the following EXCEPTA) foster innovation.B) master the art of change.C) continue doing what they have been for years that made them successful.D) continually improve their quality.E) maintain their flexibility.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

70) Organizations may become candidates for extinction if theyA) do not foster innovation.B) do not master the art of change.C) are not flexible.D) do not improve their quality.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

71) Evidence of temporariness is seen in all of the following EXCEPTA) jobs are continually being redesigned.B) companies are relying more on temporary workers.C) the time horizon for a sustainable competitive advantage is getting shorter.D) pensions are being redesigned to move with people as they change jobs.E) tasks are increasingly being done by flexible teams rather than individuals.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

18 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 19: Robbins Chapters

72) Organizations are in a state of flux. Examples of this includeA) continual reorganizing.B) selling off poor-performing businesses.C) replacing permanent employees with temporary workers.D) subcontracting non-critical services to other organizations.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

73) Given the climate of "temporariness" in modern organizations, employees must ________.A) continually update their knowledge and skillsB) be prepared to stay in the same position for longer periods of timeC) make closer connections to their peersD) foster friendship within the work environmentE) limit their mobility if they hope to competeAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

74) Today's managers and employeesA) must learn to live with flexibility.B) must learn to cope with temporariness.C) must understand how to overcome resistance to change.D) must learn to live with unpredictability.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

75) The blurring of the line between work and non-work time has createdA) personal conflicts.B) a more stable workforce.C) higher pay scales for more hours worked.D) less stress.E) more stay-at-home moms.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

19 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 20: Robbins Chapters

76) Which of the following has not contributed to blurring the lines between employees' work life and personal life?A) Hours are not clearly specified.B) Communications technology allows employees to work any time and from any place.C) Organizations asking employees to put in longer hoursD) Creation of flexible teams E) The workplace itself is not clearly specified.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

77) Situations where an individual is required to define right and wrong conduct are termed ________.A) diversity issuesB) human resource problemsC) ethical dilemmasD) loyalty situationsE) social puzzlesAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

78) An example of an ethical dilemma is:A) Do I inflate an employee's evaluation to save his job?B) Do I offer a bribe to land a contract?C) Do I write a check on a closed account?D) Do I fire an employee to avoid paying her a big bonus?E) Do I fire a whistle blower for exposing the company's wrongdoing?Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

79) What constitutes good ethical behaviorA) is constantly ignoredB) has never been clearly defined C) is well knownD) is seen when elected officials pad their expense accounts E) is not related to organizational cultureAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

20 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 21: Robbins Chapters

80) Employees today areA) expressing increased confidence in management.B) expressing increased trust in management.C) increasingly certain about what constitutes appropriate ethical behavior.D) increasingly uncertain about what constitutes appropriate ethical behavior.E) using fewer excuses for engaging in unethical behavior.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

81) An ethically healthy climateA) exists where employees confront a minimal degree of ambiguity regarding what constitutes right and wrong behaviors.B) is non-existent in businesses.C) seldom allows employees to do their work productively.D) cannot be created by managers, but must be dictated by the organization's mission.E) interferes with the actual performance of the organization.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

82) Positive organizational scholarshipA) is also called positive organizational behaviorB) is also called foundation for positive organizationsC) is concerned with developing the weaknesses of employeesD) is concerned with identifying what's wrong with organizations and their employeesAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

83) Joseph's manager has asked him to think about situations in which he was at his "personal best" to better understand how to exploit his strengths. This concept is known asA) reflected best-selfB) minimizing limitationsC) emotional intelligenceD) best of the bestAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 12Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

21 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 22: Robbins Chapters

84) Positive organizational scholarshipA) challenges researchers to look at OB through a new lensB) denies the presence of the negativeC) challenges organizations to dwell on their limitationsD) denies the value of critical feedbackAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 12Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

85) OB is a field of study that investigates the impact the individuals, groups, and structure have on behavior within organizations, for the purpose of applying such knowledge toward improvingA) an organization's effectiveness.B) an organization's social responsibilities.C) the manager's pay.D) the quality of the firm's products.E) an organization's social audit results.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 13Topic: Implications for Managers

86) People skills have always been a critical component of business school programs.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 1

87) According to the textbook, the most frequent problem of managers is people problems.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 1

88) Although managers must be technically competent, technical knowledge is often not enough for success.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 2

89) Outstanding employees are most in demand during economic downturns.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 2

90) Companies with reputations as good places to work improve retention, but seldom generate improved financial performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 2

22 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 23: Robbins Chapters

91) Organizational behavior is a field of study that investigates the impact that individuals, groups, and structure have on productivity within organizations, for the purpose of applying such knowledge toward defining an organization's objectives.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 2Topic: The Field of Organizational Behavior

92) Scholars generally agree on the topics that constitute OB and the relative importance of each.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 2Topic: The Field of Organizational Behavior

93) OB focuses on the three determinants of behavior in organizations: individuals, groups, and power.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 2Topic: The Field of Organizational Behavior

94) Behavior is generally predictable, and the systematic study of behavior is a means to making reasonably accurate predictions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

95) Many people's views on human behavior are based on intuition.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

96) Intuition comes from "gut feelings" about the state of some phenomenon of interest.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

97) The majority of management decisions today are made based on a systematic study of the evidence.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

98) Evidence-based management complements systematic study.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 4Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

23 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 24: Robbins Chapters

99) When conclusions are based on scientific evidence, they are based on data gathered under controlled conditions and measured and interpreted in a rigorous manner.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 4-5Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

100) Social psychology is an area within psychology, blending concepts from both psychology and socialism.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

101) What psychology is to the group, sociology is to the individual.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB FieldAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

102) Learning, perception, and personality are OB topics whose contributions have generally come from psychiatry.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

103) Conflict and power have been major topics of concern to social psychologists.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

104) Anthropology has helped us understand differences in values and attitudes between people in different countries.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

105) There are many universal principles that explain organizational behavior.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

106) OB researchers cannot offer reasonably accurate explanations of human behavior since people act very differently in similar situations.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

24 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 25: Robbins Chapters

107) OB concepts must reflect contingency conditions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

108) OB research provides many cause-and-effect relationships.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 6Topic: Few Absolutes in OB

109) Corporate downsizing is severing the bonds of loyalty.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 6Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

110) The typical worker today is younger.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 6Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

111) As the world has becomes more global, managers have to become capable of working with people from different cultures.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

112) The manager's job has remained relatively stable even with the globalization of business.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

113) Managers today are more likely to find themselves in a foreign assignment.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

114) In the global arena, managers quickly discover that the same factors motivate people the world over.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

25 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 26: Robbins Chapters

115) Managers today are challenged to balance the interests of their organization with the responsibility to the communities in which they operate. Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

116) Critics see the exportation of jobs as undermining the job markets in developing countries.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

117) People must set aside their cultural values and differences when they come to work.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

118) One of the most important challenges facing organizations today is adapting to diversity.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

119) Workforce diversity focuses on differences between people from different countries.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

120) Workforce diversity means that organizations are becoming a more homogeneous mix of people.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 7-8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

121) Managing diversity is not just an issue in the United States, but also in Canada, Australia, and Japan.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

26 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 27: Robbins Chapters

122) Managers have to shift their philosophy from treating everyone alike.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

123) When diversity is not managed properly, there is a potential for higher turnover and interpersonal conflicts.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 8-9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

124) Diversity, if positively managed, can increase creativity and innovation in organizations.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

125) Forty percent of the U.S. labor force is employed in service industries.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

126) The common characteristic of manufacturing jobs is that they require substantial interaction with an organization's customers.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

127) OB can be helpful in understanding how to include employees in quality improvement efforts.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

128) Forty percent of the U.S. labor force is female.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 1-2Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

27 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 28: Robbins Chapters

129) Recent polls indicate than an increasing percent of employees expect to work past the traditional retirement age of 65.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 1-2Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

130) A growing percentage of U.S. workers are immigrants.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 1-2Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

131) In tight labor markets, those managers who don't understand human behavior risk having no one to manage.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

132) Today's managers and employees must learn to cope with temporarinesslearning to live with flexibility, spontaneity, and unpredictability.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

133) Most managers today work in a climate best characterized as stable and permanent.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 10Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

134) The blurring of the lines between work and non-work has not been all bad. It has created opportunities for employees to structure their roles at work.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

135) Ethical dilemmas are situations in which employees are required to define right and wrong conduct.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

28 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 29: Robbins Chapters

136) The line differentiating right from wrong has never been more clearly defined.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

137) Employees today feel increasing pressure to cut corners and break rules.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

138) An ethically healthy climate is one where employees confront a minimal degree of ambiguity regarding what constitutes right and wrong.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

139) In today's highly competitive business environment, almost all organizations are choosing to forego the creation of a positive work environment in order to "turn up the heat" and be more competitive.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

140) The OB research area known as positive organizational scholarship has increasingly targeted what's wrong with organizations and their employees.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 12Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

141) Why is it important to complement intuition with systematic study in our attempts to understand behavior within organizations?Answer: It is important to complement intuition with systematic study in our attempts to understand behavior within organizations in order to help uncover important facts and relationships. This will provide a base from which more accurate predictions of behavior can be made. That is, we can improve our predictive ability by complementing intuitive opinions with a more systematic approach. Systematic studies looks at relationships, attempting to attribute causes and effects, and base conclusions on scientific evidence. This process helps us to explain and predict behavior.Page Ref: 3Topic: Complementing Intuition with Systematic Study

29 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 30: Robbins Chapters

142) How have the fields of psychology and sociology contributed to our understanding of organizational behavior?Answer: Psychology seeks to measure, explain, and change the behavior of humans. Contributions have been made by learning theorists, personality theorists, counseling psychologists, and industrial and organizational psychologists. Contributions have been made in learning, perception, personality, emotions, training, leadership effectiveness, motivation, job satisfaction, decision-making processes, performance appraisals, attitude measurement, employee selection techniques, work design, and job stress. Sociology studies people in relation to their social environment. The greatest contributions by sociologists have been in the study of group behavior in organizations, organizational culture, formal organization theory, organizational structure, organizational technology, communications, power, and conflict.Page Ref: 4-5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

143) Compare and contrast the fields of psychology, social psychology, and sociology.Answer: Psychology focuses on the individual. Social psychology focuses on people's influences on one another. Sociology is concerned with group behavior in organizations. Thus it could be said that social psychology falls between the extremes of the individual focus of psychology and the large group focus of sociology.Page Ref: 4-5Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

144) Organizational behavior is an applied behavioral science built upon contributions from a number of different disciplines. What are these disciplines and what are the contributions of each discipline? Be complete in your response and include four different behavioral science disciplines.Answer: Organizational behavior has been built upon the contributions of psychology, sociology, social psychology, and anthropology. Psychology has contributed to learning, perception, personality, emotions, training, leadership effectiveness, needs and motivational forces, job satisfaction, decision-making processes, performance appraisals, attitude measurement, employee selection techniques, work design, and job stress. Sociology has contributed through the study of formal and complex organizationsincluding group dynamics, design of work teams, organizational culture, formal organization theory and structure, organizational technology, communications, power, and conflict. Social psychology has contributed in the areas of measuring, understanding, and changing attitudes; communication patterns; building trust; the ways in which group activities can satisfy needs; and group decision-making processes. Anthropology has contributed to an understanding of organizational culture, organizational environments, and differences between national cultures.Page Ref: 4-6Topic: Contributing Disciplines to the OB Field

30 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 31: Robbins Chapters

145) How does globalization affect a manager's people skills?Answer: Globalization affects a manager's people skills in at least two ways. First, managers are increasingly likely to find themselves on foreign assignments. Once there, they may be managing a work force that is defined by very different needs, aspirations, and attitudes from the workforce back at home. Second, managers are going to find themselves working with superiors, peers, and employees who were born and raised in a different culture. To work effectively with these people, managers will need to understand their culture, how it has shaped them, and how to adapt a management style to these differences. Page Ref: 7Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

146) Discuss the ways in which the manager's job is changing in response to globalization.Answer: The manager's job is changing in a number of ways in response to globalization. There are increased foreign assignments for managers and they are more likely to be working with people from different cultures (even in their own country). They are overseeing the movement of jobs to countries with low-cost labor and learning to balance the interests of their organizations with their responsibility to the communities in which they operate.Page Ref: 7-8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

147) Explain "workforce diversity."Answer: Workforce diversity is a term used to describe how organizations are becoming more heterogeneous with regard to gender, race, and ethnicity. It also includes the physically disabled, gays and lesbians, and the elderly. Page Ref: 8Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

148) Discuss the implications of workforce diversity for management practices.Answer: Managers have to shift their philosophy from treating everyone alike to recognizing differences and responding to those differences in ways that ensure employee retention and greater productivity while, at the same time, not discriminating. This shift includes providing diversity training and revamping benefits programs to accommodate the different needs of different employees. Managing diversity has become a global concern. A manager's inability to effectively manage diversity may lead to higher turnover and more interpersonal conflicts in the organization.Page Ref: 8-9Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

31 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 32: Robbins Chapters

149) What is an ethical dilemma? Provide an example.Answer: An ethical dilemma is a situation in which employees are required to define right and wrong conduct. Dilemmas include whether to blow the whistle, whether they should follow orders with which they don't personally agree, whether they should give an inflated performance evaluation to an employee whom they like, knowing that such an evaluation could save that employee's job, or whether they should allow themselves to play politics in the organization if it will help their career advancement. These ethical dilemmas result from the blurring of the line differentiating right from wrong. Page Ref: 11Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OBAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

150) What is positive organizational scholarship?Answer: Positive organizational scholarship is concerned with how organizations develop human strengths and unlock their employees' potential. Also referred to as positive organizational behavior, this approach studies what is good about organizations. One of the concepts studied by positive organizational scholars is "reflected best-self". Positive organizational scholarship is meant to provide a new lens through which OB may be studied - challenging organizations to think about how to exploit the strengths of their employees rather than dwelling on their weaknesses.Page Ref: 12Topic: Challenges and Opportunities for OB

32 Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 33: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 2 Personality and Values

1) Which of the following statements about personality is correct?A) Personality is always stable.B) Personality is a part of a person.C) Personality is an aggregate whole.D) Personality is for the most part comprised of traits that cannot be measured.E) Personality is the primary source of emotions in most people.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 14-15Topic: Personality

2) Researchers have paid so much attention to personality traits in OB in order to ________.A) help in employee selection and in understanding how to more effectively manage people.B) enable the easy evaluation of employee performanceC) help identify which people in a workforce will work best togetherD) understand the motivation of outstanding workersE) exclude potential trouble-makers from work.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 15Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

3) Studies of twins separated at birth and raised separately have confirmed the importance of ________ in shaping personality.A) attitudesB) heredityC) environmentD) parental influenceAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 16Topic: Personality

4) Which of the following is not considered to be completely influenced by heredity?A) facial attractivenessB) energy levelC) personalityD) physical statureAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 16Topic: Personality

33Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 34: Robbins Chapters

5) You wish to hire a person who has an original mind, is skeptical, critical, independent, and determined. Candidates for this position would ideally have what classification on the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator?A) INTJsB) ESTJsC) ENTPsD) ISFPsE) ESTPsAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 17Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

6) All of the following are classifications on the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator except ________.A) extroverted/introvertedB) sensing/intuitiveC) perceiving/judgingD) independent/dependentE) thinking/feelingAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

7) Jason is outgoing, sociable, and assertive. According to the MBTI, he is consideredA) extravertedB) feelingC) perceivingD) sensingAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 17Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

8) How would someone who is described as an ESTJ on the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator best be described?A) as a visionaryB) as a conceptualizerC) as an innovatorD) as an organizerE) as a leaderAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

34Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 35: Robbins Chapters

9) What does the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator classification of "E or I" stand for?A) extroverted/intuitiveB) emotional/introvertedC) extroverted/introvertedD) emotional/intuitiveE) sane/reflective Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

10) What does the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator classification of "S or N" stand for?A) sensing/intuitiveB) sensing/thinkingC) emotional stability/intuitiveD) emotional stability/thinkingE) sane/reflectiveAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

11) You are assembling a team to work on a long-term project which requires creativity, stamina and farsightedness. The only piece of information available to you is the Myers-Briggs Type of each of the applicants. These results are shown below:

Candidate Alan Brenda Cameron Drusilla EllenMyers BriggsType

INTJ ESTJ ENTP ESFP INFP

You need to choose a lead person for the team. This person must be a visionary; combining an original mind with great drive. Who would be the best candidate based on their Myers-Briggs Type?A) AlanB) BrendaC) CameronD) DrusillaE) EllenAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 17Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

35Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 36: Robbins Chapters

12) You are assembling a team to work on a long-term project which requires creativity, stamina and farsightedness. The only piece of information available to you is the Myers-Briggs Type of each of the applicants. These results are shown below:

Candidate Alan Brenda Cameron Drusilla EllenMyers BriggsType

INTJ ESTJ ENTP ESFP INFP

You are looking for an organizer, a person on whom you can depend to be practical and realistic. Who would be the best candidate based on their Myers-Briggs Type?A) AlanB) BrendaC) CameronD) DrusillaE) EllenAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 17Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

13) What is the major problem with the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator as a measure of personality?A) It is very difficult to administer.B) It probably should not be used as a selection test for choosing among job candidates since it is not necessarily a valid measure of personality. C) It does not include enough dimensions to differentiate all the variety of human personalityD) It tends to overemphasize intuitive personality traits over analytical personality traitsE) It is very difficult to accurately interpret.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

14) A high score in which dimension of the Big Five model predicts good job performance for all occupational groups?A) extraversion B) agreeableness C) conscientiousness D) emotional stability E) openness to experienceAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

36Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 37: Robbins Chapters

15) Which of the following is not included in the Big Five model?A) agreeablenessB) conscientiousnessC) intuitivenessD) emotional stabilityE) extraversionAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

16) Which dimension of the Big Five model refers to an individual's propensity to defer to others?A) conscientiousness B) agreeablenessC) extraversion D) feelingE) emotional stabilityAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

17) Which dimension of the Big Five model is a measure of reliability?A) extraversionB) agreeablenessC) conscientiousnessD) feelingE) emotional stabilityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

18) You know that your customers are demanding and sometimes difficult. Which personality dimension taps a person's ability to withstand stress?A) extraversionB) judgingC) conscientiousnessD) emotional stabilityE) intellectAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

37Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 38: Robbins Chapters

19) Jane Simpson rates low on conscientiousness. This would this lead you to suspect that which of the following statements is most likely to be true about Jane?A) She will be easily distracted.B) She will find comfort in the familiar.C) She will be nervous, depressed, and insecure.D) She will be comfortable with solitude.E) She will be very dim-witted.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 18Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

20) You wish to predict how strong organizational citizenship behavior (OCB) is in each of your employees. Which of the five facets of personality will probably be of the most interest in this case?A) extraversionB) agreeablenessC) conscientiousnessD) emotional stabilityE) intellectAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 18Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

21) Of the Big Five, ________ is most strongly related to life satisfaction, to job satisfaction, and to low stress levels.A) self-esteemB) emotional stabilityC) agreeablenessD) conscientiousnessE) extroversionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

22) Which of the following is not true of extraverts?A) Extraverts tend to be happier in their jobs and in their lives as a whole than intraverts.B) Extraverts experience more positive emotions than introverts.C) Extraverts less freely express their positive emotions than do introverts.D) Extraverts have more friends than introverts.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18-19Topic: Personality

38Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 39: Robbins Chapters

23) Which of the following is not a downside to conscientiousness?A) Conscientious people don't adapt well to changing contexts.B) Conscientious people have trouble learning complex tasks early in the training process.C) Conscientious people are often less creative than those who are less conscientious.D) Conscientious people are rarely considered structured individuals.E) There are no downsides to conscientiousness.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 20Topic: Personality

24) James has been described as an agreeable individual. He is better liked on the job and is less likely to engage in organizational deviance. What would we expect to be associated with his agreeableness?A) He will be happier than a disagreeable person - but only slightly moreB) He will likely choose other agreeable individuals as members of his team.C) He will probably be a poorer negotiator and experience lower levels of career success.D) All of the above.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 19-20Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

25) Which of the following statements about people with positive core self-evaluations is true?A) They set goals which are easily obtainable.B) They do not like themselves.C) They seldom persist to reach their goals. D) They view themselves as powerless over their environment.E) They tend to be more committed to their goals.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 20Topic: Personality

26) What is the term used for the degree to which people like or dislike themselves?A) core self-evaluationB) authoritarianismC) locus of controlD) MachiavellianismE) efficacyAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 20Topic: Personality

39Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 40: Robbins Chapters

27) Mary has an opening for a position requiring the individual to demonstrate considerable adaptability in adjusting their behavior by reading external cues. She should identify the employee with a(n) ________ for a good fit.A) high self-monitoring tendencyB) low self-monitoring tendencyC) internal locus of controlD) external locus of controlE) high SEAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 20-21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

28) How would you describe an individual who is not capable of presenting striking contradictions between who they are in public and who they are privately and does not pay close attention to the behavior of others?A) low MachB) high MachC) low self-monitoringD) high self-monitoringE) narcissisticAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 20-21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

29) Which of the following statements about low self-monitors is true?A) They have a low behavioral consistency between who they are and what they do.B) They tend to rate their performance much more highly than do outside observers.C) They tend to pay less attention to the behavior of others than high self-monitors.D) They usually receive high performance ratings.E) They tend to thrive in areas that require them to take risks.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 20-21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

40Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 41: Robbins Chapters

30) High self-monitors will most likely be well-suited to which of following positions?A) one that requires them to play a central roleB) one that requires them not to yield to outside pressureC) one that requires them to operate independently for long periods of timeD) one that requires them to take risksE) one that requires a great deal of creativityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

31) What term is used to describe the personality of an individual who is aggressively involved in an incessant struggle to achieve more and more in less and less time?A) Type A personalityB) Type B personalityC) proactive personalityD) narcissistic personalityE) high Mach personalityAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

32) Which of the following is true of people with a Type A personality?A) They tend to be more successful than people with a Type B personality.B) They play for fun and relaxation.C) They tend to emphasize quantity over quality.D) They generally feel little need to discuss their achievements.E) They are generally content with their place in the world.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

33) Which of the following behaviors is most likely to be exhibited in someone with a Type A personality?A) highly creativeB) enjoys leisure and quiet time aloneC) feels impatient with the rate of most eventsD) concentrates on one task at a timeE) takes long lunches and plays poolAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

41Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 42: Robbins Chapters

34) Which of the following is a characteristic of the Type B personality? A) A Type B suffers from a sense of time urgency, with its accompanying impatience.B) A Type B struggles to achieve more with less.C) A Type B strives to always multi-task.D) A Type B can relax without guilt.E) A Type B needs to discuss his or her achievements.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

35) People with which type of personality trait commonly make poor decisions because they make them too quickly.A) high self-esteemB) Type AsC) Type BsD) self-monitorsE) extrovertsAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

36) Which of the following terms best describes people who identify opportunities, show initiative, take action, and persevere until meaningful change occurs?A) Type A personalitiesB) high self-esteemC) proactive personalitiesD) high conscientiousnessE) high MachAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

37) Which of the following personality traits is most likely to help achieve career success?A) proactive personalityB) high SEC) Type AD) extrovertE) agreeableAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

42Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 43: Robbins Chapters

38) Which of the following terms describes basic convictions that "a specific mode of conduct or end state of existence is personally or socially preferable to an opposite mode of conduct"?A) valuesB) attitudesC) convictionsD) preferencesE) affectual preferencesAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

39) What does the content attribute of a value state?A) that the value is completeB) that the mode of conduct is importantC) that the value is strongly or weakly heldD) the behavior associated with that valueE) that the value is not transientAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

40) When we rank an individual's values in order of their ________, we obtain the person's value system.A) intensityB) contentC) contextD) social acceptanceE) social needsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

41) Which of the following statements about values is true?A) Values are flexible.B) Values are synonymous with attitudes.C) Values tend to be consistent among occupational groups.D) Values are fairly stable over time.E) Values change easily when they are called into question.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

43Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 44: Robbins Chapters

42) What is the difference between terminal and instrumental values, as proposed by Rokeach?A) Terminal values are the goals that a person would like to achieve during his or her lifetime, while the instrumental values are the preferable modes of behavior in achieving these values.B) Instrumental values are the goals that a person would like to achieve during his or her lifetime, while terminal values are the preferable modes of behavior in achieving theses values.C) Terminal values are the highest values in a person's value system, while instrumental values are the ones that are most often used.D) Instrumental values are the values that are used in day to day life, terminal values are those that come into play at times of great stress. E) Terminal values are the values shared by the group as a whole, instrumental values are the values that differ within a group and give rise to conflict.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 23Topic: Values

43) Which of the following values would be most likely to be considered a terminal value by Rokeach?A) ambitiousB) broad-mindedC) helpfulD) a sense of accomplishment E) self-controlledAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-2Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

44) Which category of dominant work values is most likely to characterize a 55-year-old employee in the United States?A) hard working, conservative, conforming, loyalty to the organizationB) team-orientated, honest, self-reliant, loyal to relationships.C) success, achievement, ambition, dislike of authority, loyalty to careerD) work/life balance, team-oriented, dislike of rules, loyalty to relationships E) confident, financial success, self-reliant but team-oriented, loyalty to both self and relationshipsAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 2-2Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

44Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 45: Robbins Chapters

45) What is the term used to describe the cohort of workers who entered the workforce in the 1950s and early 1960s?A) boomersB) nextersC) XersD) veteransE) MillennialsAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 24Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

46) What is the term used to describe those members of the population whose lives have been shaped by globalization, MTV, AIDS, and computers; and who value flexibility, life options, and the achievement of job satisfaction?A) veteransB) boomersC) nextersD) XersE) hexersAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 24Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

47) Veterans are most likely to place the greatest importance onA) a comfortable like and family securityB) social recognitionC) true friendshipD) happinessE) meaningful workAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 24Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

45Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 46: Robbins Chapters

48) What cohort of workers in the United States is most likely to balk at having to work extensive overtime and weekends?A) VeteransB) BoomersC) NextersD) XersE) TraditionalistsAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-3Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

49) What term is used for those who entered the United States workforce from the mid-1960s through the mid-1980s?A) VeteransB) BoomersC) NextersD) XersE) TraditionalistsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-3Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

50) As you work with Tom, who is 27 years old, you are likely to find that he ________.A) desires financial successB) prefers leisure timeC) sees the company merely as a vehicle for his careerD) highly values securityE) is not interested in work at allAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-3Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

51) What cohort of workers in the United States is most loyal to their careers?A) VeteransB) BoomersC) NextersD) XersE) TraditionalistsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-3Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

46Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 47: Robbins Chapters

52) The most recent entrants to the United States workforce are ________.A) VeteransB) BoomersC) NextersD) XersE) TraditionalistsAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: Exh 2-3Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

53) What cohort of workers values loyalty to both self and relationships?A) VeteransB) BoomersC) NextersD) XersE) TraditionalistsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-3Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

54) Holland's personality-job fit theory is based on the notion of fit between an individual's ________ and ________.A) personality characteristics; the job requirementsB) satisfaction; the jobC) ability to perform the job; motivationD) motivation; on-the-job performanceE) personality characteristics; job satisfactionAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 25-26Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

55) According to Holland's personalityjob fit theory, what are consequences of a good fit between personality and occupation?A) a low level of stressB) a high level of accomplishmentC) high satisfaction and low turnoverD) maximum performance and efficiency E) a high rate of turnoverAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 25-26Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

47Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 48: Robbins Chapters

56) ________ developed a Vocational Preference Inventory questionnaire that contains 160 occupational titles.A) MaslowB) HollandC) HofstedeD) HerzbergE) SurberAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 26Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

57) According to Holland, the closer two fields are in the hexagon, the ________ they are.A) more dissimilarB) more compatibleC) less compatibleD) more difficult to categorizeE) less related to any occupation Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 26Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

58) The "enterprising" personality from Holland's typology of personality and congruent occupations would exhibit which of the following personality characteristics?A) imaginative, disorderly, idealisticB) shy, genuine, persistentC) sociable, friendly, cooperativeD) self-confident, ambitious, energeticE) conforming, efficient, practicalAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the WorkplaceAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

59) You are seeking to fill the position of corporate accountant, and have administered Holland's Vocational Preference Inventory questionnaire to all candidates. You would suspect that the questionnaire would indicate that the best candidates for the position would have which of the following personality types?A) conventionalB) realisticC) enterprisingD) investigativeE) socialAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the WorkplaceAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

48Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 49: Robbins Chapters

60) Monica is majoring in interior design. Her personality type is "realistic" according to Holland's Typology. Which of the following statements is correct?A) Monica's personality type is well-suited to her major.B) Monica is better suited to be a bank teller.C) Interior design is incongruent with her personality type.D) Interior design is congruent with a "social" personality type.E) Monica prefers activities that do not require strength.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the WorkplaceAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

61) The "realistic" personality from Holland's typology of personality and congruent occupations would be well suited for which of the following jobs?A) painterB) accountantC) mechanicD) lawyerE) biologistAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the WorkplaceAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

62) The "social" personality from Holland's typology of personality would be well suited for which of the following jobs?A) assembly-line workerB) economistC) teacherD) bank tellerE) lawyerAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the WorkplaceAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

63) Which of Holland's personality types prefers activities that involve thinking and understanding?A) realisticB) investigativeC) socialD) conventionalE) artisticAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the WorkplaceAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

49Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 50: Robbins Chapters

64) Which one of the following statements is true about the six personality types developed in Holland's personality-job fit theory? Each of the six types has a ________.A) supplemental personality styleB) congruent personality styleC) congruent occupationD) supplemental occupational environmentE) supplemental skill setAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 27Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

65) It's more important today that employees' personalities fit withA) their manager's personalityB) the overall organization's cultureC) the characteristics of the jobD) the recruiter's personalityAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 27Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

66) A study of the EU found which of the Big Five personality factors was a valid predictor of performance across jobs and occupational groups?A) agreeablenessB) extraversionC) openness to experienceD) conscientiousnessAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 27-28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

67) Which of the following researchers produced a comprehensive analysis for analyzing variations among cultures?A) MaslowB) HofstedeC) FestingerD) SkinnerE) FreudAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

50Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 51: Robbins Chapters

68) Which of the following is not one of Hofstede's five dimensions of national culture?A) power distanceB) flexibility versus rigidityC) individualism versus collectivism:D) long-term versus short-term orientation: E) uncertainty avoidanceAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

69) What is the measure of the extent to which people in a country accept the fact that power in institutions and organizations is distributed unequally?A) caste acceptanceB) collectivismC) power distanceD) masculinityE) rigidityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

70) Which dimension of Hofstede's framework is the degree to which people prefer to act as individuals rather than as members of groups?A) power distanceB) individualism vs. collectivismC) masculinity vs. femininityD) uncertainty avoidanceE) long-term vs. short-term orientationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

71) Which of Hofstede's cultural dimensions emphasizes a tight social framework in which people expect others in groups of which they are a part to look after them?A) long-term orientationB) masculinityC) individualismD) collectivismE) femininityAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

51Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 52: Robbins Chapters

72) According to Hofstede, people in cultures with ________ value thrift, persistence, and tradition.A) high power distanceB) low power distanceC) long-term orientationD) short-term orientationE) low uncertainty avoidanceAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

73) According to Hofstede, cultures that score ________ tend to emphasize laws and regulations.A) high on power distanceB) high on uncertainty avoidanceC) low on power distanceD) low on uncertainty avoidanceE) high on masculinityAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

74) Which of Hofstede's dimensions is the degree to which people in a country prefer structured to unstructured situations?A) collectivismB) power distanceC) long-term orientationD) uncertainty avoidanceE) idiocentricityAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

75) According to Hofstede, high femininity culturesA) emphasize equality between men and women.B) favor achievement and power.C) emphasize feminine roles.D) have increased anxiety about ambiguity.E) are rule-oriented.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

52Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 53: Robbins Chapters

76) According to Hofstede, which country scored as the most individualistic nation of all?A) JapanB) KoreaC) Great BritainD) United StatesE) ChinaAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

77) The gender differentiation cultural dimension identified by GLOBE is the equivalent of which of Hofstede's dimensions?A) power distanceB) uncertainty avoidanceC) masculinity-femininityD) future orientationE) individualism-collectivismAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

78) According to Hofstede, the Unites States scores high in ________ and low in ________.A) power distance; uncertainty avoidanceB) individualism; power distanceC) uncertainty avoidance; individualismD) uncertainty avoidance; masculinityE) femininity; masculinityAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

79) All of the following are weaknesses of Hofstede's cultural dimensions pointed out by critics EXCEPT:A) The original data are from 30 years ago.B) The original data were based on only four companies: IBM, Disney, Coca-Cola, and McDonald's.C) Most researchers are unaware of the judgment calls Hofstede had to make.D) Some of the Hofstede results are unexpected.E) Few researchers have read the details of Hofstede's methodology closely.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global Implications

53Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 54: Robbins Chapters

80) The GLOBE team identified ________ dimensions on which national cultures differ.A) 3B) 5C) 7D) 9E) 15Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

81) Which of the following is not one of the cultural dimensions identified by the GLOBE team?A) performance orientationB) future orientationC) humane orientationD) age differentiationE) power distanceAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

82) Which of the following cultural dimensions identified by GLOBE does not have an equivalent in Hofstede?A) future orientationB) power distanceC) performance orientationD) individualism/collectivismE) gender differentiationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

54Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 55: Robbins Chapters

83) Country In-group collectivism

Individualism/collectivism

Performance orientation

Humane orientation

Power distance

Country A 4 3 1 2 5Country B 3 5 2 1 3Country C 2 1 3 5 4Country D 5 2 4 3 1Country E 1 4 5 4 2

The above table shows the relative rankings of five countries in five of GLOBE's cultural dimensions. In which country are people most likely to identify with and take pride in the company they work for?A) Country AB) Country BC) Country CD) Country DE) Country EAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

84) Country In-group collectivism

Individualism/collectivism

Performance orientation

Humane orientation

Power distance

Country A 4 3 1 2 5Country B 3 5 2 1 3Country C 2 1 3 5 4Country D 5 2 4 3 1Country E 1 4 5 4 2

According to the above table, in which country are people most likely to be rewarded for being altruistic, caring, and kind to others?A) Country AB) Country BC) Country CD) Country DE) Country EAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

55Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 56: Robbins Chapters

85) Which of the following statements is true of the GLOBE project?A) The GLOBE dimensions replaced Hofstede's work.B) The GLOBE project confirmed that Hofstede's dimensions are no longer valid.C) The GLOBE dimensions have confirmed Hofstede's work.D) The GLOBE framework recognizes that a country's cultural values do not change.E) It is not expected that future cross-cultural studies will use the GLOBE dimensions to assess differences between countries.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

86) Behavior is shaped by our personalities.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 14Topic: What Is Perception?

87) Personality looks at the parts of the person rather than the aggregate whole.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 15Topic: Personality

88) A trait can be described as a characteristic or behavior that is sometimes exhibited in a few situations.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 16Topic: Personality

89) The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is a 100-question personality test that types four characteristics into sixteen personality types.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

90) In the Myers-Briggs typology, N stands for intuitive.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

91) In the Myers-Briggs typology, S stands for sensible.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

56Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 57: Robbins Chapters

92) Because MBTI results are job related, it is an excellent selection test for choosing job candidates.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

93) In the Myers-Briggs typology, P stands for preparedness.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

94) If you were looking for an employee who was an organizer, you would probably choose one whose type is INFP.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 17Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

95) A substantial body of research supports the MBTI as a valid measure of personality.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

96) An impressive body of research supports that five basic personality dimensions underlie all others.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

97) The Big Five Model factor termed "extraversion" is probably a good predictor of job performance in most professions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 17-18Topic: Personality

98) Conscientiousness refers to an individual's propensity to defer to others.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

99) Agreeable people tend to be less trusting than disagreeable people.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

57Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 58: Robbins Chapters

100) Extraverts are more likely to be absent from work than introverts.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

101) Intraverts tend to be more impulsive than extroverts.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 18Topic: Personality

102) Individuals who score high on openness to experience are more creative in science and in art than those who score low. Because creativity is important to leadership, open people are more likely to be effective leaders.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 19Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

103) Agreeableness is associated with lower levels of career success. This may be due in part because agreeable individuals are poorer negotiators.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 19Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

104) Self-monitoring refers to an individual's ability to adjust his or her behavior to external, situational factors.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 20Topic: Personality

105) High self-monitors tend to pay less attention to the behavior of other people than do low self monitors.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 20-21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

106) Low self-monitors show high behavioral consistency.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 20-21Topic: Personality

58Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 59: Robbins Chapters

107) Individuals with Type B personalities exhibit characteristics highly prized by the North American culture.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

108) Zack is always moving and is impatient. He prefers work to leisure and seems obsessed with numbers. Zack probably has a Type B personality.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

109) People with Type A personalities are rarely concerned with time.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

110) Those individuals with Type A personalities tend to be more at risk for cardiovascular disease.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

111) People with Type B personalities tend to operate under more stress than those with Type A personalities.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

112) Proactive personalities are more likely to act as change agents within an organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 21Topic: PersonalityAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

113) The content attribute of a value says that a mode of conduct is important.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

59Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 60: Robbins Chapters

114) When we rank an individual's values in terms of the intensity of those values, we obtain that person's value system.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

115) Values cannot be classified because of their spiritual and theological basis.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

116) Values tend to be stable and enduring.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

117) People always act in ways consistent with their values.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 22Topic: Values

118) Instrumental values are preferable modes of behavior, or means of achieving one's terminal values.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 23Topic: Values

119) Milton Rokeach developed a survey that assesses terminal and instrumental values.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 23Topic: Values

120) RVS values are fairly stable and consistent across groups.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 23Topic: Values

121) Boomers place a great deal of emphasis on achievement and material success.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 24Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

60Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 61: Robbins Chapters

122) Veterans tend to be more loyal to their country and less loyal to their employer.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 24Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

123) The loyalty of Boomers is to their careers.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-3Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

124) The lives of Xers have been shaped by war, women's lib, AIDS, and computers.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 25Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

125) Terminal values such as a sense of accomplishment and social recognition rank high with Nexters.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 25Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

126) A significant portion of our values are often established at an early age.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 25Topic: Values

127) Individuals with Holland's "investigative" personality are well suited for careers as small business managers.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

128) Holland's "conventional" personality, placed in the position of a cost accountant, is likely to be dissatisfied and quit.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 2-4Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the WorkplaceAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

61Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 62: Robbins Chapters

129) In Holland's Vocational Preference Inventory questionnaire, adjacent categories are quite similar while diagonally opposite ones are highly dissimilar.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 26Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

130) It is more important that employees' personalities fit with the overall organization's culture than with the characteristics of any specific job.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 27Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

131) The five personality factors identified in the Big Five Model appear in almost all cross-cultural studies.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 27Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

132) Each culture has a common personality type.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 27-28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

133) Geert Hofstede produced a very widely referenced approach for analyzing variations among cultures.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

134) Collectivism refers to a cultural attribute describing a loosely knit social framework in which people tend to the interests of their immediate family.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

135) Organizations in a society high in uncertainty avoidance are likely to have more rules.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

62Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 63: Robbins Chapters

136) It is consistent for a country with a democratic government to rank below average on power distance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

137) The U.S. culture ranked above average on power distance according to Hofstede.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

138) The GLOBE research program is an ongoing cross-cultural investigation of leadership and national culture.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) GLOBE's future orientation dimension is essentially equivalent to Hofstede's long-term/short-term orientation.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

140) The GLOBE dimensions have replaced Hofstede's dimensions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 47Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

141) What is the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) and how might it be used by managers?Answer: The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) is one of the most widely used personality frameworks. It is essentially a 100-question personality test that asks people how they usually feel or act in particular situations. On the basis of the answers individuals give to the test, they are classified as extroverted or introverted (E or I), sensing or intuitive (S or N), thinking or feeling (T or F), and perceiving or judging (P or J). These classifications are then combined into sixteen personality types. The MBTI has a place in training and development, since it can help employees to better understand themselves. It can also provide aid to teams by helping members better understand each other. It can also provide career guidance, but should not be used as a selection test.Page Ref: 17Topic: Personality

63Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 64: Robbins Chapters

142) Discuss the "Big Five" model of personality.Answer: The five-factor model of personality is typically called the "Big Five." In addition to providing a unifying personality framework, research on the Big Five also has found important relationships between these personality dimensions and job performance. The five key traits in the Big Five personality model are extroversion, agreeableness, conscientiousness, emotional stability, and openness to experience. Extroversion captures one's comfort level with relationships. Agreeableness refers to an individual's propensity to defer to others. Conscientiousness is a measure of reliability. Emotional stability taps a person's ability to withstand stress. Openness to experience addresses one's range of interests and fascination with novelty. Page Ref: 17-19Topic: Personality

143) What is self monitoring? Discuss how high self monitors differ from low self monitors.Answer: Self monitoring refers to an individual's ability to adjust his or her behavior to external, situational factors. High self monitors show considerable adaptability in adjusting their behavior to external situational factors. They are highly sensitive to external cues and can behave differently in different situations. They are also capable of presenting striking contradictions between their public persona and their private self. Low self monitors can't disguise themselves and tend to display their true dispositions and attitudes in very situation. High self monitors are more capable of conforming and tend to receive better performance ratings than low self monitors. High self monitoring managers receive more career promotions and are more likely to occupy central positions in the organization.Page Ref: 20-21Topic: Personality

144) Describe the Type B personality.Answer: Type B personalities do not suffer from a sense of time urgency or with its accompanying impatience. They feel no need to display or discuss either their achievements or accomplishments. Type B's play for fun and relaxation, and can relax without guilt. They are rarely harried by the desire to obtain an increasing number of things.Page Ref: 21Topic: Personality

145) Explain why values are important to the study of organizational behavior.Answer: Values lay the foundation for understanding people's attitudes and motivation. Values also influence our perceptions. As individuals enter an organization with preconceived notions of what "ought" to be, they contain interpretations of right and wrong - based upon their values. Values can cloud objectivity and rationality. Furthermore, values generally influence attitudes and behavior. Organizations are interested in whether the individual's values are aligned with the organization's.Page Ref: 22Topic: ValuesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

64Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 65: Robbins Chapters

146) Discuss the Rokeach Value Survey. Include definitions and discussion of terminal values and instrumental values.Answer: Milton Rokeach created the Rokeach Value Survey (RVS). The RVS consists of two sets of values, with each set containing 18 individual value items. One set, called terminal values, refers to desirable end-states of existence. These are goals that a person would like to achieve during his or her lifetime. The other set, called instrumental values, refers to preferable modes of behavior, or means of achieving the terminal values. People in the same occupations or categories tend to hold similar values. Page Ref: 23Topic: Values

147) Discuss the cohort groups in the workforce and their dominant work values.Answer: Veterans entered the workforce in the 1950s or early 1960s. There are hardworking, conservative, and conforming. They are loyal to the organization. Boomers entered the workforce between 1965 and 1985. They values success, achievement, and ambition. They dislike authority and are loyal to their career. Xers entered the workforce between 1985 and 2000. They value work-life balance, are team-oriented, dislike rules and are loyal to relationships. Nexters entered the workforce after 2000. They are confident, value financial success, are self-reliant, but team oriented, and are loyal to both self and relationships. Page Ref: 24 and Exh 2-3Topic: Values

148) Describe what is meant by the terms "person-job fit" and "person-organization fit." Answer: The person-job fit theory was developed by John Holland. It is based on the notion of fit between an individual's personality characteristics and his or her occupational environment. The theory argues that satisfaction is highest and turnover lowest when personality and occupation are in agreement. The key points of this model are: (1) there do appear to be intrinsic differences in personality among individuals, (2) there are different types of jobs, and (3) people in job environments congruent with their personality types should be more satisfied and less likely to voluntarily resign than should people in incongruent jobs.

The person-organization fit essentially argues that people leave organizations that are not compatible with their personalities. People with high extraversion, for example, fit better with aggressive and team-oriented cultures, while people with high agreeableness will match up better with a supportive organizational climatePage Ref: 25-27Topic: Linking an Individual's Personality and Values to the Workplace

65Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 66: Robbins Chapters

149) Name and describe the value dimensions of culture identified by Hofstede.Answer: Power distance is the degree to which people accept that power in institutions and organizations is distributed unequally. Individualism/collectivism is the degree to which people prefer to act as individuals or as members of a group. Masculinity/femininity is the degree to which values such as assertiveness, the acquisition of money and material goods and competition prevail versus the degree to which people value relationships, and show sensitivity and concern for the welfare of others. Uncertainty avoidance is the degree to which people prefer structured over unstructured situations. Long-term/short-term orientation is the degree to which people look to the future or to the past and present. The latter emphasizes respect for tradition and fulfilling social obligations.Page Ref: 28Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

150) Compare Hofstede's cultural dimensions with the GLOBE framework.Answer: The Global Leadership and Organizational Behavior Effectiveness research program identified nine dimensions on which national cultures differ. Assertiveness is essentially equivalent to Hofstede's quantity-of-life dimensions. Future orientation is equivalent to Hofstede's long-term/short term orientation. Gender differentiation is the extent to which a society maximizes gender role differences. Uncertainty avoidance, power distance, and individualism/collectivism were also identified by Hofstede. In-group collectivism encompasses the extent to which members of a society take pride in membership in small groups. Performance orientation is the degree to which a society encourages and rewards group members for performance improvement and excellence. Humane orientation is defined as the degree to which a society encourages and rewards individuals for being fair, altruistic, generous, caring, and kind to others. This is close to Hofstede's quality-of-life dimension. Page Ref: 30Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

66Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 67: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 3 Perception and Individual Decision Making

1) What do we call the process by which individuals organize and interpret their sensory impressions in order to give meaning to their environment?A) interpretationB) environmental analysisC) social verificationD) outlookE) perception Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 32Topic: What Is Perception?

2) What are the three classes of factors that influence perception?A) factors in the setting, factors in the environment and factors in the motivesB) factors in the perceiver, factors in the target and factors in the situationC) factors in the character, factors in knowledge and factors in experienceD) factors in the personality, factors in the character and factors in the valuesE) factors in the senses, factors in the surroundings and factors in the lightingAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

3) Two people see the same thing at the same time yet interpret it differently. Where do the factors that operate to shape their dissimilar perceptions reside?A) the perceiversB) the targetC) the timingD) the context E) the situationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

4) What is the relationship between what one perceives and objective reality?A) They are the same.B) They can be substantially different.C) They should be the same.D) They are rarely if ever the same.E) They cannot be the same.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

67Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 68: Robbins Chapters

5) David has the opinion that people who drive SUVs are dangerous drivers. He often perceives that people driving SUVs are doing so in a dangerous manner, even when other observers can see nothing wrong with the behavior of the SUV drivers. What factor in David is affecting his perception in this case?A) his interestsB) his experiencesC) his expectationsD) his motivesE) his backgroundAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

6) The time at which an object or event is seen is an example of what type of factor influencing the perceptual process?A) perceiverB) targetC) socialD) realityE) situation Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

7) What is the theory that suggests that when we observe an individual's behavior, we attempt to determine whether it was internally or externally caused?A) Behavioral TheoryB) Judgment Theory C) Selective Perception TheoryD) Attribution TheoryE) Equality TheoryAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

68Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 69: Robbins Chapters

8) If a manager attributes an employee's reasons for being late to internally caused behaviors, the managerA) would see the the employee as having been forced into being late by the situation.B) might attribute the employee's lateness to construction that tied up traffic on the road this employee regularly travels.C) might attribute the employee's lateness to partying the night before and then oversleeping.D) might attribute the lateness to outside causes.E) all of the above.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 33-34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

9) Which of the following is an internally caused behavior?A) working late in order to get a promotionB) arriving at work late because of an accident that tied up trafficC) working late because you don't have a ride home from workD) driving with the flow of traffic under the speed limit so that you do not get a ticketE) running from an angry dogAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 33-34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

10) You are on a team with two individuals who are "difficult." The work has been divided among the three of you and each time your team meets, Janet and Jim disagree about the progress of the team project. Janet is convinced that Jim's lack of progress is because he is inherently lazy and not because of some overwhelming problem with the project itself. The truth seems to be that Janet is not doing her part of the work. What might you use to try to understand Janet and Jim's behavior?A) perception theoryB) attribution theoryC) decision-making theoryD) satisficing theoryE) Surber's theoryAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 33-34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

69Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 70: Robbins Chapters

11) Which of the following is an example of externally caused behavior? A) An employee is late because he was partying late and then overslept.B) An employee is late because of a flat tire.C) An employee was fired because he slept on the job.D) An employee was promoted because he was hard working.E) An employee died from lung cancer after excessive tobacco use.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33-34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

12) In attribution theory, what is distinctiveness?A) whether an individual displays consistent behaviors in different situationsB) whether an individual displays different behaviors in different situationsC) whether an individual displays consistent behaviors in similar situationsD) whether an individual displays different behaviors in similar situationsE) whether an individual displays different behavior from other peopleAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

13) What sort of actions are most likely to be attributed to external causes?A) actions that have high distinctiveness, high consensus and high consistencyB) actions that have high distinctiveness, high consensus and low consistencyC) actions that have high distinctiveness, low consensus and low consistencyD) actions that have low distinctiveness, low consistency and high consensusE) actions that have low distinctiveness, low consensus and low consistencyAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 3-1Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

14) What does consensus refer to in attribution theory?A) There is general agreement about a perception.B) Different people respond the same way in the same situation.C) There is general agreement about how people desire to respond to the same situation.D) Different people perceive a situation similarly.E) All people behave precisely the same way in certain situations.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

70Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 71: Robbins Chapters

15) What term is used for the extent to which an individual displays different behaviors in different situations?A) continuityB) integrityC) stabilityD) flexibilityE) distinctiveness Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

16) If everyone who is faced with a similar situation responds in the same way, attribution theory states that the behavior shows ________.A) consensusB) similarityC) reliabilityD) consistencyE) stabilityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

17) Janice is late for work each day by about ten minutes. How would attribution theory describe this behavior? A) It shows consensus and is attributed to internal causes.B) It shows similarity and is attributed to external causes.C) It shows reliability and is attributed to external causes.D) It shows consistency and is attributed to internal causes.E) It shows distinctiveness and is attributed to internal causes.Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

18) The more consistent a behavior, the more the observer is inclined to attribute it to ________.A) interpretationB) internal causesC) consensusD) external causesE) distinctivenessAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

71Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 72: Robbins Chapters

19) If a person responds the same way over time, attribution theory states that the behavior shows ________. A) distinctivenessB) consensusC) consistencyD) continuityE) stabilityAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

20) You are on a team with two individuals who are "difficult." The work has been divided among the three of you and each time your team meets, Janet and Jim disagree about the progress of the team project. Janet is convinced that Jim's lack of progress is because he is inherently lazy and not because of some overwhelming problem with the project itself. The truth seems to be that Janet is not doing her part of the work. What error or bias does Janet seem to be making?A) selective perceptionB) an external biasC) the fundamental attribution errorD) self-serving biasE) the ultimate attribution errorAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

21) What term is used for the tendency to underestimate the influence of external factors and overestimate the influence of internal factors when making judgments about the behavior of others?A) fundamental attribution errorB) self-serving biasC) selective perceptionD) consistencyE) actor biasAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

72Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 73: Robbins Chapters

22) Your boss never gives you the benefit of the doubt. When you were late back from lunch, he assumed that you had simply taken too much time. He never considered that the elevators were out and you had to walk up 10 flights of stairs. Your boss is guilty of ________.A) self-serving biasB) selective perceptionC) fundamental attribution errorD) inconsistencyE) stereotypingAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

23) What name is used for the tendency of an individual to attribute his own successes to internal factors while putting the blame for failures on external factors?A) the fundamental attribution errorB) the self-serving biasC) consistencyD) selective perceptionE) stereotypingAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

24) Whenever Jane is successful she takes full credit for what has happened, but whenever she is unsuccessful she attributes her failure to bad luck or blames one of her fellow employees. She is guilty of ________.A) the fundamental attribution errorB) attribution biasC) the halo effectD) distinctivenessE) the self-serving bias Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

73Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 74: Robbins Chapters

25) Investors bragged about their investing expertise during the stock market rally between 1996 and early 2000, then blamed analysts, brokers, and the Federal Reserve when the market imploded in 2000 What sort of bias were these investors most probably guilty of?A) the fundamental attribution errorB) the self-serving biasC) the halo effectD) distinctivenessE) selective perceptionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

26) Shortcuts in judging others include all of the following except ________.A) stereotypingB) halo effectC) selective perceptionD) self-serving biasE) contrast effectsAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

27) Because it is impossible for us to assimilate everything we perceive, we engage in ________.A) selective perceptionB) memorizationC) mental desensitizationD) periodic listeningE) linear clusteringAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

74Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 75: Robbins Chapters

28) A committee is made up of 12 managers; three each from the sales, production, accounting and human resources departments. They read a comprehensive study of the company they work for, and are asked which of its recommendations are most important. In discussion they find that the managers perceive that the most important recommendations are those concerning their own department. This finding is most likely the result of what type of bias?A) selective perceptionB) halo effectC) Pygmalion effectD) self-serving biasE) projectionAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

29) What is the term used for drawing a general impression about an individual based on a single characteristic such as intelligence, sociability, or appearance?A) the contrast effectB) personal biasC) prejudiceD) the halo effectE) projectionAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

30) Your rating in a job interview is high in contrast to the candidate who was interviewed directly before you, who was rated extremely low. Your own high rating might be partially attributed to which of the following?A) the halo effectB) the contrast effectC) projectionD) stereotypingE) prototypingAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

75Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 76: Robbins Chapters

31) One of the shortcuts used to judge others involves the influence by other persons we have recently encountered. What is this shortcut called?A) selective perceptionB) the contrast effectC) the halo effectD) prejudiceE) stereotypingAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

32) Jennifer has already presented two excellent reports. The report she has just presented is clearly not as good as the first two reports, yet she is given the same high grade as before. What shortcut has the teacher used in this case?A) the contrast effectB) the halo effectC) stereotypingD) projectionE) assertionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

33) Allison has just presented her paper and has done an excellent job. Why should you not want to present your own paper directly after she does?A) to avoid the stereotyping effectB) to avoid the halo effectC) to avoid the contrast effectD) to avoid the projection effectE) to avoid the ultimate attribution errorAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

34) You have heard that the teacher believes that men perform better in oral presentations than women. What shortcut has the teacher used in this case?A) the halo effectB) the contrast effectC) projectionD) stereotypingE) prototypingAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35-36Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

76Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 77: Robbins Chapters

35) What do we call it when we judge someone on the basis of our perception of the group to which he/she belongs?A) groupingB) stereotypingC) categorizingD) assimilatingE) prototypingAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 35-36Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

36) When F. Scott Fitzgerald said, "The very rich are different from you and me" and Hemingway replied, "Yes, they have more money," Hemingway refused to engage in what shortcut to judge others?A) projectionB) contrast effectC) halo effectD) stereotypingE) prototypingAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 35-36Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

37) Which of the following statements is not an example of stereotyping?A) There is no need to offer child-care to him; men aren't interested in child care.B) Don't hire an older worker; they can't learn new skills.C) She was good at her last job, so she will be good at this one.D) She won't relocate for a promotion, since women don't relocate.E) The new hire will be emotionally insensitive, since he is a man.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 35-36Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

38) Which of the following is a strong indicator that interviewers often base their judgments on perception, rather than simply on the facts they are presented with?A) Different interviewers often arrive at different conclusions about the same applicant.B) Applicants who do not have any negative traits are viewed more highly than those with a mix of negative and positive traits.C) Ethnic profiling is often needed to sort out large numbers of applicants.D) Interviewers do not have recourse to objective measures in many cases.E) Experience shows that in many cases the best person is not hired for the job.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 36-37Topic: The Link Between Perception and Individual Decision-MakingAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

77Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 78: Robbins Chapters

39) Why is decision making a perceptual issue?A) Decisions must be made on how to move from the current state of affairs to some desired state.B) Middle- and lower-level managers may have different perceptions on how to solve a problem than their underlings or top level managers.C) Decision making is generally by consensus.D) There may be more than one way to solve a problem.E) Before a decision is made, a problem must be perceived to exist.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 36-37Topic: The Link Between Perception and Individual Decision-MakingAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

40) What is the first step in the Rational Decision-Making Model?A) developing alternativesB) defining the problemC) identifying the decision criteriaD) weighing the decision criteriaE) collecting relevant dataAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

41) Mel has exceeded her budget by at least $200 every month for the last three months. After recognizing that this is a problem, she decides to use the rational decision-making model to decide what to do. What might be the next step she takes if she follows this model?A) determining what she needs to take into account when making her decisionB) choosing a method to cut her expensesC) weighing the relative importance of each of her expenses D) coming up with different ways that would either reduce her expenses or increase her incomeE) evaluating different ways that she could use to either reduce her expenses or increase her incomeAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

42) In the following steps in rational decision making, which would come first?A) Generate alternatives.B) Identify criteria.C) Make a choice.D) Implement the decision.E) Assess the outcome.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

78Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 79: Robbins Chapters

43) The factors an individual views as important in a decision are assessed in which step in the rational model?A) decision criteriaB) developing alternativesC) evaluation of alternativesD) problem definitionE) reflectionAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

44) Sarah is responsible for purchasing a new computer system for her department. Given the significant financial investment, Sarah has decided to use the rational decision-making model. The first step occurred when Sarah's manager informed her that the old computer system was not able to accommodate the expected customer load. What is this step?A) identifying decision criteriaB) defining the problemC) rating each alternative on each criterionD) computing the optimal decisionE) creating an agendaAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: The Link Between Perception and Individual Decision-MakingAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

45) Sarah is responsible for purchasing a new computer system for her department. Given the significant financial investment, Sarah has decided to use the rational decision-making model. What should Sarah do in the rational decision-making process after she identifies the decision criteria?A) Find out who will be using the computer system, what they need it to be able to do, cost constraints and any other criteria that needs to be taken into account.B) Weight the criteria that must be met by the new system and identify which are simply preferences.C) Find out which systems would fulfill the criteria identified.D) Work out which computer system is the best of all the possible alternatives.E) Select the new computer system that best fits the weighted criteria.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

79Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 80: Robbins Chapters

46) Sarah is responsible for purchasing a new computer system for her department. Given the significant financial investment, Sarah has decided to use the rational decision-making model. What is Sarah doing when she looks at all of the possible computer systems, sees how well that system meets the weighted criteria and then selects the alternative with the highest total score?A) identifying decision criteriaB) defining the problemC) rating each alternative on each criterionD) computing the optimal decisionE) modifying her decision criteriaAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

47) Which is not one of the steps in the rational decision-making model?A) defining the problemB) identifying the decision criteriaC) rating the alternativesD) computing the decision alternativesE) selecting the best alternativeAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

48) Which of the following is an assumption of the rational decision-making model?A) The decision maker has unlimited time to make the decision.B) The decision criteria are flexible.C) The decision maker can identify all the relevant criteria in an unbiased way.D) The decision maker is aware of all the possible consequences of each alternative.E) The decision maker does not have complete information.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 37Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

49) MeltonCorp has installed a new email system, but many staff do not know of its features. Upper management decides to allocate a small portion of the company's budget to solving this problem. A team that uses rational decision making to arrive at a solution should be aware that this case deviates from the assumptions of the rational decision-making model in what way?A) There are constraints on the options available to them.B) There are cost constraints.C) The options available to the team are not known.D) The problem is not clearly defined.E) There is a lack of strong leadership.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 37Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

80Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 81: Robbins Chapters

50) Decision makers construct simplified models that extract the essential features from problems without capturing all their complexity. That is, they operate within the confines of ________.A) optimal decision makingB) intuitive decision makingC) bounded rationalityD) rationalityE) common senseAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

51) How is the satisficing decision maker best characterized?A) as using rationalityB) as using bounded rationalityC) as affected by anchoring biasD) as using creativityE) as relying on others to make decisionsAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

52) Why do people satisfice?A) Resource restraints usually prevent people from entertaining all the options possible.B) Solutions that solve a problem, even if they are not the best solution, are generally satisfactory.C) Any solution that solves a problem will be considered to be acceptable if the other possible options are not explored.D) In general, people lack the motivation to perform rational decision-making fully.E) The limited information-processing capability of human beings makes it impossible to assimilate and understand all the information necessary to optimize. Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

53) Which of the following statements concerning intuition is NOT true?A) Decision-makers' use of intuition is irrational and ineffective.B) Relying on intuition can improve decision making.C) Care must be taken not to rely too much on intuition.D) Intuition should be supplemented with evidence and good judgment.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

81Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 82: Robbins Chapters

54) What is the unconscious process created out of distilled experience?A) rational problem-solvingB) bounded rationalityC) intuitive decision-makingD) randomnessE) creativityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

55) You are part of a group making a decision about whether it is appropriate to discontinue research on a new drug. This new drug would save lives, but it is uncertain whether you can develop it within a reasonable time frame and at a reasonable cost. Your firm has already spent a small fortune on this drug. You have gathered so much information in preparation to making the decision that you are unable to sort the good information from the superfluous data. Your experience tells you that this project has merit. What form of decision-making are you using if you decide to continue the project on this basis?A) compulsiveB) intuitiveC) rationalD) satisficingE) compellingAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

56) Which of the following conditions would probably not lead to intuitive decision making?A) Time is limited and there is pressure to come up with the right decision.B) Facts don't clearly point the way to go.C) There is a high level of certainty.D) There are several plausible solutions from which to choose.E) People are feeling pressured to make a decision.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

82Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 83: Robbins Chapters

57) Where is overconfidence most likely to surface?A) outside your area of expertiseB) in your area of expertiseC) with more education and trainingD) among higher wage earnersE) among older workersAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

58) Which decision making bias is particularly likely when negotiating salary?A) confirmation biasB) anchoring biasC) availability biasD) overconfidence biasAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

59) You are part of a group making a decision about whether it is appropriate to discontinue research on a new drug. This new drug would save lives, but it is uncertain whether you can develop it within a reasonable time frame and at a reasonable cost. Your firm has already spent a small fortune on this drug. You have gathered so much information in preparation to making the decision that you are unable to sort the good information from the superfluous data. Well after you have started trying to make a decision, new information comes to light that implies that the drug may be able to be synthesized much more cheaply than was previously thought. Which error in decision making should your group be especially aware of?A) anchoring biasB) overconfidence biasC) confirmation biasD) availability biasE) representative biasAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

83Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 84: Robbins Chapters

60) What do we call the tendency for people to base their judgments on information that they can easily obtain?A) representative biasB) availability biasC) confirmation biasD) anchoring biasE) principalityAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

61) What is the term used for an increased commitment to a previous decision in spite of negative information?A) escalation of commitment B) hindsightC) satisficing D) representativeE) rose-colored-glassesAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

62) You are part of a group making a decision about whether it is appropriate to discontinue research on a new drug. This new drug would save lives, but it is uncertain whether you can develop it within a reasonable time frame and at a reasonable cost. Your firm has already spent a small fortune on this drug. You have gathered so much information in preparation to making the decision that you are unable to sort the good information from the superfluous data. The group decides to continue the project so that all the resources already spent on it will not have been wasted. In this case the group has done which of the following?A) used the availability biasB) used the anchoring biasC) made an escalation of commitmentD) satisficedE) made the ultimate attribution errorAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

84Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 85: Robbins Chapters

63) When one "throws good money after bad," which judgment bias is present?A) escalation of commitmentB) hindsightC) satisficingD) representativeE) rose-colored glassesAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

64) Which decision making bias reduces our ability to learn from the past?A) hindsight biasB) escalation of commitmentC) overconfidence biasD) anchoring biasAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

65) All of the following are considered organizational constraints on managerial decision making EXCEPTA) performance evaluation criteriaB) reward systemsC) historical precedentsD) lack of deadlinesAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 40-41Topic: Organizational Constraints on Decision Making

66) When the budget committee of a major university determines this year's budget on last year's, their decision making is constrained byA) performance evaluation criteriaB) reward systemsC) historical precedentsD) lack of deadlinesAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 41Topic: Organizational Constraints on Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

85Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 86: Robbins Chapters

67) Which of the following terms involves making decisions so as to provide the greatest good for the greatest number?A) utilitarianismB) justiceC) rightsD) satisficingE) humanitarianismAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 41Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

68) You are the manager of a development group in a large computer software company. You have decided that it is important for your group to understand the many ways that ethical decisions can be made and you are designing a training program on the subject of ethics. You want to teach the decision criterion that currently dominates business decision-making.

Which decision criterion will you teach?A) utilitarianB) justiceC) rightsD) privilegeE) assertionAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 41-42Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

69) You are the manager of a development group in a large computer software company. You have decided that it is important for your group to understand the many ways that ethical decisions can be made and you are designing a training program on the subject of ethics. You want to teach the decision criterion that currently dominates business decision-making. If you wish to emphasize the importance of making decisions consistent with fundamental liberties and privileges, the focus of your teaching will also be on which of the following?A) utilitarianismB) justiceC) rightsD) privilegeE) serviceAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 41-42Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

86Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 87: Robbins Chapters

70) In making ethical choices, the criterion that requires managers to enforce policies impartially to ensure an equitable distribution of costs and benefits isA) justiceB) utilitarianismC) rightsD) privilegeAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 41-42Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

71) Which criterion for ethical decision making would protect Sarah if she blew the whistle on her company for illegal dumping?A) utilitarianismB) justiceC) rightsD) privilegeAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 41-42Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

72) Susan is involved in making a very important decision for her university. The university is searching for a new president and Susan is a member of the selection committee. She wants to make certain that the best candidate is chosen. Susan wants the committee to produce novel and useful ideas for identifying and selecting the candidate. She has decided she should stimulate ________.A) consensusB) creativityC) diversityD) clarityE) obedienceAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 42Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

73) What trait does a decision maker need to have if they are to fully appraise a problem and even see problems that others are not aware of?A) creativityB) rationalityC) conceptual styleD) intuitionE) individualityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 42-43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

87Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 88: Robbins Chapters

74) What is creativity's greatest value in decision making?A) identifying the problemB) computing the optimal decisionC) allocating weights to the alternativesD) helping identify all viable alternativesE) generating consensusAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 42-43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

75) People who score high on which personality dimension are more likely to be creative?A) external locus of controlB) openness to experienceC) risk avoidanceD) intolerance for ambiguityE) MachiavellianismAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

76) What should Susan avoid doing if she is to encourage creativity in her committee?A) encourage the flow of ideasB) judge ideas fairly and constructivelyC) sharply define the problem to be solvedD) give rewards and recognition for creative workE) support the committeeAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 43-44Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

77) Gene is regarded by his peers as an extremely creative designer of watercraft. He attributes much of his success to his family: he was raised by a traditional boat builder and from a very early age was surrounded by boats and the people who made them. To what element of the three-component model of creativity does Gene attribute his success?A) intuitivenessB) insightC) intrinsic task motivationD) expertiseE) creative thinking skillsAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

88Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 89: Robbins Chapters

78) What is the segment of the three-component model of creativity that is the foundation for all creative work?A) expertiseB) creative thinking skillsC) intrinsic task motivationD) intuitionE) realizationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

79) What segment of the three-component model of creativity encompasses personality characteristics that are associated with imagination?A) expertiseB) creative thinking skillsC) intrinsic task motivationD) intuitionE) realizationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

80) What is the segment in the three-component model of creativity that turns creative potential into actual creative ideas?A) expertiseB) creative thinking skillsC) intrinsic task motivationD) intuitionE) realizationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43-44Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

81) If Joseph wants to be more creative, research suggests that he shouldA) do things that make him happy.B) listen to music he enjoys.C) socialize with others.D) all of the above.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

89Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 90: Robbins Chapters

82) Even though attribution theory was developed largely based on experiments with US and western European workers,A) attribution theory predictions hold true across the globe in all cultures.B) attribution theory predictions are not reliable outside the US and western Europe.C) caution is suggested in making predictions in collectivist traditions.D) a study of Korean managers suggested that attribution theory predictions are especially reliable in Asian cultures.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 44Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

83) All of the following statements concerning decision making are true EXCEPTA) The rational decision making model makes no acknowledgment of cultural differences.B) The cultural background of a decision maker does not influence the decision making process.C) While there are reasons to believe that cultural differences influence decision making, there is not much research to substantiate this belief.D) The collectivist nature of the Japanese culture influences managers to make more group oriented decision than their US counterparts.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 44-45Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) Criteria defining right and wrongA) are much clearer in the West than in Asia.B) are highly ambiguous across the world.C) are much clearer in Asia than in the West.D) do not exist.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 45Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

85) To improve their decision making, managers should do all of the following EXCEPTA) Enhance their creativity.B) Be aware of biases, then try to minimize their impact.C) Use rational analysis and avoid intuition.D) Analyze the situation.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 45-46Topic: Implications for ManagersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

90Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 91: Robbins Chapters

86) Perception refers to the way we organize and interpret the world around us.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 32Topic: What Is Perception?

87) The reality of a situation is what is behaviorally important.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 32Topic: What Is Perception?

88) Individuals involved in the same situation will usually perceive that situation similarly.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

89) When an individual looks at a target and attempts to interpret what he or she sees, that interpretation is heavily influenced by personal characteristics of the individual perceiver.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

90) Personal characteristics affecting perception include the time at which an object or event is seen.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

91) An individual's expectations have little effect on perception.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

92) Expectations can distort your perceptions in that you will see what you did not expect.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

93) The relationship of a target to its background influences our perception of that target.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

94) Elements in the surrounding environment are ignored in our perceptions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

91Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 92: Robbins Chapters

95) Our perceptions and judgments of others' actions will seldom be influenced by the assumptions we make about their internal states.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

96) Attribution theory looks at the internal and external causes of behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

97) Assigning an external cause for a person's behavior means you assume that the individual is responsible for his or her own behavior.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33-34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

98) James is consistently late to work, is the source of regular complaints by his co-workers, and produces low quality work. His manager is most likely, then, to give the behavior an external attribution.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 33-34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About OthersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

99) In attribution theory, "distinctiveness" refers to whether an individual displays different behaviors in different situations.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

100) In attribution theory, "consensus" refers to whether an individual displays similar behaviors in similar situations.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

101) The more consistent the behavior, the more the observer is inclined to attribute it to internal causes.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 34Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

92Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 93: Robbins Chapters

102) The tendency for individuals to attribute their successes to internal factors while putting the blame for failures on external factors is called the fundamental attribution error.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

103) The self-serving bias explains why a sales manager is prone to attribute the poor performance of her sales agents to laziness rather than to the innovative product line introduced by a competitor.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

104) The self-serving bias suggests that feedback provided to employees in performance reviews is very likely to be distorted by recipients.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

105) Selective perception allows us to "speed read" others with a high degree of accuracy.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

106) The halo effect occurs because it is impossible for us to assimilate everything we see.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

107) An individual's place in the interview schedule may affect the interviewer's evaluation of the applicant. This is an example of the halo effect.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

108) A job candidate is likely to receive a more favorable evaluation if preceded by mediocre or poor applicants.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

109) When you are judging someone based upon your perception of a group to which he belongs, you are guilty of selective perception.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 35-36Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

93Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 94: Robbins Chapters

110) Interviewers make perceptual judgments that are generally accurate during an employment interview.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 36Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

111) Awareness that a problem exists and that a decision needs to be made is an analytical issue.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 36Topic: The Link Between Perception and Individual Decision-Making

112) One person's problem may be considered by another person to be a satisfactory state of affairs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 36Topic: The Link Between Perception and Individual Decision-Making

113) The perceptions of the decision makers will determine what data is even relevant to the decision.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 36Topic: The Link Between Perception and Individual Decision-Making

114) If a decision maker chooses not to identify some factor as a decision criterion in step two of the decision-making process, it is considered irrelevant to the process.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 37Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

115) The rational decision-making model assumes that the decision maker has complete information.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 37Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

116) The rational decision-making model assumes that the alternative that yields the highest utility will be chosen.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 37Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

117) The intuitive decision-making model assumes the problem is clear and unambiguous.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 37Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

94Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 95: Robbins Chapters

118) All rational decision makers can be expected to identify and select the same problems to solve. Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 37Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

119) Most decisions in the business world follow the rational model.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

120) The bounded rationality model assumes that the decision maker will complicate the problem.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

121) The bounded rationality model uses previously tried-and-true solutions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

122) To optimize an outcome, the bounded-rational decision-making process should be used.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

123) A satisficing solution is satisfactory but not sufficient.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

124) Intuition occurs outside conscious thought and usually engages emotions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

125) Intuitive decision making is a conscious process created out of experience.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

126) Intuitive decision analysis must operate independently of rational analysis.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

95Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 96: Robbins Chapters

127) The anchoring bias is always experienced any time a negotiation occurs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

128) As managers become more knowledgeable about an issue, the less likely they are to display overconfidence.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

129) The confirmation bias is a specific case of anchoring.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

130) The availability bias is the tendency for people to base judgments on information that is readily available to them.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 39Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

131) Jackson continues to put money into car repair even though he knows the car is a "lemon." This is an example of the availability bias.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

132) It has been well documented that individuals escalate commitment to a failing course of action when they view themselves as responsible for the failure.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

133) The hindsight bias reduces our ability to learn from the past.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

134) Organizations can constrain decision makers.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 40-41Topic: Organizational Constraints on Decision Making

96Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 97: Robbins Chapters

135) By programming decisions, organizations limit the decision-maker's choice.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 41Topic: Organizational Constraints on Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

136) Utilitarianism dominates business decision making.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 41Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

137) The justice criterion for decision making requires that individuals impose and enforce rules fairly and impartially so there is an equitable distribution of benefits and costs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 42Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

138) Most people do not have creative potential.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

139) Expertise is the foundation for all creative work.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

140) The three-component model of creativity proposes that individual creativity requires expertise, creative-thinking skills, and intrinsic task motivation.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

97Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 98: Robbins Chapters

141) Discuss the three primary factors that operate to shape and sometimes distort perception.Answer: A number of factors operate to shape and sometimes distort perception. These factors can reside in the perceiver, in the object or target being perceived, or in the context of the situation in which the perception is made. When an individual looks at a target and attempts to interpret what he or she sees, that interpretation is heavily influenced by personal characteristics of the individual perceiver. Personal characteristics affecting perception include his or her attitudes, personality, motives, interests, past experiences, and expectations. Characteristics of the target being observed can affect what is perceived. The relationship of a target to its background influences perception, as does our tendency to group close things and similar things together. The context in which we see objects or events is also important. The time at which an object or event is seen can influence attention, as can location, light, heat, or any number of other factors. Page Ref: 33Topic: What Is Perception?

142) Contrast the fundamental attribution error and the self-serving bias.Answer: When we make judgments about the behavior of other people, we have a tendency to underestimate the influence of external factors and overestimate the influence of internal or personal factors. This is called the fundamental attribution error. There is also a tendency for individuals to attribute their own successes to internal factors such as ability or effort while putting the blame for failure on external factors such as bad luck or unproductive coworkers. This is called the self-serving bias.Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

143) Discuss the influence of the contrast effect in the interviewing process.Answer: The contrast effect can distort perceptions. Since people are not evaluated in isolation, our reaction to a person is influenced by others we have recently encountered. Interviewers can make distortions as a result of a candidate's placement in the interview schedule. An applicant that follows mediocre applicants is likely to be perceived more favorably . The reverse is also true.Page Ref: 35Topic: Person Perception: Making Judgments About Others

98Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 99: Robbins Chapters

144) Outline the six steps in the rational decision-making model.Answer: The rational decision-making model begins by defining the problem. Once a decision maker has defined the problem, he or she needs to identify the decision criteria that will be important in solving the problem. That is, the decision maker determines what is relevant in making the decision. The third step requires the decision maker to weight the previously identified criteria in order to give them the correct priority in the decision. The fourth step requires the decision maker to generate possible alternatives that could succeed in resolving the problem. Once the alternatives have been generated, the decision maker must critically analyze and evaluate each one. This is done by rating each alternative on each criterion. The final step requires computing the optimal decision. This is done by evaluating each alternative against the weighted criteria and selecting the alternative with the highest total score. Page Ref: 37 and Exh 3-2Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

145) How is bounded rationality related to decision making?Answer: Since the capacity of the human mind for formulating and solving complex problems is far too small to meet the requirements for full rationality, individuals operate within the confines of bounded rationality. They construct simplified models that extract the essential features from problems without capturing all their complexity. Individuals can then behave rationally within the limits of the simple model. Once the limited set of alternatives is identified, the decision maker will begin reviewing it. But the review will not be comprehensive. Instead, the decision maker will begin with alternatives that differ only in a relatively small degree from the choice currently in effect. Following along familiar and well-worn paths, the decision maker proceeds to review alternatives only until he or she identifies an alternative that is "good enough." The first alternative that meets the "good enough" criterion ends the search. So the final solution represents a satisficing choice rather than an optimum one. Page Ref: 37-38Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

99Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 100: Robbins Chapters

146) List and explain six biases in decision making.Answer: Overconfidence Bias. When we're given factual questions and asked to judge the probability that our answers are correct, we tend to be far too optimistic.

Anchoring Bias. The anchoring bias is a tendency to fixate on initial information as a starting point. Once set, we then fail to adequately adjust for subsequent information. The anchoring bias occurs because our mind appears to give a disproportionate amount of emphasis to the first information it receives. So initial impressions, ideas, prices, and estimates carry undue weight relative to information received later.

Confirmation Bias. The rational decision-making process assumes that we objectively gather information. But we don't. We selectively gather information. The confirmation bias represents a specific case of selective perception. We seek out information that reaffirms our past choices, and we discount information that contradicts past judgments.

Availability Bias. This is the tendency for people to base their judgments on information that is readily available to them. Events that evoke emotions, that are particularly vivid, or that have occurred more recently tend to be more available in our memory. As a result, we tend to be prone to overestimating unlikely events like an airplane crash. The availability bias can also explain why managers, when doing annual performance appraisals, tend to give more weight to recent behaviors of an employee than those behaviors of six or nine months ago.

Escalation of Commitment Error. This refers to staying with a decision even when there is clear evidence that it's wrong. Individuals escalate commitment to a failing course of action when they view themselves as responsible for the failure. Escalation of commitment is also congruent with evidence that people try to appear consistent in what they say and do. Increasing commitment to previous actions conveys consistency.

Hindsight Bias. The hindsight bias is the tendency for us to believe falsely that we'd have accurately predicted the outcome of an event, after that outcome is actually known. When something happens and we have accurate feedback on the outcome, we seem to be pretty good at concluding that this outcome was relatively obvious. Page Ref: 39-40Topic: Decision Making in Organizations

147) Define the term escalation of commitment and provide an example.Answer: A bias that creeps into decisions is a tendency to escalate commitment when a decision stream represents a series of decisions. Escalation of commitment refers to staying with a decision even when there is clear evidence that it is wrong. Individuals tend to escalate commitment to a failing course of action when they view themselves as responsible for the failure. For example, a poor product was rolled out and continued to lose money. Rather than pulling the plug and cutting the organizations losses, the product continued to be offered.Page Ref: 40Topic: Decision Making in OrganizationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

100Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 101: Robbins Chapters

148) Discuss some of the ways in which an organization constrains decision makers.Answer: Managers are strongly influenced in their decision making by the criteria by which they are evaluated. The organization's reward system influences decision makers by suggesting to them what choices are preferable in terms of personal payoff. Rules, policies, procedures, and other formalized regulations standardize behavior of organizational members. By programming decisions, organizations are able to get individuals to achieve high levels of performance without paying for the years of experience that would be necessary in the absence of regulations. Organizations impose deadlines on decisions. These conditions create time pressures on decision makers and often make it difficult, if not impossible, to gather all the information they might like to have before making a final choice. Decisions have a context. Decisions made in the past are ghosts which continually haunt current choices. Choices made today, therefore, are largely a result of choices made over the years. Page Ref: 40-41Topic: Organizational Constraints on Decision Making

149) Discuss three different criteria for ethical decision making.Answer: There are three different criteria in making ethical choices. The first is the utilitarian criterion, in which decisions are made solely on the basis of their outcomes or consequences. The goal of utilitarianism is to provide the greatest good for the greatest number. This is the view that tends to dominate business decision making. Another criterion is to focus on rights. This calls on individuals to make decisions consistent with fundamental liberties and privileges as set forth in documents like the Bill of Rights. An emphasis on rights in decision making means respecting and protecting the basic rights of individuals. A third criterion is to focus on justice. This requires individuals to impose and enforce rules fairly and impartially so there is an equitable distribution of benefits and costs. Page Ref: 41-42Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

150) Discuss the three-component model of creativity.Answer: The three-component model of creativity proposes that individual creativity essentially requires expertise, creative-thinking skills, and intrinsic task motivation. Expertise is the foundation for all creative work. The potential for creativity is enhanced when individuals have abilities, knowledge, proficiencies, and similar expertise in their field of endeavor. The second component is creative-thinking skills. This encompasses personality characteristics associated with creativity, the ability to use analogies, as well as the talent to see the familiar in a different light. The final component is intrinsic task motivation. This is the desire to work on something because it is interesting, involving, exciting, satisfying, or personally challenging. This motivational component is what turns creativity potential into actual creative ideas. It determines the extent to which individuals fully engage their expertise and creative skills. Page Ref: 43Topic: What About Ethics in Decision Making?

101Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 102: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 4 Job Attitudes

1) Which of the following is the best definition of attitudes?A) Attitudes indicate how one will react to a given event.B) Attitudes are the yardstick by which one measures one's actions.C) Attitudes are the emotional part of an evaluation of some person, object or event.D) Attitudes are evaluative statements of what one believes about something or someone.E) Attitudes are a measure of how the worth of an object, person or event is evaluated.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 47Topic: Attitudes

2) The belief that "violence is wrong" is an descriptive statement. Such an opinion constitutes the ________ component of an attitude.A) cognitiveB) affectiveC) reflectiveD) behavioralE) reactiveAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 48Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

3) What are the three components of an attitude?A) cognitive, behavioral, and dissonantB) cognitive, affective, and behavioralC) dissonant, affective, and behavioralD) behavioral, affective, and correspondentE) correspondent, cognitive, and affectiveAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 48Topic: Attitudes

4) The ________ component of an attitude is the emotional or feeling component of that attitude.A) affectiveB) cognitiveC) behavioralD) evaluativeE) reaffectiveAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 48Topic: Attitudes

102Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 103: Robbins Chapters

5) Jan is a security officer. Jan believes that it is important to know exactly who is in the office at any given time. She notices that some employees do not sign out of the office when they take lunch, which makes it impossible to keep track of who is actually in the office. Jan becomes frustrated with those employees. She makes note of them and reports them to their supervisors. What is the behavioral component of Jan's attitude to the employees who did not sign out of the office?A) Jan believes that it is important that she know exactly who is in the office at any given time.B) Jan notices that some employees do not sign out of the office when they take lunch.C) Jan finds it impossible to keep track of who is actually in the office.D) Jan becomes frustrated with those employees who do not sign out of the office.E) Jan notes which employees leave the office without signing out, and reports them to their supervisors. Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 48Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

6) Which of the following is an example of the affective component of an attitude?A) Satisfaction with a job well done.B) The observation that most dogs have four legs.C) The opinion that it is never acceptable to steal.D) Anger at being unfairly accused of a wrongdoing.E) The avoidance of a restaurant where one once received bad service. Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 48Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

7) Which of these actions are the most likely to be taken by Sarah if she behaves in a way that is inconsistent with an attitude that she holds?A) Change the behavior. B) Change the attitude. C) Rationalize the behavior.D) Ignore the inconsistency.E) All of the above.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 48Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

103Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 104: Robbins Chapters

8) Any incompatibility between two or more attitudes or between behavior and attitudes results in ________.A) organizational dissonanceB) cognitive dissonanceC) attitudinal clarificationD) values clarificationE) affective reactanceAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

9) When there are inconsistencies between attitudes or between behavior and attitudes, individuals will attempt toA) increase their job-related social relationships.B) confront their supervisor.C) reduce their job involvement.D) reduce dissonance.E) increase their job satisfactionAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

10) The primary organizational implication of cognitive dissonance theory is that it helps to predict ________.A) overall job satisfaction for employeesB) the likelihood of a given employee engaging in impression managementC) the overall level to which the workforce will accept gender, racial or other types of bias D) the willingness of the workforce to accept company rules and work practicesE) the inclination towards attitude and behavioral change of the workforceAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

11) The theory of cognitive dissonance was proposed by ________.A) MaslowB) FestingerC) HofstedeD) SkinnerE) PavlovAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

104Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 105: Robbins Chapters

12) "Dissonance" means ________.A) reactanceB) constanceC) resistanceD) consistencyE) inconsistencyAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

13) Leon Festinger argued that ________ follow(s) ________.A) behavior; job satisfactionB) behavior; attitudeC) attitudes; behaviorD) attitudes; job satisfactionE) job satisfaction; behaviorAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

14) If Joe knows that stealing from the company is wrong, but he continues to take paper for his computer home fro his son's homework, Festinger would argue that Joe is experiencingA) deviant work behaviors.B) cognitive dissonance.C) a poor conscience.D) job dissatisfactionE) disengagementAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

15) Festinger argued that dissonance is ________. Therefore, people will attempt to reduce it.A) monotonousB) confoundingC) physically painfulD) exhaustingE) uncomfortableAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

105Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 106: Robbins Chapters

16) Jo is a courier, delivering parcels throughout the metropolitan area. Although she considers herself law abiding, she often breaks the speed limit while making her deliveries. Which of the following statements does not reflect a likely response to the conflict between her attitude and her behavior?A) "It's not a problem that I speed a little bit, it's not much over the limit, and everyone else speeds some." B) "The speed limits are just too low around here; anyone driving at a reasonable speed will break them." C) "This speeding is irresponsible. From now on I am observing the speed limits."D) "I've got to drive fast sometimes, otherwise I will not make all my deliveries and I'll lose clients." E) "It's wrong to break even minor laws, but I'll probably keep speeding anyway." Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

17) According to Festinger, people will seek a(n) ________.A) variable state with variable dissonanceB) stable state with maximal dissonanceC) unstable state with maximal dissonanceD) unstable state with minimal dissonanceE) stable state with minimal dissonanceAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

18) Mrs. Jonas believes strongly that it is important that workers' rights be respected, and that one of the more important ways of doing this is to ensure that all workers be properly documented. She is supervising a contracting company that is building a new warehouse for her company. While doing this she discovers that many of the workers employed by the contractor are undocumented aliens working for well below minimum wage. Mrs. Jonas is likely experiencing ________.A) cognitive dissonanceB) unresolved angerC) ethical evasionD) uncertainty avoidanceE) social pressureAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

106Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 107: Robbins Chapters

19) Mrs. Jonas believes strongly that it is important that worker's rights be respected, and that one of the more important ways of doing this is to ensure that all workers be properly documented. She is supervising a contracting company that is building a new warehouse for her company. While doing this she discovers that many of the workers employed by the contractor are undocumented aliens working for well below minimum wage. Mrs. Jonas is experiencing cognitive dissonance. In this situation Mrs. Jonas has a(n) ________ that is in conflict with a(n) ________.A) behavior; behaviorB) attitude; attitudeC) social need; social interestD) social need; social needE) behavior; attitudeAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

20) Mrs. Jonas believes strongly that it is important that worker's rights be respected, and that one of the more important ways of doing this is to ensure that all workers be properly documented. She is supervising a contracting company that is building a new warehouse for her company. While doing this she discovers that many of the workers employed by the contractor are undocumented aliens working for well below minimum wage. It is safe to say that this wouldn't be a problem if Mrs. Jonas was ________.A) a worker rather than a supervisorB) working for the construction companyC) more of an ethical characterD) an undocumented workerE) indifferent to workers' rightsAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

107Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 108: Robbins Chapters

21) Mrs. Jonas believes strongly that it is important that worker's rights be respected, and that one of the more important ways of doing this is to ensure that all workers be properly documented. She is supervising a contracting company that is building a new warehouse for her company. While doing this she discovers that many of the workers employed by the contractor are undocumented aliens working for well below minimum wage. Mrs. Jonas comes to you for an explanation of why she is so uncomfortable. You might refer her to the theories of ________.A) HofstedeB) MaslowC) SkinnerD) FestingerE) SurberAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

22) Mrs. Jonas believes strongly that it is important that worker's rights be respected, and that one of the more important ways of doing this is to ensure that all workers be properly documented. She is supervising a contracting company that is building a new warehouse for her company. While doing this she discovers that many of the workers employed by the contractor are undocumented aliens working for well below minimum wage. Mrs. Jonas can be expected to relieve the discomfort she is experiencing by engaging in which of the following behaviors?A) deciding this issue is unimportantB) rationalizing that it is not her problem since she is not the contractorC) attempting to stop the contractor using undocumented workersD) coming to accept that using undocumented workers does not harm workers' rightsE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

23) Festinger proposed that the desire to reduce dissonance is determined by three factors including the ________.A) values of the elements creating the dissonanceB) degree of influence the individual believes he or she has over the elementsC) degree of positive affect the person has toward the behaviorD) fact that values and attitudes will vary over the short termE) awareness that dissonance exists Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

108Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 109: Robbins Chapters

24) Which of the following is not a moderating variable of the attitude-behavior relationship?A) direct experienceB) correspondence to behaviorC) powerD) accessibilityE) importanceAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

25) The attitude-behavior relationship is likely to be much stronger if the attitude ________.A) refers to something that the individual has direct personal experience withB) must be defended against the attitudes of society at large C) is perceived to be of little importanceD) is related to organizational structureE) is not regularly discussed and examinedAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

26) The degree to which a person identifies with his or her job, actively participates in it, and considers his or her performance as being important to self-worth is ________.A) job satisfactionB) job involvementC) job stabilityD) organizational commitmentE) social embeddednessAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

27) A person with a high level of job satisfaction holdsA) positive attitudes toward the job.B) negative attitudes toward the job.C) positive attitudes toward the organization.D) negative attitudes toward the organization.E) indifferent attitudes toward both the organization and the job.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

109Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 110: Robbins Chapters

28) ________ refers to an individual's general attitude toward his or her job.A) Job satisfactionB) Job involvementC) Job stabilityD) Organizational commitmentE) Social investmentAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

29) Which of the following statements would have been most likely made by an employee with a high degree of job involvement?A) "My skills make me exceptionally valuable to the company." B) "I'm a harder worker than most of my colleagues, even to the degree I am carrying some of the lazier ones." C) "It felt great to get promoted; I guess the guys upstairs really did appreciate the way I had been running things."D) "I love my job, it is engaging, well-paid, and low pressure enough that I don't have to be always worrying about it in my time off." E) "I enjoy working with my hands, so much so that on the days when my job requires me to actually physically build something time flies by without me even noticing it." Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 51Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

30) In her work in the publishing industry, Vera seeks out new authors who she considers promising. In the past two years she has found a number of new writers whose work she thought was exceptional, and immersed herself in the task of helping them shape their manuscripts for submission to her managers for publishing. Although she was extremely proud of the results, none of the authors she worked with were chosen for publication. Vera believes that the decision not to publish these authors was based on personal rivalries within management, rather than the quality of her writers' work. She is extremely frustrated, dreads coming into work each morning and is seriously thinking of resigning. How can Vera's job attitudes best be described?A) low job satisfaction and low job involvementB) low job satisfaction and high job involvementC) high job satisfaction and low job involvementD) high job satisfaction and high job involvementE) low organizational commitmentAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 51Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

110Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 111: Robbins Chapters

31) OB research has focused on all of the following attitudes EXCEPTA) job satisfaction.B) job involvement.C) employee engagement.D) perceived organizational support.E) employee turnoverAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

32) Job satisfaction is best described as ________.A) a resultB) a valueC) an attitudeD) causing high performanceE) a valued disciplineAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

33) The following answer choices are quotes from employees about their job at Healthy Eating, a chain of health food stores. Which quote most likely comes from an employee who has a great deal of organizational commitment?A) "I am a great believer in the importance of a healthy diet, so I'm glad I am working for a company that is trying to make simple, healthy food available to all."B) "I like the fact that in my role as a buyer for Healthy Eating I get to make choices about which food is good enough for us to sell."C) "Even though I only work in the produce department for now, it's good to know that the suggestions I make about how the store could be improved are heard and considered by my managers."D) "The challenging nature of the work and the thoughtful and generous way they treat their staff has made Healthy Eating the best place I have ever worked."E) "With the benefits it provides, it is vital for me to keep my job. In fact, I will stay with Healthy Eating for as long as I possibly can."Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 51Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

111Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 112: Robbins Chapters

34) Organizational commitment is defined as ________. A) the degree to which an employee identifies with the organization they work for and its goalsB) an employee's belief that the organization they work for will go to considerable lengths to ensure that its employees are treated fairlyC) the degree to which an employee's sense of fulfillment and self-worth is related to their jobD) the amount of effort an employee will make in order to keep or advance their position in an organizationE) the degree to which an employee believes their work impacts their organizationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

35) Sam works for the SPCA because of their involvement with animals. He is demonstrating which dimension to organization commitment?A) general organizational commitmentB) affective commitmentC) continuance commitmentD) normative commitmentE) involvement commitmentAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 51Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

36) Which dimension to organizational commitment is reflected in the perceived economic value of remaining with an organization compared to leaving it?A) general organizational commitmentB) affective commitmentC) continuance commitmentD) normative commitmentAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

37) Which dimension to organizational commitment describes an employee who is "tethered" to an employer simply because there isn't anything better available?A) general organizational commitmentB) affective commitmentC) normative commitmentD) continuance commitmentAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

112Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 113: Robbins Chapters

38) Of the following, the best predictor of turnover is ________.A) job satisfactionB) job involvementC) affective commitmentD) cognitive dissonanceE) affective dissonanceAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 52Topic: Attitudes

39) High levels of job involvement are relatedA) positively to organizational citizenship.B) negatively to absences.C) positively to job performance.D) negatively to resignation rates.E) all of the above.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 52Topic: Attitudes

40) High job involvement means identifying with ________, while high organizational commitment means identifying with ________.A) your employing organization; your specific jobB) your specific job; your employing organizationC) your profession; your specific jobD) your co-workers; your specific jobE) your specific job; your co-workersAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 52Topic: Attitudes

41) The degree to which employees believe the organization values their contribution and cares about their well-being is known asA) employee engagement.B) job involvement.C) perceived organizational support.D) job satisfaction.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 52Topic: Attitudes

113Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 114: Robbins Chapters

42) What can a manager do to ensure his employees perceive the organization as supportive?A) Ensure rewards are deemed fair.B) Allow employees a voice in decisions.C) Provide a participative environment.D) Provide support for employees.E) All of the above.Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 52Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

43) An individual's involvement with, satisfaction with, and enthusiasm for the work he performs is known asA) employee engagement.B) job involvement.C) loyalty.D) job satisfaction.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 52-53Topic: Attitudes

44) Those employees who have been described as "retired on the job" are consideredA) dissatisfied.B) disengaged.C) disloyal.D) uninvolved.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 52-53Topic: Attitudes

45) Which of the following is NOT generally found in businesses whose employees have high-average levels of engagement?A) higher levels of customer satisfactionB) higher levels of productivityC) higher profitsD) higher turnoverE) lower accident ratesAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 53Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

114Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 115: Robbins Chapters

46) "It is suggested that with a weakening of the loyalty of employers to employees (and vice-versa) in today's workplace, organizational commitment may be replaced with ________ commitment."A) family B) occupational C) hierarchicalD) departmentE) socially stratifiedAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 53Topic: Job Satisfaction

47) What are the most widely used approaches to measuring job satisfaction?A) engagement surveysB) a single global rating and a summation scoreC) supervision and pay ratingsD) standardized job involvement surveysAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 54Topic: Job Satisfaction

48) Which of the following might be a typical element in a job used to measure job satisfaction?A) nature of the workB) supervisionC) present payD) promotion opportunityE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 54Topic: Job Satisfaction

49) Which of the following statements is NOT true about job satisfaction ?A) More workers are satisfied with their jobs overall than are dissatisfied.B) U.S. trends are generally applicable to other developed countries,C) Employees tend to be most satisfied by the work itself.D) Rate of pay is strongly correlated with job satisfaction for almost all workers.E) Employees tend to be least satisfied with pay and promotion opportunities.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 54Topic: Job Satisfaction

115Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 116: Robbins Chapters

50) Which major job-satisfaction facet is the one most strongly correlated with high levels of overall job satisfaction?A) advancement opportunityB) payC) enjoying the workD) supervisionAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 55Topic: Job Satisfaction

51) All of the following are true about pay and job satisfaction EXCEPTA) For people who are poor, pay correlates with job satisfaction.B) Once an individual; reaches a level of comfortable living, pay correlates highly with job satisfaction.C) People in the U.S. who earn $75,000 experience no greater levels of job satisfaction than those who earn $40,000.D) There is no relationship between average pay and average level of job satisfaction.E) The richest people on the Forbes 400 list do not have significantly higher overall well-being scores than Maasai herdsmen in East Africa.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 55-56Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

52) The exit-voice-loyalty framework aids in understanding the consequences ofA) pay.B) low motivation.C) dissatisfaction.D) lack of loyalty.E) low levels of employee engagement.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 56Topic: Job Satisfaction

53) Which response is demonstrated when Joe speaks up to support his company's actions even when the local newspaper is criticizing them?A) exit responseB) voice responseC) loyalty responseD) neglect responseE) performance responseAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

116Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 117: Robbins Chapters

54) When Joe responds to his dissatisfaction with his job by discussing his problems with his manager, he is using which response?A) exit response.B) voice response.C) loyalty response.D) neglect response.E) performance response.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

55) Which responses to dissatisfaction allow individuals to tolerate unpleasant situations?A) exit and neglect responses.B) neglect and loyalty responses.C) voice and neglect responses.D) voice and loyalty responses.E) exit and voice responses.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

56) When union members express dissatisfaction through the grievance procedure, this allows them to continue in their jobs while convincing themselves they are acting to improve the situation. Which response is being used?A) exit responseB) voice responseC) loyalty responseD) neglect responseE) performance responseAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

57) Which of the following is NOT a response to dissatisfaction?A) exit responseB) voice responseC) loyalty responseD) neglect responseE) performance responseAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

117Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 118: Robbins Chapters

58) Which of the following is NOT true?A) Organizations with more satisfied employees tend to be more effective than organizations with fewer satisfied employees.B) Making workers happy causes higher levels of productivity.C) Happy workers are likely to be productive workers.D) The relationship between job satisfaction and job performance is no longer considered a myth.E) Job satisfaction is a determinant of OCB.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 57Topic: Job Satisfaction

59) In which facet of job satisfaction are people least satisfied?A) work itselfB) pay and promotion opportunitiesC) job overallD) supervisorE) coworkersAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 4-2Topic: Job Satisfaction

60) Evidence suggests that job satisfactionA) creates productive workers.B) is unrelated to performance.C) is the major determinant of a worker's OCB.D) is unrelated to fairness of outcomes, treatments or procedures.E) is caused by high pay.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 57Topic: Job Satisfaction

61) Early studies of organizational citizenship behavior (OCB) assumed that it was closely linked with satisfaction. More recent evidence suggests that satisfaction influences OCB, but through perceptions of ________.A) fairnessB) consistencyC) productivityD) leadership abilityE) out marketingAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 57Topic: Job Satisfaction

118Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 119: Robbins Chapters

62) Which of the following statements are true?A) Employee satisfaction is related to positive customer outcomes for those employees with regular customer contact.B) Satisfied employees increase customer satisfaction.C) Dissatisfied customers can increase an employee's job dissatisfaction.D) Satisfied employees increase customer loyalty.E) All of the above.Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job Satisfaction

63) Which of the following statements is NOT true?A) Satisfied employees increase customer satisfaction and loyalty.B) Dissatisfied customers can increase an employee's job dissatisfaction.C) In service organizations, customer retention and defection are highly dependent on how front-line employees deal with customers.D) Satisfied employees are likely to be more productive.E) The most effective way to improve job satisfaction is a raise in pay.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job Satisfaction

64) Why do satisfied employees increase customer satisfaction?A) Satisfied employees are more likely to be friendly.B) Satisfied employees are less prone to turnover.C) Customer satisfaction and loyalty are built with employees who customers are familiar with.D) Customer retention is highly dependent on their interactions with front line employees. E) All of the above.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

65) Service-oriented businesses like Southwest Airlines obsess about pleasing customers. To accomplish this end, they also focus onA) providing the best benefits to employees.B) building employee satisfaction.C) paying the highest salaries.D) offering flextime.E) offering tuition reimbursementAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job Satisfaction

119Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 120: Robbins Chapters

66) To focus on building a service-oriented business, companies might do all of the following EXCEPTA) hire upbeat, friendly employees.B) provide training in customer service.C) conduct external pay surveys.D) reward customer service.E) track employee satisfaction through attitude surveys.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

67) Which company was the focus of a study on how satisfaction directly leads to attendance?A) Neiman MarcusB) SouthwestC) SearsD) Macy'sE) Four SeasonsAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 58-59Topic: Job Satisfaction

68) What did the study of Sears employees that examined satisfaction and absenteeism find?A) Workers with high satisfaction scores had much higher attendance than those with lower satisfaction levels.B) Workers with high satisfaction scores had much lower attendance during snow storms.C) Workers with low satisfaction scores had much higher attendance than those with higher satisfaction levels.D) There was no relationship between satisfaction and attendance.E) Even satisfied employees will experience high absenteeism during snow storms.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 58-59Topic: Job Satisfaction

69) Job satisfaction is negatively related toA) turnover.B) absenteeism.C) customer satisfaction.D) turnover and absenteeism.E) turnover and customer satisfaction.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 58-59Topic: Job Satisfaction

120Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 121: Robbins Chapters

70) Which of the following is true regarding the relationship between satisfaction and absenteeism?A) There is a consistent positive relationship between the two.B) There is a consistent, moderate negative relationship between the two.C) There is a curvilinear relationship between the two.D) When fairness is controlled for, there is a direct relationship between the two.E) No relationship can be established between the two.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 58-59Topic: Job Satisfaction

71) An important moderator of the satisfaction-turnover relationship is the ________.A) employee's level of performanceB) organization's cultureC) management's styleD) employee's values and attitudesE) employee's level of workplace deviance Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

72) Which of the following statements is NOT true?A) An important moderator of the satisfaction-turnover relationship is the employee's level of performance.B) Job satisfaction is more important in influencing superior performers to stay than in influencing poor performers to stay.C) Job satisfaction is more important in influencing poor performers to stay than in influencing superior performers to stay.D) Superior performers are more likely to remain with the organization because of other rewards they receive.E) All of the above.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

73) Which of the following factors is likely to impact the job satisfaction-turnover relationship?A) labor-market conditionsB) length of time with the organizationC) expectations about alternative job opportunitiesD) employee's level of performanceE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

121Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 122: Robbins Chapters

74) Which of the following is a predictor of deviant behaviors in the workplace?A) turnoverB) absenteeismC) dissatisfactionD) loyaltyE) job involvementAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

75) Jason has been spending a great deal of work time talking to his co-workers about how dissatisfied he is with the job. He has spent quite a bit of time discussing unionization. he has arrived at work intoxicated twice in the last week and has repeatedly taken office supplies home with him. His behavior might be classified asA) job enlargement.B) deviant behavior.C) separation anticipation.D) theft.E) cognitive dissonance.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

76) Dissatisfied employees who don't like their jobs will attempt to "get even". This may manifest itself in which of the following behaviors?A) quittingB) surfing the Internet on company timeC) stealing from the companyD) spending more time socializing on the jobE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

77) A study conducted by a management consulting firm found that those companies with higher moraleA) experienced a larger growth in their stock prices.B) experienced a larger growth in market share.C) experienced a smaller decrease in their stock prices.D) experienced a smaller decrease in their market share.E) had more dissatisfied employees.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

122Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 123: Robbins Chapters

78) In a study of large employers, the text reported that ________ percent of senior managers believe the organization treated its employees well and ________ percent of the employees agreed.A) 86; 55B) 55; 86C) 55; 55D) 100; 100E) 100; 0Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

79) Survey results highlighting the discrepancy between employee morale as perceived by management and employees themselves suggests that managers need toA) do more to improve employee morale.B) administer salary surveys more frequently.C) care about job satisfaction and then measure it rather than assuming everything is fine.D) treat employee better.E) all of the above.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

80) Which of the following statements about job satisfaction is NOT true?A) Most of the research on job satisfaction has not been conducted in the U.S.B) People in other cultures form judgments of job satisfaction.C) Similar factors cause job satisfaction across cultures.D) Pay is weakly related to job satisfaction in industrialized nations.E) all of the above.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 60Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

81) The highest levels of job satisfaction have been reported inA) Japan.B) all the collectivist cultures.C) the U.S. and western Europe.D) western Europe.E) most of Asia.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 4-4Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

123Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 124: Robbins Chapters

82) Higher levels of job satisfaction have been reported in the U.S. and western Europe. This may be becauseA) individuals in western cultures need to work.B) individuals in western cultures emphasize positive emotions.C) there is more industrialization in western cultures.D) individuals in western cultures are more self-critical and geared toward continuous improvement.E) these are collectivist societies not focused on individual happiness.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 60-61Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

83) Which of the following statements is NOT true about attitudes?A) Managers need to focus more on keeping resignations and absences down than on employees' attitudes.B) Managers should be interested in their employees' attitudes since they give warnings of potential problems.C) Managers should be interested in their employees' attitudes since they influence behavior.D) Measurement of overall job attitude is a useful piece of organizational information.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 61Topic: Implications for ManagersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

84) Given that managers want to keep resignations and absences at a minimum, they should focus on generatingA) positive job attitudes.B) happy employees.C) the highest pay rates.D) the best benefit package.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 61Topic: Implications for ManagersAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

85) The most important thing a manager can do to raise employee satisfaction is to focus onA) employee pay.B) benefits.C) work hours.D) intrinsic parts of the job.E) employee productivity.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 61Topic: Implications for Managers

124Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 125: Robbins Chapters

86) Attitudes are evaluative statements about objects, people or events that reflect how we feel about something.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 47Topic: Attitudes

87) When Sarah says "I don't like Paris Hilton", she is expressing an attitude.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 47Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

88) Attitudes are often concrete matters of fact.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 47Topic: Attitudes

89) Attitudes and values are synonymous terms.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 48Topic: Attitudes

90) There are three components of an attitude: cognition, affect, and behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 48Topic: Attitudes

91) The intent to act in a certain way is the affective component of an attitude.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 48Topic: Attitudes

92) It is often difficult to separate cognition, affect, and behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 48Topic: Attitudes

93) In organizations, attitudes are important because they affect job behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

94) Festinger argued that behavior follows attitudes.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

125Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 126: Robbins Chapters

95) Research has concluded that people seek consistency among their attitudes but not between their attitudes and behavior.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

96) According to Festinger, people seek consistency among their attitudes and between attitudes and behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

97) If dissonance arises over behavior that people are compelled to take, then their propensity to act to reduce that dissonance is reduced. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

98) The theory of cognitive dissonance seeks to explain the linkage between values and attitudes.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

99) Festinger argued that individuals will seek a stable state where there is a minimum of dissonance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

100) If there is an inconsistency between an individual's attitude on a specific issue and his or her behavior, there are only two courses of action availablealter the attitude or alter the behavior.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 49Topic: Attitudes

101) Recent research shows that attitudes predict future behavior and refute Festinger's belief about moderating variables.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 49-50Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

102) Cognitive dissonance helps to explain the linkage between attitudes and behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 49-50Topic: Attitudes

126Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 127: Robbins Chapters

103) The desire to reduce dissonance between attitude and behavior is in general not moderated by outside factors. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

104) If the elements creating dissonance are relatively unimportant, the pressure to correct this imbalance will be low.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

105) If individuals perceive the dissonance to be an uncontrollable result, they will be more motivated to reduce dissonance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

106) Rewards can offset dissonance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

107) The more specific the attitude and the more specific the behavior, the stronger the link between the two.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

108) Moderating variables in the attitude behavior relationship include the importance of the attitude, its applicability, its accessibility, social pressures, and direct experience with the attitude.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 50Topic: Attitudes

109) A person with a high level of job satisfaction holds positive attitudes toward the job.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

110) Jane strongly identifies with her teaching job and regularly communicates how much she cares about her work. She has a high level of job involvement.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 51Topic: AttitudesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

127Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 128: Robbins Chapters

111) Job involvement refers to an individual's general attitude toward his or her job.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

112) High levels of job involvement are positively related to higher absences.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 51Topic: Attitudes

113) An organizational commitment to remain with a company because of moral or ethical obligations is affective commitment.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 51-52Topic: Attitudes

114) Organizational commitment is a more global response to the organization than is job satisfaction.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 51-52Topic: Attitudes

115) Organizational commitment is a measure of the personal compatibility of a person and their position.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 51-52Topic: Attitudes

116) Organizational commitment is probably less important in predicting job satisfaction today than it was a generation ago.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 52Topic: Attitudes

117) Occupational commitment may be more relevant today because it better reflects today's fluid workforce.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 52Topic: Attitudes

118) The degree to which employees believe the organization values their contribution and care and their well-being is known as employee engagement.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 52-53Topic: Attitudes

128Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 129: Robbins Chapters

119) Disengaged employees have "checked out" and have been described as "retired on the job".Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 52-53Topic: Attitudes

120) Research has shown that people who have a negative personality are usually less satisfied with their jobs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 54Topic: Attitudes

121) When measuring job satisfaction, the research has supported the summation score approach.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 54Topic: Job Satisfaction

122) Overall, studies over the past 30 years indicated that workers in the U.S. are generally more satisfied with their jobs than dissatisfied.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 54-55Topic: Job Satisfaction

123) Of the major job-satisfaction facets, the one most strongly correlated with high levels of overall job satisfaction is pay.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 55Topic: Job Satisfaction

124) Individuals who are more highly compensated generally have higher average job satisfaction.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 55-56Topic: Job Satisfaction

125) The exit-voice-loyalty-neglect framework helps us understand why employees are disengaged from their jobs.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job Satisfaction

126) The loyalty response to job dissatisfaction involves passively but optimistically waiting for conditions to improve.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job Satisfaction

129Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 130: Robbins Chapters

127) When dissatisfied employees still remain with the organization, it might be explained by the voice and loyalty response.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

128) At the individual level, satisfaction generally leads to productivity.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 57Topic: Job Satisfaction

129) If Marie is more satisfied with her job, we might expect her to engage in more OCBs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 57Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

130) The evidence indicates that satisfied employees increase customer satisfaction and loyalty.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job Satisfaction

131) Dissatisfied customers can increase an employee's job dissatisfaction.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job SatisfactionAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

132) There is a strong negative relationship between job satisfaction and absenteeism.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 58Topic: Job Satisfaction

133) The propensity to quit a job tends to be inversely related to job satisfaction.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

134) Your supervisor is trying to assess the degree to which those working for her are satisfied with their jobs. You are trying to gather information from your peers that might help her in her aim to improve job satisfaction. She will find that turnover and absenteeism are both negatively related to satisfaction, but the correlation is stronger for absenteeism than for turnover.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 58-59Topic: Job Satisfaction

130Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 131: Robbins Chapters

135) Job satisfaction has greater influence on poor performers than superior performers as it relates to turnover.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

136) Job satisfaction can affect a company's bottom line and stock prices.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 59Topic: Job Satisfaction

137) The research has suggested that job satisfaction is a U.S. concept and other cultures do not form judgments of job satisfaction.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 60Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

138) The highest levels of job satisfaction been reported in the U.S. and Asia.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 60Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) Managers should be interested in their employees' attitudes because attitudes influence behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 61Topic: Implications for Managers

140) One of the most important things managers can do to raise employee satisfaction is to make the work challenging and interesting.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 61Topic: Implications for Managers

141) Discuss the three components of an attitude.Answer: The three components of an attitude are cognition, affect, and behavior. The cognitive component is a value statement. Affect is the emotional or feeling segment of an attitude. The behavioral component of an attitude refers to an intention to behave in a certain way toward someone or something. Viewing attitudes as being made up of three components helps to understand the potential relationship between attitudes and behavior.Page Ref: 48 and Exh 4-1Topic: Attitudes

131Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 132: Robbins Chapters

142) Discuss cognitive dissonance theory and three ways in which individuals might alleviate dissonance.Answer: Cognitive dissonance was proposed in the late 1950s by Leon Festinger. The theory seeks to explain the linkage between attitudes and behavior. Dissonance means an inconsistency. Cognitive dissonance refers to any incompatibility that an individual might perceive between two or more of his or her attitudes, or between his or her behavior and attitudes. Individuals will seek a stable state where there is a minimum of dissonance. Individuals may change their behavior, reduce dissonance by concluding that the dissonant behavior is not so important after all, or change their attitude. Page Ref: 49-50Topic: Attitudes

143) Discuss the most powerful moderators of the attitudes-behavior relationship.Answer: The most powerful moderators of the attitudes-behavior relationship are the importance of the attitude, its correspondence to behavior, its accessibility, whether there exist social pressures, and whether a person has direct experience with the attitude. Attitudes that individuals consider important tend to show a strong relationship to behavior. The more closely the attitude and the behavior are matched, the stronger the relationship. Attitudes easily remembered are more likely to predict our behavior. Discrepancies between attitudes and behavior are more likely to occur when social pressures to behave in certain ways hold exceptional power. And he attitude-behavior relationship is likely to be much stronger if an attitude refers to something with which the individual has direct personal experience.Page Ref: 50-51Topic: Attitudes

144) Explain the difference between job satisfaction, job involvement, and organizational commitment. Answer: Job satisfaction refers to an individual's general attitude toward his or her job. A person with a high level of job satisfaction holds positive attitudes toward the job, while a person who is dissatisfied with his or her job holds negative attitudes about the job. Job involvement measures the degree to which a person identifies psychologically with his or her job and considers his or her perceived performance level important to self-worth. Employees with a high level of job involvement strongly identify with and really care about the kind of work they do. Organizational commitment is defined as a state in which an employee identifies with a particular organization and its goals, and wishes to maintain membership in the organization. So high organizational commitment means identifying with one's employing organization. Page Ref: 51-52Topic: Attitudes

132Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 133: Robbins Chapters

145) What are the three dimensions to organizational commitment?Answer: Organizational commitment is a state in which an employee identifies with a particular organization and its goals and wishes to maintain membership in that organization. The three dimensions to organizational commitment are affective, continuance and normative. An affective commitment is an emotional attachment to the organization and a belief in its values. A continuance commitment is the perceived economic value of remaining with the organization compared to leaving it. And a normative commitment is an obligation to remain with the organization for ethical or moral reasons.Page Ref: 51-52Topic: Attitudes

146) What are the major causes of job satisfaction?Answer: The major job satisfaction facets are the work itself, pay, advancement opportunities, supervision, and coworkers. Enjoying the work itself is almost always the facet most strongly correlated with high levels of overall job satisfaction. Most people prefer work that is challenging and stimulating over work that is predictable and routine. For people who are poor or who live in poor countries, pay does correlate with job satisfaction and with overall happiness. But, once an individual reaches a level of comfortable living the relationship virtually disappears. Personality also plays a role in job satisfaction. Research has shown that people who have a negative personality (for example, those who tend to be grumpy, critical, and negative) are usually less satisfied with their jobs.Page Ref: 55-56Topic: Job Satisfaction

147) Explain the exit-voice-loyalty-neglect framework.Answer: The exit-voice-loyalty-neglect framework is helpful in understanding the consequences of dissatisfaction. The exit response involves directing behavior toward leaving the organization. The voice response involves actively and constructively attempting to improve conditions. The loyalty response involves passively but optimistically waiting for conditions to improve and trusting the organization to do the right thing. The neglect response involves passively allowing conditions to worsen.Page Ref: 56-57Topic: Job Satisfaction

148) Discuss how job satisfaction can impact productivity, absenteeism and turnover.Answer: Happy employees are more likely to be productive employees. Organizations with more satisfied employees tend to be more effective than organizations with fewer satisfied employees. There is a consistent negative relationship between satisfaction and absenteeism, but the correlation is moderate. Satisfaction is also negatively related to turnover, but the correlation is stronger than what was found for absenteeism. An important moderator of the satisfaction-turnover relationship is the employee's level of performance. Page Ref: 57-58Topic: Job Satisfaction

133Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 134: Robbins Chapters

149) Discuss how employee satisfaction is related to customer satisfaction.Answer: The evidence indicates that satisfied employees increase customer satisfaction and loyalty. In service organizations, customer retention and defection are highly dependent on how front-line employees deal with customers. Satisfied employees are more likely to be friendly, upbeat, and responsivewhich customers appreciate. And because satisfied employees are less prone to turnover, customers are more likely to encounter familiar faces and receive experienced service. These qualities build customer satisfaction and loyalty. Dissatisfied customers can increase an employee's job dissatisfaction. Employees who have regular contact with customers report that rude, thoughtless, or unreasonably demanding customers adversely effect the employees' job satisfaction.Page Ref: 58Topic: Job Satisfaction

150) Discuss whether job satisfaction is a U.S. concept.Answer: While most of the research on job satisfaction has been conducted in the U.S., the evidence strongly suggests that this is not a U.S. concept. People in other cultures form judgments of job satisfaction. Furthermore, similar factors cause, and result from, job satisfaction across cultures.Page Ref: 60Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

134Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 135: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 5 Motivation Concepts

1) Jim is a student who cannot work at writing a paper for more than 30 minutes, yet he can spend many hours writing comments on blogs. What accounts for the change in motivation in this case?A) his abilityB) the directionC) his personalityD) the congruenceE) the structure of the taskAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 62-63Topic: Defining Motivation

2) Motivation is best defined as a process that ________.A) results in a level of effortB) intensifies an individual's effortsC) accounts for an individual's efforts toward attaining a goalD) meets an individual's needsE) stabilizes over timeAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 62Topic: Defining Motivation

3) What are the three key elements of motivation?A) reactance, congruence and circumstanceB) interest, activity and rewardC) awareness, effort and outcome D) stimulation, progress and achievementE) intensity, direction and persistenceAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 62-63Topic: Defining Motivation

4) In Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory, what is the term used for the drive to become what one is capable of becoming?A) perfectionB) self-actualizationC) hypo-glorificationD) self-esteemE) attainmentAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

135Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 136: Robbins Chapters

5) The most well-known theory of motivation is Abraham Maslow's ________.A) Theories X and YB) Hierarchy of NeedsC) Two-factor TheoryD) Motivator-Hygiene TheoryE) Cognitive Evaluation TheoryAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

6) Maslow's hierarchy has five levels of needs. Which of the following is not one of those levels?A) safety needsB) social needsC) animal needsD) self-actualization needsE) physiological needsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

7) Which level of Maslow's hierarchy of needs deals with satisfying one's hunger, thirst, and need for sex?A) safetyB) physiologicalC) socialD) esteemE) psychologicalAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

8) Danielle wants to become a surgeon, not only because achieving this goal will give her self-respect and autonomy, but also because she wants a job with high status and recognition from others. Which of Maslow's needs is Danielle trying to fill?A) self-actualization B) social C) esteem D) psychological E) safetyAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

136Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 137: Robbins Chapters

9) Maslow's hierarchy of needs arranges those five needs in which of the following orders?A) physiological, esteem, safety, social, and self-actualizationB) physiological, safety, social, esteem, and self-actualizationC) safety, physiological, esteem, social, and self-actualizationD) physiological, social, safety, esteem, and self-actualizationE) safety, physiological, social, esteem, and self-actualizationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

10) Hans derives a great sense of belongingness, acceptance and friendship from his relationships with his extended family. Which of Maslow's needs is Hans fulfilling through these relationships?A) lower-orderB) self-actualization C) esteemD) social E) physiologicalAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

11) What is the primary organizational factor that satisfies people's physiological needs?A) their relationships with co-workersB) recognitionC) payD) admirationE) their position within the organizationAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

137Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 138: Robbins Chapters

12) Your church is made up of people who are very different in their lifestyles and their stages of life. Mary is a 23-year-old single parent who is working for minimum wage. Jonathan is 60 years old, extremely wealthy and works because he enjoys it. Jane is single, 45 years old and has few interests outside of the office. You have decided to attempt to apply Maslow's hierarchy of needs to determine what motivates each of these individuals. What is the need that you would expect that Mary is trying to satisfy?A) socialB) esteemC) physiologicalD) self-actualizationE) alter-actualizationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

13) Your church is made up of people who are very different in their lifestyles and their stages of life. Mary is a 23-year-old single parent who is working for minimum wage. Jonathan is 60 years old, extremely wealthy and works because he enjoys it. Jane is single, 45 years old and has few interests outside of the office. You have decided to attempt to apply Maslow's hierarchy of needs to determine what motivates each of these individuals. You would expect that Jane is trying to satisfy her ________ needs.A) socialB) esteemC) physiologicalD) self-actualizationE) psychophysical Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

14) Your church is made up of people who are very different in their lifestyles and their stages of life. Mary is a 23-year-old single parent who is working for minimum wage. Jonathan is 60 years old, extremely wealthy and works because he enjoys it. Jane is single, 45 years old and has few interests outside of the office. You have decided to attempt to apply Maslow's hierarchy of needs to determine what motivates each of these individuals. According to Maslow, which of the following do you think would motivate Jonathan the most?A) physiological needsB) higher-order needsC) lower-order needsD) none since he is wealthyE) the need for achievementAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

138Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 139: Robbins Chapters

15) According to Maslow, when does a need stop motivating?A) when it is substantially satisfiedB) it never stops motivatingC) when one returns to a lower-level needD) when one chooses to move to a higher-level needE) only when it is completely satisfiedAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

16) Which of the following were considered higher-order needs by Maslow?A) physiological, safety, socialB) safety, social, esteemC) esteem, self-actualizationD) social, esteem, self-actualizationE) recognition, pay, admirationAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

17) What is the major problem with Maslow's hierarchy of needs in organizational behavior?A) It is difficult to apply to the workplace.B) It is vague as to how a workplace can satisfy higher-order needs.C) Its terminology tends to alienate those to whom it is applied.D) It has received little recognition among managers. E) The research does not validate the theory.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 63-64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

18) Which of the following theories was proposed by Douglas McGregor?A) Hierarchy of Needs TheoryB) Theories X and YC) Two-Factor TheoryD) ERG TheoryE) Expectancy TheoryAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

139Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 140: Robbins Chapters

19) How would a Theory X manager view employees?A) seeking responsibilityB) needing to be coerced to achieve goalsC) viewing work as a normal daily activityD) exercising self controlE) not motivated by rewardsAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

20) Which of the following is a behavior that would most likely be exhibited by a Theory X manager?A) She lets her employees choose their own goals.B) She trusts her employees to use discretion in most matters.C) She strictly controls the details of any project she is managing.D) She delegates authority extensively to junior managers.E) She honestly informs her employees of the likelihood that they will lose their jobs.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

21) In what way are Theory X and Theory Y managers alike?A) They are skeptical about their employees' ability to operate independently.B) They have a negative view of human behavior.C) They acknowledge that people in the workplace are mostly motivated by higher-order needs.D) Their behavior follows their assumptions.E) They both motivate their workers in the optimal way given the conditions within their workplace.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

22) A Theory Y manager would assume that employees would ________.A) dislike workB) need to be controlledC) avoid responsibilityD) accept responsibilityE) attempt to avoid workAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

140Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 141: Robbins Chapters

23) Two managers are talking about how they get the best out of their employees:

Jo: "I tell my employees that times are tough and there is no way of telling when the guys in head office might try to downsize. Let me tell you, a bit of fear keeps them focused on the task at hand."

Chris: "I tell them that head office is making them more responsible for deciding how to do their work. The increased sense of ownership they have makes productivity go way up."

How would these managers be best characterized by Douglas McGregor?A) Both hold Theory X assumptions.B) Both hold Theory Y assumptions.C) Chris holds Theory X assumptions; Jo holds Theory Y assumptions.D) Jo holds Theory X assumptions; Chris holds Theory Y assumptions.E) The statements would not indicate that either manager is predisposed to either Theory X or Theory Y assumptions.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

24) Someone subscribing to Theory Y would agree with which of the following statements?A) Individuals are dominated by Maslow's lower-level needs.B) Individuals are dominated by Maslow's higher-level needs.C) Individuals are not clearly dominated by any particular level of Maslow's hierarchy of needs.D) Individuals are in reality independent of Maslow's hierarchy of needs.E) Individuals are dominated by their needs in a situational context rather than in a strict hierarchy.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

25) You are a new employee with Acme, Inc. Your supervisor has explained your job to you and has indicated that you will have a great deal of control over your job once you become proficient at it. He compliments your history of accepting responsibility and suggests that you are to feel free to offer constructive criticism about the way that your job is structured. Your supervisor seems to possess ________ assumptions.A) Theory TB) Theory VC) Theory ZD) Theory XE) Theory YAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

141Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 142: Robbins Chapters

26) You are a new employee with Acme, Inc. Your supervisor has explained your job to you and has indicated that you will have a great deal of control over your job once you become proficient at it. He compliments your history of accepting responsibility and suggests that you are to feel free to offer constructive criticism about the way that your job is structured. Which of the following is something you would not expect your supervisor to do?A) assume that you will be internally motivatedB) assume that you want to do your jobC) allow you freedom to do your job as you believe it should be doneD) monitor your work very closelyE) empower you to take responsibilityAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

27) Who proposed the two-factor theory of motivation?A) MaslowB) McClellandC) McGregorD) VroomE) Herzberg Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 65Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

28) What other name is the two-factor theory known by?A) Theories X and YB) Motivator-Hygiene TheoryC) Hierarchy of Needs TheoryD) Satisfaction/Dissatisfaction TheoryE) Minimal Justification TheoryAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 65Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

29) The two-factor theory suggests that dissatisfaction is caused by extrinsic factors. Which of the following is an example of such a factor?A) advancementB) working conditionsC) achievementD) recognitionE) nature of the work itselfAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 65-66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

142Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 143: Robbins Chapters

30) Which of the following is not true about the two-factor theory?A) Working conditions are characterized as hygiene factors.B) Intrinsic factors are motivators.C) A job becomes satisfying when the dissatisfying characteristics are removed.D) Responsibility is a satisfier.E) Hygiene factors are demotivators.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 65-66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

31) Gerry has a job that pays an excellent salary. She has a good relationship with her peers and her supervisors. She also likes the fact that the company policy fits well with what she personally believes, and that she has received considerable recognition for her achievements at the company. Which of these factors is most likely responsible for the fact that Gerry loves her job?A) high compensationB) good nature of peer relationshipsC) good nature of supervisor relationshipsD) good fit between personal beliefs and company policyE) recognition for her achievementsAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 65-66Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

32) Which one of the following would be considered a motivator in the two-factor theory?A) salaryB) supervisionC) working conditionsD) bonusesE) responsibilityAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 65-66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

143Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 144: Robbins Chapters

33) Your fellow employees have a terrible work situation. They work in an old, run-down building with an antiquated heating system. The work itself is tedious and the supervisor is rarely available and only shows up to give reprimands for production shortfalls. Nobody has received a promotion in two years. The work is boring, repetitious, and unrewarding. You have decided to try to apply Herzberg's two-factor theory. You decide that your first job should be to remedy the hygiene factors. Which are they?A) working conditionsB) intrinsic rewardsC) recognitionD) advancementE) reprimandsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

34) Your fellow employees have a terrible work situation. They work in an old, run-down building with an antiquated heating system. The work itself is tedious and the supervisor is rarely available and only shows up to give reprimands for production shortfalls. Nobody has received a promotion in two years. The work is boring, repetitious, and unrewarding. You have decided to try to apply Herzberg's two-factor theory. Which of the following statements would likely be true?A) When the working conditions are improved, employees will be satisfied.B) The relationship with the supervisor is a motivation factor.C) Fixing the conditions that make the employees dissatisfied will not make them satisfied - only not dissatisfied.D) Employees are dissatisfied due to lack of recognition.E) The major reason for dissatisfaction is probably the nature of the work itself.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

144Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 145: Robbins Chapters

35) Your fellow employees have a terrible work situation. They work in an old, run-down building with an antiquated heating system. The work itself is tedious and the supervisor is rarely available and only shows up to give reprimands for production shortfalls. Nobody has received a promotion in two years. The work is boring, repetitious, and unrewarding. You have decided to try to apply Herzberg's two-factor theory. What would be the action that could be taken that would probably most motivate the employees?A) improvement in working conditionsB) fixing the heating systemC) receiving recognition for a job well doneD) having the supervisor "hang around" more to closely monitor their workE) a greater reliance on punishment for poor performanceAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

36) What continuum in the two-factor theory is influenced by the hygiene factors?A) no dissatisfaction to dissatisfactionB) no dissatisfaction to satisfactionC) satisfaction to no satisfactionD) satisfaction to dissatisfactionE) dissatisfaction to exit behaviorAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

37) Which of the following is a not a criticism of the two-factor theory?A) No overall measure of satisfaction is utilized.B) The research methodology does not examine productivity.C) The theory is inconsistent with previous research and lacks broad appeal.D) The system used by raters is too rigid and not open to interpretation.E) He assumed a strong relationship between satisfaction and productivity, but the research methodology examined only satisfaction.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

38) McClelland's theory of needs concentrates on which three needs?A) achievement, realization and acceptanceB) achievement, power and affiliationC) power, acceptance and confirmationD) affiliation, control and realizationE) control, status and relationshipsAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

145Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 146: Robbins Chapters

39) How does McClelland define the need for affiliation?A) drive to excel, to strive to succeed.B) need to make others behave in a novel wayC) desire for friendship and close interpersonal relationshipsD) same as Maslow's social needE) all of the aboveAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

40) Jasmine is trying to gain control of her department. Although she will be greatly compensated if she achieves this aim, and will gain control over many subordinates, the main reason she is pursuing this position is that she thinks she can do the job better than her predecessors and wants people to know that this is so. What need would McClelland say primarily drives Jasmine in this case?A) the need for controlB) the need for successC) the need for attainment D) the need for influenceE) the need for powerAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

41) Who proposed that there are three major relevant motives, or needs, that drive one's behavior in the workplace?A) McClellandB) AlderferC) HerzbergD) MaslowE) WittenbaumAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

42) According to McClelland, what is the need to make others behave in a way that they would not have behaved otherwise?A) the need for powerB) the need for achievementC) the need for affiliationD) the need for controlE) the need for social validationAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

146Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 147: Robbins Chapters

43) According to McClelland, individuals who have a desire to excel and to succeed are high inA) the need for power.B) the need for achievement.C) the need for motivation.D) the need for affiliation.E) the need for social validation.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

44) Which of Maslow's needs best approximates McClelland's need for achievement?A) esteemB) self-actualizationC) socialD) physiologicalE) gratificationAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

45) You manage a department of five employees. You have identified that Joe scores high in the need for achievement, Mary scores high in the need for power, and Tim scores high in the need for affiliation. Sarah scored high in the need for power and low in the need for affiliation. Doug scores low in both need for power and need for affiliation. Which employee would be best suited to a challenging new assignment where they would receive rapid feedback?A) JoeB) MaryC) TimD) SarahE) DougAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

147Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 148: Robbins Chapters

46) You manage a department of five employees. You have identified that Joe scores high in the need for achievement, Mary scores high in the need for power, and Tim scores high in the need for affiliation. Sarah scored high in the need for power and low in the need for affiliation. Doug scores low in both need for power and need for affiliation. Which employee would be best suited as a mentor to new employees with a chance to develop friendships?A) JoeB) MaryC) TimD) SarahE) DougAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

47) A manager wishes to motivate a sales employee who is a high achiever. According to McClelland, which of the following sales territories should be assigned to such a salesperson?A) one where he is loosely controlled and he is certain to meet his sales targetsB) one where he receives rapid feedback and the probability of success in meeting his sales targets is .5C) one where he is loosely controlled and there is a moderate chance he will exceed his sales targetsD) one where he is closely controlled and there is a small chance he will greatly exceed his sales targetsE) one where he is loosely controlled and there is a small chance he will greatly exceed his sales targetsAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

48) According to McClelland, an individual who strives for personal achievement rather than the rewards of success per se, probably would have high need for ________.A) achievementB) affiliationC) powerD) esteemE) loveAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

148Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 149: Robbins Chapters

49) You are supervising a team leader who has a high need for achievement. He is in charge of training employees to use a new phone system. According to McClelland, which of the following courses of action will best ensure this employee stays motivated in his task?A) Trust him to do the job independently, and do not give feedback until the project is completed. B) Trust him to do the job independently, and do not give any feedback unless it is asked for.C) Trust him to do the job independently, but do not fail to provide plenty of feedback.D) Closely supervise him, and provide moderate amounts of feedback.E) Closely supervise him and provide a great deal of feedback.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

50) The need for ________ identified by McClelland has received the most attention from researchers.A) achievementB) affiliationC) powerD) esteemE) belongingnessAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

51) Individuals with a high need to achieve prefer all of the following except ________.A) job situations with a high degree of personal responsibilityB) a high degree of riskC) overcoming obstaclesD) feedbackE) personal empowermentAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

52) Which of the following appears to be the combination of needs found in the best managers?A) high nAch, high nPowB) high nAch, low nPowC) high nPow, low nAffD) low nPow, high nAffE) low nAff, high nAchAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

149Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 150: Robbins Chapters

53) The issue of whether or not intrinsic and extrinsic motivators are independent is considered in which theory?A) expectancyB) reinforcementC) equityD) cognitive evaluationE) two-factorAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 67-68Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

54) Cognitive evaluation theory suggests that which of the following would not serve to increase an employee's motivation?A) base pay on performanceB) praise good performanceC) make the work interestingD) support employee developmentE) provide verbal rewardsAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 67-68Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

55) According to the goal-setting theory of motivation, highest performance is reached when goals are set to which level?A) impossible but inspirational B) difficult but attainable C) slightly beyond a person's actual potentialD) "do your best"E) easily attainedAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 69Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

56) Deborah works for a U.S.-based firm with extensive business interests in Latin America. Deborah has successfully used goal-setting theory in her efforts to motivate her U.S. employees. When she tries to use it on her Chilean employees, she has much poorer results. Why is this probably so?A) Language difference makes it very difficult to translate the necessary concepts into Spanish.B) Goal setting theory is culture-bound.C) Chilean employees tend to score high on measures of the need for achievement.D) The goals the workers in Chile must reach are substantially simpler than those her U.S. employees must reach.E) She publicly announced the goals she wanted her Chilean workers to reach.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

150Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 151: Robbins Chapters

57) MBO emphasizes translating overall organizational objectives into ________.A) capital gainsB) specific objectives for organizational units and individual membersC) operational unitsD) terms that the individual worker can understand and acceptE) personal gainAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

58) Who sets MBO objectives?A) the bossB) the boss and immediate subordinatesC) they are set jointly by superior and subordinateD) the employees performing the task in questionE) each working division in cooperation with managementAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

59) What sort of goals does Management By Objectives (MBO) emphasize?A) tangible, verifiable and measurableB) achievable, controllable and profitableC) inspirational, teachable and creativeD) challenging, emotional and constructiveE) hierarchical, attainable and effectiveAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 70-71Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

60) What does MBO provide for the individual employee?A) specific personal performance objectivesB) precise job descriptionsC) explicit task objectivesD) clear direction and purposeE) higher salariesAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 70-71Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

151Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 152: Robbins Chapters

61) Which of the following is an example of an MBO objective?A) Decrease payroll costs in the accounting department by 6% over the next 6 months.B) Modernize outdated equipment.C) Train employees to use new invoicing software.D) Improve customer service.E) Increase employee satisfaction.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 70-71Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

62) Which of the following is not an ingredient common to all MBO programs?A) an explicit time periodB) participative decision makingC) consistent monetary rewardsD) performance feedbackE) goal specificityAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 70-71Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

63) What is the term used for an individual's personal evaluation of their ability to perform?A) expectancyB) autonomyC) self-efficacyD) task identityE) auto-discriminationAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 71Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

64) All of the following are ways to increase self-efficacy EXCEPTA) arousal B) vicarious modelingC) verbal persuasionD) enactive masteryE) focused trainingAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 72Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

152Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 153: Robbins Chapters

65) In equity theory, individuals assess the ________.A) cost-benefit ratioB) efficiency-effectiveness trade-offC) quantity-quality trade-offD) outcome-input ratio for themselves as compared to othersE) pareto efficient outcomeAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 73Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

66) When people perceive an imbalance in their outcome-input ratio relative to others, ________.A) reinforcement theory is imbalancedB) expectancy theory is violatedC) equity tension is createdD) distributive justice is questionedE) they seek to move to another position of authorityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 73Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

67) You graduated from college two years ago and began working at Hampstead Electronics. You have received good performance evaluations and a raise. You just found out that a recent college graduate with no experience has been hired at a higher salary than you are now making. Which of the following will you probably use to evaluate this situation?A) equityB) expectancyC) goal settingD) reinforcementE) self-enhancementAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 73Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

153Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 154: Robbins Chapters

68) You graduated from college two years ago and began working at Hampstead Electronics. You have received good performance evaluations and a raise. You just found out that a recent college graduate with no experience has been hired at a higher salary than you are now making. Your referent comparison (the recent college graduate) for equity theory is termed ________.A) self-insideB) self-outsideC) other-insideD) other-outsideE) inside-outsideAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 73Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

69) You graduated from college two years ago and began working at Hampstead Electronics. You have received good performance evaluations and a raise. You just found out that a recent college graduate with no experience has been hired at a higher annual salary than you are now making. How can your behavior at work be predicted to change?A) You will work harder.B) You will call in sick more often.C) You will acknowledge that the new person hired is worth more.D) You will not work so hard.E) You will act to undermine the new employee.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

70) James is an employee whose job it is to proofread legal documents. He is paid by the number of documents that he proofs. He discovers that he is paid substantially more than his colleagues, even though their jobs and performances are very similar. What is likely to be his reaction to this discovery according to equity theory? A) The quantity of documents he proofreads will decrease.B) The quality of documents he proofreads will decrease.C) The quality of documents he proofreads will increase.D) He will seek a position within the company commensurate with his pay.E) There will be no effect.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

154Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 155: Robbins Chapters

71) What would be the predicted result of underpaying a piece-rate worker, according to equity theory?A) Quality will increase.B) Quantity will increase while quality will decrease.C) Quality will decrease.D) There will be no effect.E) The employee will seek a higher wage.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

72) Contemporary research in equity theory focuses on ________ justice.A) interpersonal B) distributive C) organizationalD) procedural E) interactionalAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

73) Equity theory historically focused on ________ justice.A) proceduralB) distributiveC) interpersonalD) organizationalE) interactionalAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

74) Gloria thinks that she is paid less than other workers in her division and feels extremely resentful. She starts taking long breaks and generally wasting time. Her actions were a result of her perceiving what kind of injustice?A) interactiveB) interpersonalC) proceduralD) distributiveE) interactionalAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

155Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 156: Robbins Chapters

75) Jessica believes that she received an appropriate salary increase this year but she does not believe that the company's methods for determining salary increases were fair. She believes that there is a problem with the firm's ________ justice.A) interpersonal B) distributive C) equityD) procedural E) outcome Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 75Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

76) People who perceive that they are victims of interactional injustice tend to blame their immediate supervisor rather than the organization at large. Why is this?A) Interactional justice or injustice is intimately tied to the conveyer of the information.B) Interactional injustice can only occur during face-to-face encounters.C) When people are not treated with respect, they tend to retaliate against those closest to hand.D) Interactional injustice is in the eyes of those who perceive they are disrespected.E) Interactional injustice is most often the result of impersonal policies of the organization.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 75-76Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

77) Procedural justice relates most strongly toA) job satisfaction.B) employee trust.C) citizenship behaviors.D) job performance.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 75-76Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

78) What theory attempts to measure the strength of one's expectations and predict motivation?A) Expectancy theoryB) Equity theoryC) Goal setting theoryD) ERG theoryE) Surberist theoryAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 76-77Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

156Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 157: Robbins Chapters

79) The degree to which an individual believes that performing at a particular level will generate a desired outcome is defined by expectancy theory as what kind of relationship.A) performance-reward B) effort-performance C) reward-personal goal D) effort-satisfaction E) agent-actorAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 77Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

80) Which of the following is one of the relationships proposed in expectancy theory?A) reward-satisfaction relationshipB) satisfaction-performance relationshipC) rewards-personal goals relationshipD) effort-satisfaction relationshipE) performance-achievement relationshipAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 77Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

81) Helen is an office worker who processes health insurance forms. She has worked at her present job for three years. Initially she was criticized by her supervisor for sloppy work, but in the months after that she improved considerably. Now she consistently processes her forms without errors and above quota. However she has found her supervisor has not responded to the extra effort she puts in, giving her no praise and no financial reward. Helen will most likely perceive that there is a problem in which of the following relationships?A) rewards-personal goalsB) performance-rewardC) effort-performanceD) rewards-effortE) performance-achievementAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 77Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

157Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 158: Robbins Chapters

82) According to expectancy theory, the degree to which organizational rewards satisfy an individual's personal goals or needs and the attractiveness of those potential rewards for the individual is known as what sort of relationship.A) performance-rewardB) effort-performanceC) rewards-personal goalsD) effort-satisfactionE) performance-achievementAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 77Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

83) Most current motivation theories have a strong emphasis on individualism and goal accomplishment. Why is this?A) They were developed in the United States by Americans. B) These are the traits needed to successfully motivate people.C) Researchers tend to concentrate on those traits that are easiest to quantify.D) Motivation theory relies on the study of personality traits to understand what drives people.E) These are the two traits that are most distinct in most people worldwide.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 78Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) Which of the following motivation concepts clearly has an American bias?A) need for powerB) need for affiliation C) need for achievement D) social needsE) need for association Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 78Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

85) Which of the following desires would most likely be common to a worker in China, Australia, Kenya, Canada and Kuwait?A) interesting workB) higher payC) more flexibilityD) telecommuting optionsE) advancementAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 78Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

158Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 159: Robbins Chapters

86) Motivation is a personality trait.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 62Topic: Defining Motivation

87) Leadership is the processes that accounts for an individual's intensity, direction, and persistence of effort toward attaining a goal.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 62Topic: Defining Motivation

88) High intensity is unlikely to lead to favorable job-performance outcomes unless the effort is channeled in a direction that benefits the organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 62-63Topic: Defining Motivation

89) The persistence dimension of motivation is a measure of how long a person can maintain effort.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 63Topic: Defining Motivation

90) The early theories of motivation are most used by practicing managers.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

91) According to Maslow, a need that is essentially satisfied no longer motivates.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

92) Esteem is considered a lower-order need.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

93) Higher-order needs are satisfied externally, whereas lower-order needs are predominantly satisfied internally.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 63Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

159Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 160: Robbins Chapters

94) Research actively validates Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 63-64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

95) An assumption of Theory Y is that people are inherently lazy.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

96) Theory X assumes that human beings view work as being as natural as play.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

97) McGregor referred to the positive assumptions about human beings as Theory Y.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

98) Theory X assumes that higher-order needs dominate individuals.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

99) Maslow proposed a two-factor theory, suggesting that intrinsic job factors motivate, whereas extrinsic factors only maintain and placate employees.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 65Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

100) According to Herzberg, the opposite of "satisfaction" is "dissatisfaction."Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

101) According to Herzberg, some factors lead to satisfaction, and if you remove these factors you create dissatisfaction.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

102) According to Herzberg, pay strongly motivates.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

160Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 161: Robbins Chapters

103) Herzberg's two-factor theory has not been well supported in the literature.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

104) McClelland's theory of needs contains a frustration-regression dimension.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

105) A drive to succeed would be described by McClelland as a need for achievement.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

106) High achievers attempt the most difficult goals because once achieved, they gain more recognition.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

107) Individuals with a high need to achieve prefer job situations with personal responsibility, feedback, and an intermediate degree of risk.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

108) Evidence indicates that high achievers make good managers.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

109) Evidence indicates that the best managers are high in nPow and low in nAff.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

110) Research shows that contemporary theories of motivation are generally more valid than the early theories of motivation.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 67Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

161Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 162: Robbins Chapters

111) When extrinsic rewards are given to someone for performing an interesting task, it causes intrinsic interest in the task itself to decline.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 67-68Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

112) Cognitive evaluation theory is concerned with whether individuals perceive that rewards are distributed fairly.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 67-68Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

113) According to the cognitive evaluation theory, pay should not be directly related to job performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 68Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

114) Evidence gathered about the cognitive evaluation theory leads us to believe that extrinsic and intrinsic rewards are independent.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 68Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

115) According to goal-setting theory, a generalized goal will produce a high level of output.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 69Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

116) External feedback has been shown to be a more powerful motivator than self-generated feedback.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 69-70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

117) Difficult goals motivate us more than easy ones since they direct our attention to the task and away from irrelevant distractions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 69Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

118) Participatively set goals have been clearly shown to elicit improved performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

162Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 163: Robbins Chapters

119) Goal-setting theory is culture-bound; it is well adapted to countries like the United States and Canada.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

120) The goals-performance relationship is influenced by feedback, goal commitment, task characteristics, and national culture.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

121) Research indicates that goal-setting theory works equally well on all tasks.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

122) MBO works from the "bottom up" rather than from the "top down."Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

123) Self-efficacy refers to an individual's belief that he or she is capable of performing a task.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 71Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

124) Goal-setting theory and self-efficacy theory compete with one another.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 71Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

125) Equity theory proposes that equity tension is the negative tension state that provides the motivation to do something to correct it.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 73Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

126) In equity theory, if perceived outcomes and inputs are not balanced, an individual will make certain adjustments to correct the imbalance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 73Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

163Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 164: Robbins Chapters

127) Research shows that in equity theory men prefer same-sex comparisons but women do not.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

128) If you pay an individual an hourly rate, according to the equity theory, overpaying this individual will result in more output.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

129) Underpayment and overpayment, according to equity theory, tend to produce similar reactions to correct the inequities.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

130) It is possible for an employee to perceive injustice even if the amount and allocation of rewards among individuals is perceived as fair.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 74-75Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

131) Distributive justice refers to the perceived fairness of the process used to determine the distribution of rewards.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

132) Interactional justice is the individual's perception of the degree to which he or she is treated with dignity, concern, and respect.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 76Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

133) To promote fairness in the workplace, managers should consider openly sharing information on how allocation decisions are made.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 76Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

134) Currently, one of the most widely accepted explanations of motivation is Vroom's expectancy.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 76Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

164Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 165: Robbins Chapters

135) Many employees see the performance-reward relationship in their job as weak.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 77Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

136) In expectancy theory, the strength of a person's motivation to perform depends in part on how strongly he believes he can achieve what he attempts.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 77Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

137) The expectancy theory is a contingency model.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 77Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

138) Most motivation theories were developed in the United States by Americans and about Americans.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 78Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory aligns with Japanese culture.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 78Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

140) Evidence suggests that in collectivist cultures, employees expect rewards to reflect their individual needs as well as their performance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 78Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

165Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 166: Robbins Chapters

141) Describe Maslow's hierarchy of needs.Answer: Maslow's hierarchy of needs hypothesized that within every human being there exists a hierarchy of five needs. The physiological needs include hunger, thirst, shelter, sex, and other bodily needs. Safety includes security and protection from physical and emotional harm. Social includes affection, belongingness, acceptance, and friendship. Esteem includes internal esteem factors such as self-respect, autonomy, and achievement; and external esteem factors such as status, recognition, and attention. Self-actualization is the drive to become what one is capable of becoming; includes growth, achieving one's potential, and self-fulfillment. As each of these needs becomes substantially satisfied, the next need becomes dominant. So if you want to motivate someone, according to Maslow, you need to understand what level of the hierarchy that person is currently on and focus on satisfying those needs at or above that level.Page Ref: 63-64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

142) What assumptions are held by a Theory Y manager?Answer: The Theory Y manager assumes employees can view work as being as natural as rest or play; people will exercise self-direction and self-control if they are committed to the objectives; the average person can learn to accept, even seek, responsibility; and the ability to make innovative decisions is widely dispersed throughout the population and is not necessarily the sole province of those in management positions.Page Ref: 64Topic: Early Theories of Motivation

143) According to Herzberg's Two-Factor Theory, how might a manager motivate employees?Answer: According to Herzberg, the factors leading to job satisfaction are separate and distinct from those that lead to job dissatisfaction. Therefore, managers who seek to eliminate factors that can create job dissatisfaction may bring about peace but not necessarily result in motivation, conditions surrounding the job such as quality of supervision, pay, company policies, physical working conditions, relations with others, and job security were characterized by Herzberg as hygiene factors. When they are adequate, people will not be dissatisfied; neither will they be satisfied. If we want to motivate people on their jobs, Herzberg suggested emphasizing factors associated with the work itself or to outcomes directly derived from it, such as promotional opportunities, opportunities for personal growth, recognition, responsibility, and achievement. These are the characteristics that people find intrinsically rewarding.Page Ref: 66Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

166Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 167: Robbins Chapters

144) Discuss McClelland's Theory of Needs. What predictions can be made based on the relationship between the achievement need and job performance?Answer: McClelland's theory of needs focuses on three needs: achievement, power, and affiliation. The need for achievement is the drive to excel; to achieve in relation to a set of standards; and to strive to succeed. The need for power is the need to make others behave in a way that they would not have behaved otherwise. The need for affiliation is the desire for friendly and close interpersonal relationships. Individuals with a high need to achieve prefer job situations with personal responsibility, feedback, and an intermediate degree of risk. When these characteristics are prevalent, high achievers will be strongly motivated. The evidence consistently demonstrates, for instance, that high achievers are successful in entrepreneurial activities such as running their own businesses and managing a self-contained unit within a large organization. A high need to achieve does not necessarily lead to being a good manager, especially in large organizations. People with a high achievement need are interested in how well they do personally and not in influencing others to do well. Employees have been successfully trained to stimulate their achievement need. So if a job calls for a high achiever, management can select a person with a high need for achievement or develop its own candidate through achievement training. Page Ref: 66-67Topic: Early Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

145) Explain cognitive evaluation theory.Answer: Cognitive evaluation theory proposes that the introduction of extrinsic rewards, such as pay, for work effort that had been previously intrinsically rewarding due to the pleasure associated with the content of the work itself would tend to decrease the overall level of motivation. Cognitive evaluation theory argues that when extrinsic rewards are used by organizations as payoffs for superior performance, the intrinsic rewards, which are derived from individuals doing what they like, are reduced. That is, the extrinsic rewards can cause intrinsic interest in the task itself to decline.Page Ref: 67-68Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

167Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 168: Robbins Chapters

146) Discuss goal-setting theory and its implications for managers.Answer: Goal-setting theory proposed that intentions to work toward a goal are a major source of work motivation. Goals tell an employee what needs to be done and how much effort will need to be expended. The evidence strongly supports the value of goals. It shows that specific goals increase performance; that difficult goals, when accepted, result in higher performance than do easy goals; and that feedback leads to higher performance than does nonfeedback. Specific, challenging goals produce a higher level of output than does the generalized goal of "do your best." The specificity of the goal itself acts as an internal stimulus. The more difficult the goals, the higher the level of performance. However, it's logical to assume that easier goals are more likely to be accepted. But once an employee accepts a hard task, he or she will exert a high level of effort until it is achieved, lowered, or abandoned. People will do better when they get feedback on how well they are progressing toward their goals because feedback helps to identify discrepancies between what they have done and what they want to do; that is, feedback acts to guide behavior. Goal-setting theory presupposes that an individual is committed to the goals, that is, is determined not to lower or abandon the goal when the goal is made public, when the individual has an internal locus of control, and when the goal is self-set rather than assigned. Goal-setting has also been found to be culture bound. It is well adapted to countries like the United States and Canada.Page Ref: 69-70Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

147) What is self-efficacy? How does it relate to goal setting theory?Answer: Self-efficacy refers to an individual's belief that he or she is capable of performing a task. The higher your self-efficacy, the more confidence you have in your ability to succeed in a task. Individuals high in self-efficacy seem to respond to negative feedback with increased effort and motivation, while those low in self-efficacy are likely to lessen their effort when given negative feedback. Goal setting theory and self-efficacy theory complement each other. Setting difficult goals for people communicates confidence. When individuals are more confident in themselves (higher self-efficacy), they set higher personal goals, causing them to perform better. Page Ref: 71Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

168Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 169: Robbins Chapters

148) Discuss equity theory. Include the concepts of equity tension and referent comparisons.Answer: Employees make comparisons of their job inputs and outcomes relative to those of others. We perceive what we get from a job situation in relation to what we put into it, and then we compare out outcome-input ratio with the outcome-input ratio of relevant others. If we perceive our ratio to be equal to that of the relevant others with whom we compare ourselves, a state of equity is said to exist. We perceive our situation as fair. Equity tension arises when we perceive that this is not the case. When we see ourselves as under-rewarded, the tension creates anger; when over-rewarded, the tension creates guilt. This negative state provides the motivation to do something to correct it. The referent that an employee selects adds to the complexity of equity theory. The four referent comparisons that an employee can use are comparisons to how that employee has been treated in the past in both the company he or she currently works for and in similar situations outside the company(the self-inside and the self-outside) and comparisons to others both within the company he or she currently works for and outside the company (the other-inside and the other-outside). Page Ref: 73-74Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

149) Discuss distributive justice and procedural justice. Explain how managers can use these concepts.Answer: Historically, equity theory focused on distributive justice or the perceived fairness of the amount and allocation of rewards among individuals. But equity should also consider procedural justice the perceived fairness of the process used to determine the distribution of rewards. The evidence indicates that distributive justice has a greater influence on employee satisfaction than procedural justice, while procedural justice tends to affect an employee's organizational commitment, trust in his or her boss, and intention to quit. As a result, managers should consider openly sharing information on how allocation decisions are made, following consistent and unbiased procedures, and engaging in similar practices to increase the perception of procedural justice. By increasing the perception of procedural fairness, employees are likely to view their bosses and the organization as positive even if they're dissatisfied with pay, promotions, and other personal outcomes.Page Ref: 74-76Topic: Contemporary Theories of MotivationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

150) What are the three relationships in Vroom's expectancy theory?Answer: Expectancy theory argues that the strength of a tendency to act in a certain way depends on the strength of an expectation that the act will be followed by a given outcome and on the attractiveness of that outcome to the individual. The theory focuses on three relationships. The effort-performance relationship is the probability perceived by the individual that exerting a given amount of effort will lead to performance. The performance-reward relationship is the degree to which the individual believes that performing at a particular level will lead to the attainment of a desired outcome. The rewards-personal goals relationship is the degree to which organizational rewards satisfy an individual's personal goals or needs and the attractiveness of those potential rewards for the individual. Page Ref: 76-77Topic: Contemporary Theories of Motivation

169Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 170: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 6 Motivation: From Concepts to Applications

1) Which of the following is not one of the core job dimensions in the JCM model?A) task significanceB) feedbackC) autonomyD) statusE) skill varietyAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 81Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

2) According to the JCM, the owner-operator of a garage show performs electrical repairs, rebuilds engines, does body work, and interacts with customers would score ________.A) high on task identityB) high on skill varietyC) low on autonomyD) low on task significanceE) low on skills varietyAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 81Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

3) In the JCM model, what three core job dimensions combine to create meaningful work?A) autonomy, task identity, and feedbackB) skill variety, autonomy, and task significanceC) skill variety, autonomy, and feedbackD) feedback, task identity, and task significanceE) skill variety, task identity, and task significanceAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 81Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

4) According to JCM theory, which of the following results in the maximum internal rewards for an individual?A) when they are given tangible rewards B) when they learn that they personally have performed well on a task that they care aboutC) when they initiate a program that enables them to work with a variety of like-minded colleaguesD) when their training is realized and their expectations are metE) when they are singled out for praise for successfully completing an arduous taskAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 81Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

170Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 171: Robbins Chapters

5) According to the Job Characteristics Model, a telemarketing employee who is provided a list of calls to make and a standardized script to follow would scoreA) high on feedbackB) low on task identityC) high on autonomyD) low on autonomyAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 81Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

6) According to the Job Characteristics Model, the presence of the three psychological states (knowledge of results, experienced responsibility, and experienced meaningfulness) will A) increase motivationB) increase performanceC) decrease absenteeismD) all of the aboveAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 82Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

7) According to the JCM, the links between the job dimensions and the outcomes are moderated by ________.A) a high MPSB) the strength of the individual's growth needC) a low score on self-esteemD) experienced meaningfulness of the jobE) autonomyAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 82Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

8) According to the JCM, which of the following statements is NOT true?A) The evidence supports the general framework of the theory.B) Managers can bypass the complex MPS formula and better derive motivating potential by simply adding the characteristics.C) The employee's perception of his or her workload compared to others may moderate the link between the core job dimension and outcomes.D) If jobs score high on motivating potential, the likelihood of turnover will be reduced.E) Jobs that are high on motivating potential must be high on both autonomy and task variety.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 82Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

171Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 172: Robbins Chapters

9) What is another term for cross-training?A) work enrichment B) job sharing C) work enlargementD) job enhancement E) job rotation Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

10) What is a main strength of job rotation?A) It eliminates turnover.B) It increases motivation.C) It increases productivity.D) It decreases training costsE) It decreases supervisor workload.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

11) A trucking company routinely makes all of its office staff work for a week in the warehouse area; loading trucks, cleaning trucks, and doing other warehouse work which they are capable of. This program is an example of which of the following?A) job rotationB) job enlargementC) job enrichmentD) job sharingE) flextimeAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

12) Which is not cited as a drawback to job rotation?A) Training costs are increased.B) Productivity is reduced.C) Disruption is created.D) Jobs are eliminated.E) Supervisors spend more time answering questions.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

172Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 173: Robbins Chapters

13) When the ticket agent at Singapore Airlines takes on the duties of a baggage handler, he is engaged in ________.A) job enlargementB) job rotationC) vertical loadingD) participative managementE) involvementAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

14) A company redesigns the jobs of the workers in accounts receivables, so that instead of simply billing customers, they will also be responsible for following up on non-payment, liaising between customers and the departments billing them, and other related tasks. What term would best be used to describe these changes?A) job rotationB) job enlargementC) job enrichmentD) job sharingE) flextimeAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

15) Which approach to putting the JCM into practice is usually met with less than enthusiastic results by employees?A) job enlargementB) job rotationC) vertical loadingD) participative managementE) involvementAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

16) How do most employees react to job enlargement efforts?A) unqualified approval B) somewhat enthusiastically C) with a lack of enthusiasm D) with mixed emotionsE) with very little reaction.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

173Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 174: Robbins Chapters

17) Job enrichment increases the degree to which the worker controls the ________.A) planning, execution and evaluation of his or her workB) planning, execution and evaluation of company plansC) horizontal integration of his or her tasksD) feedback that a worker receives from his or her supervisor and peersE) evaluation of his or her peersAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 84Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

18) Which one of the following is not one of the guidelines for enriching jobs?A) ensure employees perform one small part of a taskB) establish client relationshipsC) open feedback channelsD) combine tasksE) expand jobs verticallyAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 6-2Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

19) The vertical expansion of jobs is seen in ________.A) job rotationB) job enlargementC) job enrichmentD) job sharingE) flextimeAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 84Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

20) A firm introduces job enrichment in order to motivate its employees. Evidence would suggest that which of the following is the most likely result of this change?A) reduced absenteeism and turnover costsB) lower fixed costsC) a drop in qualityD) a decrease in productivityE) an increase in productivityAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 84Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

174Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 175: Robbins Chapters

21) Beyond redesigning the nature of the work itself, and involving employees in decisions, another approach to making the work environment more motivating is to alter work arrangements. Which of the following is designed to give an employee greater control of their work schedule?A) flextimeB) job sharingC) job rotationD) telecommutingE) job enrichmentAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

22) Which of the following has not been shown to be a benefit of flextime?A) reduced absenteeismB) improved productivityC) increased meaningfulnessD) increased satisfactionE) improved promptnessAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

23) Allied General Hospital employs many individuals and has decided to try to increase motivation through job redesign and flexible scheduling. You have been hired as a consultant to help them design and implement the programs You are looking at flextime and realize that it will probably work least well for which of the following jobs?A) insurance billing clerksB) custodial workersC) floor nursesD) equipment maintenance staffE) IT personnelAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

175Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 176: Robbins Chapters

24) Allied General Hospital employs many individuals and has decided to try to increase motivation through job redesign and flexible scheduling. You have been hired as a consultant to help them design and implement the programs. Members of the nighttime janitorial staff are generally low skilled and would probably be motivated by ________.A) job enrichmentB) flexible work schedulesC) job enlargementD) all of the aboveE) none of the aboveAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

25) What is flextime's major drawback?A) Not all employees have computers.B) Not everyone wants to work part-time.C) It is not applicable to every job.D) Tardiness increases.E) It is hard to find compatible employees.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

26) The work arrangement that allows two or more individuals to split a traditional 40-hour-a week job is ________.A) flextimeB) core hoursC) telecommutingD) job sharingE) employee involvementAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

27) The work arrangement that doesn't seem to be widely adopted by employees is ________.A) flextimeB) core hoursC) telecommutingD) job sharingE) employee involvementAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 86Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

176Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 177: Robbins Chapters

28) Which of the following is a job that does not lend itself to telecommuting?A) an attorney who spends most of her time researching on the computerB) a writer of copy for an advertising firmC) a car salesman who demonstrates the features of a new model of carD) a telemarketer who uses the phone to contact clientsE) a product support specialist who fields calls from irate customersAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 86Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

29) The Japanese are increasingly considering job sharing to ________.A) increase flexibilityB) avoid layoffsC) add more part-time positionsD) accommodate working mothersE) stimulate the economyAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 86Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

30) About ________ percent of the U.S. workforce telecommutes.A) 2B) 10C) 25D) 50E) 75Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 86Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

31) Potential benefits of telecommuting include which of the following?A) a larger labor pool from which to selectB) reduced office-space costsC) less turnoverD) improved moraleE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 86Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

177Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 178: Robbins Chapters

32) The major drawback for management with telecommuting is ________.A) increased cost of office spaceB) less direct supervisionC) higher turnoverD) lower productivityE) more hours workedAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 86-87Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

33) The downside of telecommuting from the employee's perspective is ________.A) the "out of sight/out of mind" effectB) no overtime earnedC) too many promotionsD) high costs for computer equipmentE) 24 hours on callAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 86-87Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

34) The underlying logic of employee involvement is that by involving workers and increasing their autonomy and control over their work lives, employees will become all of the following except more ________.A) motivatedB) competentC) productiveD) satisfiedE) committed to the organizationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

35) What term is used for a participative process that uses the entire capacity of employees and is designed to encourage increased commitment to the organization's success?A) MBOB) employee involvementC) reengineeringD) OB ModE) job sharingAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

178Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 179: Robbins Chapters

36) Participative management and representative participation are forms of ________.A) job rotationB) job enrichmentC) employee involvementD) employee recognitionE) employee incentivesAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

37) What is the distinct characteristic common to all participative management programs?A) joint decision makingB) autonomyC) empowermentD) productivity enhancementE) quality awarenessAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

38) What is participative management?A) a method of management where subordinates make corporate decisions and management helps carry out those decisionsB) a method of management where upper management participates in the organization's strategic planningC) a method of management where subordinates share a degree of decision-making power with their immediate superiorsD) a method of management where low-level workers meet occasionally with the CEO to discuss problems within their departmentE) a method of management where low-level workers are responsible for making corporate policy decisionsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

179Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 180: Robbins Chapters

39) A manager introduces participative management in an effort to boost morale and productivity. If he wants to make sure that it has as great a chance of success as possible he should ensure all of the following except which of the following?A) The issues decided upon must be relevant to the employees.B) The employees must be informed and competent enough to make decisions.C) The employees must be trusted by the manager.D) The manager must be trusted by the employees.E) There must be representative participation through work councils and board representatives.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

40) Your supervisor has heard that employee involvement is important and you have been instructed to research various methods of employee involvement. You are supposed to help assist in the analysis of the probable effects of each of the programs being considered. You have decided to let employees select a small group to represent them and work with management. This is termed ________.A) representative participationB) an ESOPC) quality circlesD) participative managementE) an AESOPAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

41) What is the name for employees who sit on a company's board of directors and represent the interests of the firm's employees?A) board representativesB) works councilsC) quality circlesD) union representativesE) board leadersAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

180Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 181: Robbins Chapters

42) Research studies conducted on the participation-performance relationship show that the use of participation ________.A) enhances job satisfactionB) increases motivationC) has only a modest influence on employee productivityD) greatly influences employee attitudesE) lowers costs considerablyAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

43) What does legislation require almost every company in Western Europe to do?A) Have a form of representative participation.B) Provide employee ownership.C) Provide flextime.D) Set up quality circles.E) Have flexible benefit options.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

44) What is the goal of representative participation?A) for workers to own the firms where they workB) to help workers' self-esteemC) to provide greater motivation and productivityD) to redistribute power within the organizationE) to empower high-level managersAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

45) Works councils and board representatives are the two most common forms of ________.A) employee recognitionB) representative participationC) participative managementD) job enrichmentE) employee benefitsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87-88Topic: Employee Involvement

181Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 182: Robbins Chapters

46) Research shows that works councils tend to be ineffective for which of the following reasons?A) Members of works council tend to side with management when making decisions for fear of being punished.B) Works councils represent the wishes of employees that are often at odds with the best direction of an organization.C) Works councils are dominated by management and their input has little impact on employees or the organizationD) Works councils insert an extra element into decision making which slows the response of an organization to changing conditions.E) Members of works councils are in general not qualified to make large decisions concerning the direction of an organization.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 88Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

47) Experience shows that the greatest value of representative participation is which of the following?A) increased motivationB) increased satisfactionC) symbolicD) decreased absenteeismE) increased commitmentAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 88Topic: Employee Involvement

48) Job evaluation establishes ________.A) the amount of compensation to be paidB) external equityC) the worth of the job to the organizationD) how many tasks to be included in a jobE) how to evaluate an employeeAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 88Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

49) In a 2006 study, what percentage of top performers indicated pay was a key factor in losing top talent?A) 21B) 41C) 61D) 71Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 88Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

182Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 183: Robbins Chapters

50) Initially setting pay levels requires balancing ________.A) the company's budgetB) supply and demand of laborC) internal and external equityD) job worth and demandE) job worth and internal equityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 88Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

51) Which of the following are all forms of variable-pay programs?A) piece-rate, merit-based pay, gainsharingB) profit sharing, lump-sum bonuses, extended vacationsC) wage incentive plans, flextime, piece-rateD) retirement benefits, extended vacations, wage incentive plansE) wage rate increases, bonuses, flextimeAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

52) Which of the following is one advantage of variable pay plans to management?A) They turn fixed labor costs into variable labor costs.B) They turn low producers into high producers.C) They turn slow employees into fast employees.D) They turn high fixed costs into low fixed costs.E) They turn lower performance into fewer employees.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

53) Which of the following is an example of a piece-rate plan?A) time and a half for overtimeB) $2 for each unit producedC) productivity bonusD) commissionE) $10 per hour workedAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

183Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 184: Robbins Chapters

54) Merit-based pay plans are based on ________.A) union negotiationsB) performance appraisal ratingsC) company profitsD) company productivity improvements E) company stock performanceAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

55) Which of the following is cited as a limitation of merit pay plans?A) Being based on an annual performance appraisal, the merit pay is as valid (or invalid) as the performance ratings on which it is based.B) The pay raise pool seldom fluctuates.C) Unions encourage merit pay plans.D) Employees tend to like merit pay plans.E) There is little link between pay and performance.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

56) Which of the following is not one of the most widely used variable-pay programs?A) piece-rate wagesB) merit-based payC) base payD) employee stock ownershipE) profit-sharing plansAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 89-91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

57) Amalgamated Industries manufactures parts for furniture. Management has decided to change the method of payment to a skill-based plan. You are interested in increasing your current compensation and see this as an opportunity. You should expect to earn more if you ________.A) volunteer for overtimeB) increase your productionC) cross train in other jobsD) become a specialistE) master common skillsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

184Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 185: Robbins Chapters

58) What is the term used for a pay plan where pay levels are based on how many skills employees have or how many jobs they can do?A) a variable pay planB) flexible payC) competency-based payD) gainsharingE) ISOPAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

59) Amalgamated Industries manufactures parts for furniture. Management has decided to change the method of payment to a skill-based plan. You are interested in increasing your current compensation and see this as an opportunity. As a manager, you like the plan because it allows ________.A) protection of territoryB) increased flexibility of the workforceC) elimination of workersD) decreased payroll costsE) increased controlAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

60) A certain corporation ties its compensation for front-line operations managers to developing their skills in leadership, workforce development, and functional excellence. What is this sort of compensation scheme called?A) job-based payB) training-based payC) individual merit-based payD) skill-based payE) development-based payAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

185Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 186: Robbins Chapters

61) Amalgamated Industries manufactures parts for furniture. Management has decided to change the method of payment to a skill-based plan. You are interested in increasing your current compensation and see this as an opportunity. Which of the following may be a disadvantage of introducing this type of pay plan?A) Employees will become less motivated.B) Employees will become more specialized.C) Employees will tend not to work as hard as before.D) Your employer may pay for skills that they aren't using.E) Your employer will have less control over what each employee does.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

62) Which of the following is not a downside of skill-based pay?A) People can "top out."B) Skills can become obsolete.C) Ambitious people can confront minimal advancement opportunities.D) People are paid for acquiring skills for which there is no immediate need.E) It doesn't address the level of performance.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

63) A rise in which of the following was reported by companies that pay employees for learning extra skills?A) operating costsB) communication across the organizationC) turnoverD) absenteeismE) perceptions of unfairnessAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

186Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 187: Robbins Chapters

64) Much of the compensation of traders at Synalco, a metals trading company, is in the form of stock options. The amount of options distributed is based on the company's net profits. What sort of compensation plan is this?A) profit sharing B) gainsharingC) merit basedD) ESOPE) employee ownershipAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

65) What is the name for an incentive plan where improvements in group productivity determine the total amount of money that is allocated?A) ESOPB) gainsharingC) profit sharingD) piece ratesE) employee ownershipAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

66) How is gainsharing different from profit sharing?A) Gainsharing focuses on productivity gains rather than profits.B) Gainsharing rewards specific behaviors.C) Gainsharing does not distribute profits, only gains in profits.D) Gainsharing rewards behaviors that are less influenced by external factors.E) With gainsharing, superior employees can receive incentive awards even when the organization isn't profitable.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

67) In what sort of companies is gainsharing most popular?A) large manufacturing companiesB) large service organizationsC) small, non-unionized manufacturing companiesD) small, privately held companiesE) non-profit organizationsAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

187Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 188: Robbins Chapters

68) What sort of plan is a company-established benefit plan where employees acquire stock as part of their benefits?A) MBO programB) job redesignC) ESOPD) quality circleE) piece-rateAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

69) Research on employee stock ownership programs indicates that they are clearly successful in doing which of the following?.A) increasing employee satisfactionB) reducing salariesC) reducing stressD) increasing productivityE) increasing employee expectationsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

70) What is the term used for the situation where employees are allowed to pick and choose from among a menu of benefit options.A) flexible payB) benefit menu optionsC) flexible benefitsD) benefit participationE) flextimeAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

71) Your workforce is diverse in terms of their needs for benefits. Jim is married with two children and his wife is at home full time. Janet is single and supports her widowed mother. Bob is married and his wife has a high-paying job You decide that you want to devise a benefits program that is tailored to their individual needs. What sort of benefit program would probably be the best choice?A) a traditional benefit programB) a flexible benefit programC) letting them purchase their own benefitsD) an ESOPE) an AESOPAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

188Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 189: Robbins Chapters

72) Your workforce is diverse in terms of their needs for benefits. Jim is married with two children and his wife is at home full time. Janet is single and supports her widowed mother. Bob is married and his wife has a high-paying job You decide that you want to devise a benefits program that is tailored to their individual needs. You should expect that a flexible benefits program will be all of the following EXCEPT ________.A) less expensiveB) consistent with expectancy theoryC) more responsive to individual needsD) motivationalE) accommodate employee differencesAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

73) Why are flexible benefit plans consistent with expectancy theory's thesis?A) They allow organizations to minimize costs associated with benefits.B) They provide a suite of tangible rewards that can be offered as motivation.C) Flexible benefits individualize rewards. D) They make employment at firms providing such programs more attractive.E) The motivation to gain extra benefits promotes productivity.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

74) Your workforce is diverse in terms of their needs for benefits. Jim is married with two children and his wife is at home full time. Janet is single and supports her widowed mother. Bob is married and his wife has a high-paying job You decide that you want to devise a benefits program that is tailored to their individual needs. What sort of plan would provide pre-designed packages of benefits, put together to meet the needs of a specific group of employees?A) flexible spending B) core-plus C) cafeteria D) modularE) customizedAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

189Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 190: Robbins Chapters

75) What are modular benefit plans?A) essential benefits and a menu-like selection of other benefitsB) pre-designed packages of benefits to meet the needs of a specific group of employeesC) they require employees to set aside funds up to the dollar amount offered in the plan to pay for servicesD) a scheme designed for single employees with no dependentsE) a scheme designed for employees with familiesAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

76) In which benefit plan are employees given benefit credits to purchase additional benefits to add to the core?A) modular plansB) core plus plansC) flexible spending plansD) ESOPsE) employee recognition plansAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

77) Which benefit plan can increase employee take-home pay?A) modular plansB) core-plus plansC) flexible spending plansD) ESOPsE) employee recognition plansAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

78) Employee recognition programs are consistent with which of the following?A) goal setting theoryB) cognitive evaluation theoryC) reinforcement theoryD) expectancy theoryE) Marxist theoryAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

190Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 191: Robbins Chapters

79) Laura only makes minimum wage, but she loves her job Her supervisor regularly compliments her and she has been chosen employee of the month twice this year. Which of the following is Laura's attitude most likely a function of?A) recognitionB) motivationC) goal settingD) involvementE) reactanceAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

80) Researchers report that which of the following was considered by employees to be the most powerful workplace motivator?A) recognitionB) moneyC) opportunity for advancementD) autonomyE) vacation timeAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

81) Which of the following is a form of recognition?A) personal congratulationsB) job enlargementC) job sharingD) flexible benefit packagesE) profit sharingAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 93Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

82) Why may job enrichment strategies be less effective in more collectivist cultures?A) The JCM is relatively individualistic.B) The core job characteristics are not equally applicable across cultures.C) Collectivist cultures do not focus on intrinsic job characteristics.D) The JCM has not been translated into other languages.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 93Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

191Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 192: Robbins Chapters

83) The global research on telecommuting found thatA) telecommuting is more common in the US than in Europe.B) across the globe, employers are more interested in telecommuting than employees.C) of the EU countries, Portugal has the highest rate of telecommuting.D) telecommuting simply works better in the US than in other countries.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 93Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) All of the following statements about employee involvement are true, EXCEPTA) Employee involvement programs must reflect national culture.B) Managers in India who empowered their employees through employee involvement programs were rated low.C) US employees accept employee involvement programs, but not all employees from other culture feel the same way.D) Employees across the globe warmly receive employee involvement programs.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 93Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

85) To motivate employees in organizations, managers should do all of the following EXCEPTA) recognize individual differencesB) use goals and feedbackC) make decisions for employees including setting goals for themD) link rewards to performanceE) check the reward system for equityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 94-95Topic: Implications for ManagersAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

86) The JCM consists of five core job characteristics: task significance, feedback, experienced meaningfulness, task variety, and autonomy.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 81Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

87) The dimensions of the JCM that create meaningfulness include task identity, skill variety, and task significance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 6-1Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

192Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 193: Robbins Chapters

88) Jobs that are high on motivating potential must be high on at least one of the three factors that lead to experienced meaningfulness, and they must be high on both autonomy and feedback.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 82Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

89) Jobs that have the intrinsic elements of variety, identity, significance, autonomy, and feedback are more satisfying and generate higher performance from people than jobs that lack these characteristics.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 82Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

90) In job rotation, jobs are not redesigned; in job enlargement, they are.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

91) The strengths of job rotation are that it eliminates boredom, increases motivation, and increases productivity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

92) In job rotation, the nature of the work performed is changed.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

93) Job enrichment, job enlargement, and job rotation are all job redesign options.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 83-84Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

94) Most employees do not view efforts at job enlargement enthusiastically.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 83Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

95) Job enrichment increases the degree to which the worker controls the execution of company plans.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 84Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

193Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 194: Robbins Chapters

96) The overall evidence on job enrichment generally shows that it increases satisfaction, reduces absenteeism, and reduces turnover costs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 84Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

97) Evidence on job enrichment indicates conclusively that it increases productivity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 84Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

98) Flextime is shown to increase the meaningfulness that employees find in their work.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

99) The scheduling options of flextime, job sharing, and telecommuting are all approaches to make the workplace environment more motivating.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 85Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

100) Although over 30 percent of large organizations offer employees job sharing, it doesn't seem to be widely adopted by employees.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 86Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work Environment

101) For employees with a high social need, telecommuting is a good option.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 86Topic: Motivating by Changing the Nature of the Work EnvironmentAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

102) Employee involvement is a participative process that is designed to encourage increased commitment to the organization's success.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

103) Employee involvement programs should take into account cultural factors such as differences in power-distance culture.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

194Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 195: Robbins Chapters

104) The laws of the United States require companies to have elected representatives from their employee groups as members of their board of directors.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: Employee Involvement

105) Participative management implies joint decision-making and equal decision-making roles.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

106) Employee involvement programs could provide employees with intrinsic motivation by increasing opportunities for growth and responsibility.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

107) Participation typically has only a modest influence on variables such as employee productivity, motivations, and job satisfaction.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

108) If one is interested in changing employee attitudes or in improving organizational performance, representative participation would be a good choice.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee InvolvementAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

109) The two most common forms that representative participation takes are works councils and board representatives.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 87-88Topic: Employee Involvement

110) Participative management has had a profound influence on employee productivity and motivation.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 88Topic: Employee Involvement

195Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 196: Robbins Chapters

111) Board representatives are employees who sit on a company's board of directors and represent the interests of the firm's employees.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 87-88Topic: Employee Involvement

112) The greatest value of representative participation is symbolic.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 88Topic: Employee Involvement

113) Internal equity is usually established through pay surveys.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 88Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

114) Job evaluation establishes internal equity.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 88Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

115) Variable-pay compensation pays people for the time they spend on the job and seniority.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

116) Variable-pay programs turn part of an organization's fixed labor costs into a variable cost.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

117) Employee compensation will decline if performance declines in variable-pay programs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

118) Piece-rate plans, wage incentives, profit sharing, bonuses, and gainsharing are all forms of flexible benefits.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 89-91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

119) Both piece-rate and gainsharing plans are examples of variable-pay compensation.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 89-90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

196Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 197: Robbins Chapters

120) Piece-rate wages are a traditional form of variable pay compensation whereby workers' pay is based upon the number of units they produce.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

121) People who sell peanuts at ball parks, keeping $.75 for every bag of peanuts they sell, are being paid piece-rate wages.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

122) Piece-rate plans are based on group productivity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 89Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

123) Individuals in merit-based pay plans perceive a strong relationship between their performance and the rewards they receive.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

124) Profit sharing may be paid by direct cash outlay or as stock options.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

125) Bonus plans are still reserved for the executive ranks with very few lower ranking employees included.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

126) Skill-based pay is not utilized much in white-collar jobs.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

127) From management's perspective, the greatest appeal of skill-based pay plans is decreased payroll costs.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

197Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 198: Robbins Chapters

128) Skill-based pay encourages employees to concentrate on one or two highly desirable skills.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

129) Skill-based pay plans encourage people to specialize.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 90Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

130) Gainsharing and profit sharing are the same thing.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 90-91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

131) An employee in a gainsharing plan can receive incentive awards even if the organization isn't profitable.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

132) Studies generally show that organizations with profit sharing plans have higher levels of profitability than those without.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

133) Studies show that gainsharing programs have a positive impact on employee attitudes.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

134) Gainsharing's popularity seems to be narrowly focused among large, manufacturing companies.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

135) ESOPs are company-established benefit plans in which employees acquire stock as part of their benefits.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

198Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 199: Robbins Chapters

136) Research on ESOPs indicates they increase employee satisfaction.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

137) Flexible spending plans allow employees to set aside up to the dollar amount offered in the plan to pay for particular services.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

138) Studies show that employees consider wages and benefits to be the most powerful workplace motivators.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 92Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

139) One of the most expensive motivation programs is that which recognizes an employee's superior performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 92-93Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

140) While flexible benefits have become the norm in the US, this is not the case in other countries.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 94Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

141) Discuss the Job Characteristics Model.Answer: The Job Characteristics Model was developed by Hackman and Oldham. It proposes that any job can be described in terms of five core job characteristics. Skill variety is the degree to which the job requires a variety of different activities so the worker can use a number of different skills. Task variety is the degree to which the job requires completion of a whole and identifiable piece of work. Task significance is the degree to which the job has a substantial impact on the lives or work of other people. Autonomy is the degree to which the job provides freedom and discretion to the individual in scheduling the work and determining procedures to be used in carrying out the work. And finally, feedback is the degree to which carrying out the work activities required by the job results in the individual obtaining direct and clear information about the effectiveness of the his or her performance. The presence of these five core job characteristics impacts the three critical psychological states: knowledge of results, experienced responsibility, and experienced meaningfulness. The more these three states are present, the greater will be employees' motivation, performance, and satisfaction. The core dimensions can be combined into a single predictive index, the motivating potential score (MPS).Page Ref: 81-82Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

199Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 200: Robbins Chapters

142) Discuss three ways the JCM can be put into practice to make jobs more motivating.Answer: The JCM can be put into practice to make jobs more motivating with job rotation, job enlargement, and job enrichment.

Job rotation. This is the practice of periodically shifting an employee from one task to another. When an activity is no longer challenging, the employee is rotated to another job, usually at the same level, that has similar skill requirements.

Job enlargement. This is the expansion of jobs horizontally; increasing the number and variety of tasks that an individual performs. Instead of only sorting the incoming mail by department, for instance, a mail sorter's job could be enlarged to include physically delivering the mail to the various departments or running outgoing letters through the postage meter.

Job enrichment refers to the vertical expansion of jobs. It increases the degree to which the worker controls the planning, execution, and evaluation of his or her work. An enriched job organizes tasks so as to allow the worker to do a complete activity, increases the employee's freedom and independence, increases responsibility, and provides feedback, so an individual will be able to assess and correct his or her own performance. Page Ref: 83-84Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

143) How can management enrich an employee's job?Answer: An employee's job can be enriched by a number of ways. Combining task takes existing tasks and puts them back together to form a new and larger module of work. Forming natural work units means that the tasks an employee does create an identifiable and meaningful whole. Establishing client relationships increases the direct relationships between workers and their clients. Expanding jobs vertically gives employees responsibilities and control that were formerly reserved for management. Opening feedback channels lets employees know how well they are performing their jobs and whether their performance is improving, deteriorating, or remaining at a constant level.Page Ref: Exh 6-2Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

144) Discuss three alternative work arrangements.Answer: Flextime, job sharing, and telecommuting are three alternative work arrangements. Flextime stands for flexible work hours. It allows employees some discretion over when they arrive at work and when they leave. Job sharing allows two or more individuals to split a traditional 40-hour-a-week job. Telecommuting refers to employees who do their work remotely at least two days a week using a computer linked to their office. Page Ref: 85-86Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

200Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 201: Robbins Chapters

145) Discuss the benefits and drawbacks for management of telecommuting.Answer: The potential benefits of telecommuting include a larger labor pool from which to select, higher productivity, less turnover, improved morale, and reduced office-space costs. The drawbacks include less direct supervision of employees and increased difficulty to coordinate teamwork. The major drawback is that it is not applicable to every job. Page Ref: 86-87Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

146) What is participative management? Answer: All participative management programs use joint decision-making. Subordinates share a significant degree of decision-making power with their immediate superiors. It is not the panacea for poor morale and low productivity that it was once thought to be. Research findings are mixed. Page Ref: 87Topic: Employee Involvement

147) List and describe different variable-pay programs. Be sure to include piece-rate plans, profit-sharing plans, and gainsharing.Answer: Piece-rate plans, merit-based pay plans, wage incentives, profit sharing, bonuses, skill-based pay plans, and gainsharing are all forms of variable-pay programs. In piece-rate pay plans, workers are paid a fixed sum for each unit of production completed. When an employee gets no base salary and is paid only for what he or she produces, this is a pure piece-rate plan. Unlike piece-rate plans, which pay based on objective output, merit-based pay plans are based on performance appraisal ratings. Bonuses can be paid exclusively to executives or to all employees. Many companies now routinely reward production employees with bonuses in the thousands of dollars when company profits improve. Skill-based pay is an alternative to job-based pay. Rather than having an individual's job title define his or her pay category, skill-based pay sets pay levels on the basis of how many skills employees have or how many jobs they can do. It is also called competency-based or knowledge-based pay. Profit-sharing plans are organization wide programs that distribute compensation based on some established formula designed around a company's profitably. Gainsharing is a formula-based group incentive plan. Improvements in group productivity determine the total amount of money that is to be allocated. By focusing on productivity gains rather than profits, gainsharing rewards specific behaviors that are less influenced by external factors. Employees in a gainsharing plan can receive incentive awards even when the organization isn't profitable. Page Ref: 89-91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

201Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 202: Robbins Chapters

148) How are flexible benefits linked with expectancy theory?Answer: Giving all employees the same benefits assumes, falsely, that all employees have the same needs. Thus, flexible benefits turn the benefits' expenditure into a motivator. Consistent with expectancy theory's thesis that organizational rewards should be linked to each individual employee's goals, flexible benefits individualize rewards by allowing each employee to choose the compensation package that best satisfies his or her current needs.Page Ref: 91Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate EmployeesAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

149) Discuss the importance of employee recognition programs.Answer: Rewards to employees can be intrinsic or extrinsic. Employee recognition programs are intrinsic rewards. While financial incentives may be more motivating in the short term, nonfinancial incentives are more motivating in the long run. Surprisingly enough, recognition has been identified as the most powerful workplace motivator. The good news is that recognition programs are inexpensive. However, recognition programs are highly susceptible to political manipulation by managers. Abuse of the system can then act to de-motivate employees.Page Ref: 92-93Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

150) List five guidelines of what has been learned about motivating employees in organizations.Answer: Following are five guidelines of what has been learned about motivating employees in organizations:

1. Recognize individual differences. Since employees have different needs, they should not all be treated the same.

2. Use goals and feedback. Employees should have hard, specific goals and feedback to know how they are progressing.

3. Allow employees to participate in decisions that affect them. This can increase productivity, commitment to work goals, motivation, and job satisfaction.

4. Link rewards to performance. Rewards should be contingent on performance.5. Check the system for equity. Rewards should also be perceived by employees as equating

with the inputs they bring to the job.Page Ref: 94-95Topic: Using Rewards to Motivate Employees

202Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 203: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 7 Emotions and Moods

1) Which of the following statements is NOT true concerning emotions?A) Until recently, the field of OB has given the topic of emotions little or no attention.B) The prevailing thought in business until recently was to put a damper on emotions.C) Managers have tried to create emotion-free organizations.D) Researchers have viewed emotions as constructive and able to enhance productivity.E) The myth of rationality can explain why emotions have been given little or no attention in the field of OB.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 96

2) What statement best reflects the myth of rationality?A) Emotions are an inseparable part of everyday life.B) The work world has tried to keep a damper on emotions at work.C) Emotions are a normal part of rationality.D) Emotions are a constructive part of organizations.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 96

3) Which of the following is a generic term that covers a broad range of feelings that people experience?A) affectB) emotionsC) moodsD) emotional laborE) cognitionAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

4) What is the umbrella concept that encompasses both emotions and moods?A) affectB) emotionsC) moodsD) emotional laborE) cognitionAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

203Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 204: Robbins Chapters

5) What term is used for intense feelings that are directed at someone or something?A) affectB) cognitionC) moodsD) thoughtsE) emotions Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

6) What term is used for feelings that tend to be less intense than emotions?A) affectB) cognitionC) moodsD) thoughtsE) emotions Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

7) Erin works on a software help desk. After being yelled at by a customer about the state of her company's software, she becomes angry, and has to take a short break to calm down. What makes her anger an emotion, rather than a mood?A) It is a simple, unambiguous feeling.B) It interferes with her capacity to work effectively.C) It has a contextual stimulus.D) It can be controlled given some time.E) It cannot be controlled when it is elicited.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

8) When the team he supports wins the World Cup, Detleb feels a surge of joy, which turns into a feeling of satisfaction that lasts for days. What is one of the reasons that the feeling of satisfaction might be categorized as a mood and not an emotion?A) It is a very strong feeling.B) It is brought about by a specific event.C) It has a lengthy duration.D) It is a positive feeling.E) It is not the result of something that Detleb himself has done.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

204Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 205: Robbins Chapters

9) Which of the following statements is true?A) Affect is a type of emotion.B) Affect is a type of mood.C) Affect can be experienced as a mood or an emotion.D) Affect is the result of conscious thought and action.E) Affect is the result of a mood or an emotion.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

10) Which of the following is not true about emotions?A) There are differences between moods and emotions.B) Emotions can be clearly revealed with facial expressions.C) Emotions are more cognitive than moods.D) Emotions can affect moods.E) Moods can affect emotions.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

11) One way to classify emotions is by whether they areA) simple or complexB) positive or complexC) complex or negativeD) simple or negativeE) positive or negativeAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

12) Which of the following statements is generally accepted by experts?A) Moods cause emotions.B) Emotions cause moods.C) Moods and emotions are both caused by introspection.D) Moods and emotions are the same phenomena.E) Moods and emotions can mutually influence one another.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

205Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 206: Robbins Chapters

13) Emotions A) may be less action-oriented than moods.B) may cause us to brood for a while.C) may be more clearly revealed with facial expressions.D) are interchangeable with moods. E) are less fleeting than moods.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

14) Which of the following is NOT considered one of the essentially universal emotions?A) angerB) fearC) griefD) sadnessE) disgustAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

15) The six basic emotions can be plotted on a continuum with which two emotions serving as the end points?A) sadness and happinessB) anger and surpriseC) anger and happinessD) surprise and fearE) sadness and disgustAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

16) When there is nothing in particular going on, an individual is likely to experienceA) no mood.B) a mildly positive mood.C) a definite negative mood.D) impatience for activity.E) a mildly negative mood.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 99Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

206Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 207: Robbins Chapters

17) Which of the following is a mood dimension consisting of positive emotions.A) positive regardB) static regardC) negative affectD) emotional rangeE) positive affectAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 100Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

18) The key to good decision making is to employA) thinking.B) feeling.C) rationality.D) thinking and feeling.E) speed.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 99Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

19) Darwin argued thatA) emotions have no place in decision making.B) emotions are useful because they motivate people to engage in survival actions.C) emotions have a limited role in decision making.D) emotions limit our ability to think rationally.E) emotions hamper an individual's ability to avoid danger.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 100Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

20) Evolutionary psychologyA) draws from Darwin's work on emotions.B) suggests that individuals must experience emotions since they serve a purpose.C) justifies the purpose of even negative emotions.D) may not provide a valid perspective at all times. E) all of the above.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 100Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

207Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 208: Robbins Chapters

21) Evolutionary psychology has which of the following views on negative emotions such as anger and jealousy?A) They are a biological imperative that cannot be controlled.B) They are only negative in the way they make us feel, however they are a great help when we have to interact in complex situations.C) They are necessary if we are to function efficiently amid the stresses of contemporary life.D) They are vestiges of our past as hunter gatherers that will be lost as we continue to evolve.E) They serve a useful adaptive purpose, even if it is not readily apparent.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 100Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

22) Darwin argued that emotions ________.A) help humans solve problemsB) hinder our ability to surviveC) help us understand our worldD) are linked to moodsE) serve no real purposeAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 100Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

23) On which of the following days do people tend to be in their best moods?A) MondayB) TuesdayC) WednesdayD) FridayE) SundayAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 7-3Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

24) If Jane wants to increase the likelihood that her manager is receptive to her request for a raise, what day should she avoid asking for her raise? A) MondayB) TuesdayC) WednesdayD) FridayAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

208Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 209: Robbins Chapters

25) "Morning" people A) experience peak levels of positive affect in the morning.B) experience peak levels of positive affect in the evening.C) experience higher levels of negative affect in the afternoon.D) show little fluctuation in negative affect through the day.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

26) If Jason wants to experience more positive workplace interactions, what advice would you give him about his timing?A) More positive interactions are likely from midmorning onward.B) The most positive interactions are likely in the early morning.C) The most positive interactions are likely in sunny weather.D) The most positive interactions are likely in warmer weather.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

27) When would be the worst time to ask someone for a favor?A) Friday afternoonB) Monday morningC) Wednesday morningD) Thursday afternoonAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

28) Research suggests which of the following relationships exists between weather and mood?A) a moderately positiveB) a moderately negativeC) a strong positiveD) a strong negativeE) weather tends to have little effect on mood.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

209Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 210: Robbins Chapters

29) Peter is a counselor at a drug treatment program. Today he is under quite a lot of stress: he has a grant proposal to write by the end of the day, he is scheduled to counsel a client who has proved difficult in the past and his supervisor has written him up for being late to work. How will the stress from these events probably affect Peter's mood?A) gradually worsen his moodB) gradually improve his moodC) suddenly worsen his moodD) suddenly improve his moodE) will likely have little actual effect on his mood.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 101-102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

30) What effect does stress typically have on mood?A) short-term positiveB) long-term positiveC) short-term positive but long-term negativeD) negativeE) small and insignificant Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101-102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

31) Jo has a job interview. Which of the following will probably not have an effect on the way she reacts emotionally to the interview?A) how much sleep Jo had the night beforeB) how much exercise Jo regularly getsC) Jo's ageD) Jo's genderE) the weather on the day of the interviewAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101-102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

32) Research shows that for most people, the effect of social activities is which of the following?A) decreases positive moodB) increases positive moodC) increases negative moodD) decreases negative moodE) will have little effect on mood.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

210Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 211: Robbins Chapters

33) Valerie is in a negative mood, so she decides to have dinner with her friends to improve her mood. What effect will this activity likely have on her negative mood?A) strongly decrease itB) moderately decrease itC) have little or no effect on itD) moderately increase itE) strongly increase itAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

34) Rachael hopes to increase her positive mood. Which activity is most likely to have the greatest positive impact?A) attending a meetingB) watching tv with friendsC) going to a move alone D) hiking with friendsE) reading a good bookAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

35) According to a recent poll, people are getting ________ sleep than they did in the past.A) moreB) lessC) higher-qualityD) deeperE) lighterAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

36) Sleep qualityA) affects mood.B) impacts decision making.C) impacts an individual's ability to control emotions.D) all of the above.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

211Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 212: Robbins Chapters

37) Which of the following statements is NOT true about exercise?A) Exercise enhances people's positive mood.B) The therapeutic effects of exercise are strongest for those who are depressed.C) A little exercise can have dramatic effects on mood.D) "Sweat therapy" works.E) Exercise may help put you in a better mood.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

38) The idea of "youthful exuberance" with young people experiencing more extreme, positive emotions than older peopleA) is only true to a point.B) is not true since negative emotions occur more frequently in young people.C) is not true; research shows periods of highly positive moods lasted longer for older people and bad moods faded more quickly.D) is definitely true.E) has not been researched.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

39) Which of the following statements is not true about the difference between men and women when it comes to emotional reactions?A) Emotional differences between men and women are due to the different ways men and women have been socialized.B) Men express emotions more intensely than women.C) Women hold onto emotions longer than men.D) Women display more frequent expressions of both positive and negative emotions than men.E) Women experience emotions more intensely.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

40) Which of the following statements explains gender differences in emotional expression?A) Men and women are socialized differently.B) Men may have more innate ability to read others than women.C) Men may have a greater need for social approval than women.D) Women are socialized to be tough and brave.E) Women have a lower propensity to show emotions than men.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

212Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 213: Robbins Chapters

41) If an employee expresses organizationally desired emotions during interpersonal transactions at work, which of the following is being expressed?A) emotional laborB) negative synergyC) dissonanceD) emotional intelligenceE) devianceAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

42) What term is used for those emotions that an organization requires workers to show and considers appropriate in a given job? A) felt B) displayed C) conditional D) required E) mandatedAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional Labor

43) Airlines expect their flight attendants to be cheerful. This is an example ofA) moods at work.B) emotional labor.C) emotional dissonance.D) customer service.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

44) Sarah is a flight attendant who is required to smile on the job and to be courteous. She does not feel very kindly toward an inconsiderate passenger, but continues to be pleasant and smile. This disparity is known asA) emotional dissonance.B) felt emotions.C) displayed emotions.D) emotional labor.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

213Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 214: Robbins Chapters

45) All of the following are jobs that have helped researchers understand the concept of emotional labor EXCEPTA) flight attendants.B) copy editors.C) funeral directors.D) doctors.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

46) When doctors attend a workshop to improve their bedside manner and feel more apathy for their patients, they are attempting to impact theirA) deep acting.B) surface acting.C) emotional labor.D) displayed emotions.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

47) ________ emotions are learned; they are not innate.A) FeltB) DisplayedC) ConditionalD) ExposedE) SuppressedAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

48) ________ emotions are the emotions an individual actually is experiencing, despite what they might outwardly show.A) Felt B) Displayed C) Conditional D) Exposed E) SuppressedAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

214Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 215: Robbins Chapters

49) Julie smiles and acts politely towards a customer at her checkout, even though she really deeply dislikes this customer. What is the disparity between the emotion Julie displays and the emotions she is actually experiencing?A) felt emotionsB) emotional dissonanceC) conditional emotional responseD) emotional distanceE) emotional exposureAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

50) What do you call the practice of hiding inner feelings and forgoing emotional expressions in response to display rules?A) surface actingB) deep actingC) emotional subterfuge D) affective camouflage E) repressed affectionAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

51) If Adam modifies his true inner feelings based on display rules, he is engaged inA) surface acting.B) deep acting.C) emotional subterfuge. D) affective camouflage. E) repressed affection.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

52) Surface acting deals only with ________ emotions.A) negativeB) weakC) strong D) displayed E) feltAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

215Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 216: Robbins Chapters

53) ________ is more stressful to employees than ________ because it requires feigning one's true emotions.A) deep acting; surface actingB) experiencing displayed emotions; experiencing felt emotionsC) surface acting; deep actingD) surface acting; felt emotionsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

54) Gina and Hanna are teachers. Gina dislikes her students, but pretends she likes them by making sure she acts in a friendly manner toward them. Hanna also dislikes her students, but is trying to change the way she feels about them. Which of these teachers is most likely to feel the most stress from their actions and why?A) Gina, since she has to feign genuine emotionB) Gina, since her deep emotions conflict with what her job requiresC) Hanna, since she will probably display her true feelings before she changes her deep emotionsD) Hanna, since it is very difficult to change displayed emotionE) Their actions are unlikely to cause stress.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional LaborAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

55) Which of the following is the term referring to one's ability to be self-aware, to detect emotions in others, and to manage emotional cues and information?A) emotional intelligenceB) AETC) emotional external constraintsD) affective emotionsE) cognitionAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Intelligence

56) Which of the following is the dimension of emotional intelligence that describes the ability to recognize your own emotions and impulses? A) self-awarenessB) self-managementC) commitmentD) empathyE) social skillsAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Intelligence

216Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 217: Robbins Chapters

57) Joseph is not very good at reading the emotions of his employees and has not learned to express his own emotions. He would be classified as having which of the following? A) low emotional laborB) low emotional intelligenceC) high empathyD) high emotional intelligenceE) low affectAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional IntelligenceAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

58) A study examining 11 American presidents concluded that the key quality differentiating the successful from the unsuccessful presidents was A) communication.B) political oratory.C) emotional intelligence.D) vision.E) cognitive style.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 104-105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

59) As the CEO of a corporation, you have learned to understand the role of emotional intelligence in the workplace. You have worked hard to develop emotional intelligence in your vice-presidents, but believe that some are still struggling. Clem, who is the V.P. of Marketing, has driven his department to new successes in sales, but also by driving them so hard has created new records of turnover of employees. Clem seems to lack the ability to sense how others are feeling. Based on these observations, you would say that Clem is lacking in ________.A) self-awarenessB) self-managementC) empathyD) social skillsE) self-motivationAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 104-105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

217Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 218: Robbins Chapters

60) As the CEO of a corporation, you have learned to understand the role of emotional intelligence in the workplace. You have worked hard to develop emotional intelligence in your vice-presidents, but believe that some are still struggling. Alan, the V.P. of Employee Relations, does a great job in most respects, but you have noticed that he is very concerned about his image and does not take joking about his abilities well. Alan seems to lack the ability to be aware of what he is feeling. Based on these observations, you would say that Alan is lacking in ________.A) self-awarenessB) self-managementC) empathyD) social skillsE) self-motivationAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 104-105Topic: Emotional IntelligenceAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

61) Emotional intelligence appears to be especially relevant in jobs that demand which of the following? A) social interactionB) commitmentC) task structureD) charismaE) leadership skillsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 105Topic: Emotional IntelligenceAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

62) Which of the following is not an argument that supports the existence of emotional intelligence?A) EI is practically indistinguishable from the established concepts of intelligence and personality.B) People with high EI have a leg up in the business world.C) People without the ability to process emotions have been proved to be poor decision makers.D) A high level of EI is a good predictor of job performance.E) It is intuitively appealing.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

218Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 219: Robbins Chapters

63) Which of the following is NOT true?A) People with damage to the prefrontal cortex scored significantly lower on EI tests.B) EI is neurologically based.C) People who suffer neurological damage make poorer decisions.D) People with damage to the prefrontal cortex will score lower on standard measures of intelligence then people without the same brain damage.E) EI is biologically based.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

64) All of the following are true statements concerning the criticism of EI EXCEPT:A) EI is too vague a concept.B) There is only one generally accepted definition of EI.C) EI can't be measured.D) The validity of EI is suspect.E) EI is highly correlated with measures of personality.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

65) Some researchers doubt the existence of emotional intelligence. Which of the following is an argument they use against it?A) EI assumes that decisions made emotively are superior to those made dispassionately.B) Emotions cannot be measured by testing as can be done for personality or intelligence.C) The tests used to measure EI are too simplistic in what they define as right and wrong answers.D) The concept of EI is so broad and variegated as to render it effectively meaningless.E) People with high EI appear to be high performers in the eyes of others rather than in reality.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 105-106Topic: Emotional IntelligenceAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

66) Whether a candidate has high emotional intelligence would not be a significant factor when considering candidates for which of the following jobs?A) an interviewer who assesses candidates in an employment agencyB) an engineer heading up a team designing a complex software/hardware interfaceC) a meeting planner who must set up meetings for candidates around the worldD) a copy editor who seeks out spelling errors and grammatical mistakes in manuscriptsE) a realtor arranging sales between homeowners and potential buyersAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 106Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

219Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 220: Robbins Chapters

67) A study of US Air Force recruiters showed thatA) top-performing recruiters exhibited high levels of emotional intelligence.B) there was little validity to EI in selection decisions.C) EI measures would not be used in hiring decisions.D) EI was not relevant in jobs requiring social interaction.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 106Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

68) Studies show that people who are depressed tend to make poorer decisions than those with a more positive outlook. Why is this thought to be the case? A) They tend to choose an outcome that will confirm their negative worldview.B) They search for the perfect solution when rarely is any solution perfect.C) They rarely weigh up all the options when making a decision.D) They avoid stereotyping and other behaviors that allow them to come to a rapid decision.E) They tend to put too great a value on their own ability to affect outcomes.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 107Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

69) Francine is the head of a group at an ad agency working with copywriters, artists and designers to come up with effective branding of new products. Why is it particularly important for her to keep her team happy? A) People are more conscientious when they are in a good mood.B) People are more efficient when they are in a good mood.C) People are more productive when they are in a good mood.D) People are more cooperative when they are in a good mood.E) People are more creative when they are in a good mood.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 107Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

70) Organizations that promote positive moods at work are likely toA) be less creative.B) be less relaxed.C) have a more motivated workforce.D) have lower expectations of success.E) not work as hard.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 107Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

220Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 221: Robbins Chapters

71) People who are in good moodsA) are more creative.B) produce more ideas.C) produce ideas others think are original.D) identify more creative options.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 107Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

72) Astute corporate executives use emotional content to get employees to buy intoA) their job responsibilities.B) unethical requests.C) overtime.D) their vision of the company's future.E) downsizing.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 108Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

73) When effective leaders want to implement significant changes, they rely on the evocation ofA) intelligence.B) emotions.C) values.D) ethics.E) financial rewards.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 108Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

74) Individuals who do poorly in negotiationsA) experience negative emotions.B) develop positive perceptions of their counterparts.C) are more willing to share information.D) are more willing to be cooperative in future negotiations.E) tend to have the highest levels of emotional intelligence.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 108Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

221Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 222: Robbins Chapters

75) In what way is negotiation different from other activities in the workplace? A) A lack of emotion improves performance.B) Feeling bad about your performance in a negotiation is likely to improve future performance.C) Displaying negative emotions such as anger is ineffective.D) Negative outcomes do not mean that negative emotions will result.E) A negative emotional state enhances performance.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 108Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

76) Providing quality customer service makes demands on employees because it often puts them in a state ofA) cognitive dissonance.B) negative affect.C) emotional contagion.D) emotional dissonance.E) positive affect.Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 108Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

77) The "catching" of emotions from others is known asA) cognitive dissonance.B) emotional contagion.C) emotional dissonance.D) EI.E) moodiness.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 109Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

78) When customers "catch" employees' positive moods, theyA) spend more money.B) shop longer.C) become more demanding.D) smile more often.E) negotiate better.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 109Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

222Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 223: Robbins Chapters

79) Which of the following statements is NOT true?A) People emotionally take their work home with them.B) A negative mood resulting from a bad day at work carries over to the next day.C) People who have a good day at work tend to be in better mood at home that evening.D) People who have a bad day at work tend to be in a bad mood at home that evening.E) People who have a stressful day at work tend to have trouble relaxing at home that evening.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 109Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

80) People who feel negative emotionsA) score high in EI.B) score low in EI.C) are more likely to engage in deviant behavior at work.D) are more creative.E) are more popular.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 109Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

81) Cultural norms in the United States dictate that employees in service organizations should smile and act friendly when interacting with customers. This normA) applies worldwide.B) is especially strong in Israel.C) is valuable for Wal-Mart to enforce globally in their stores.D) wins companies loyal followers globally.E) is not embraced by German shoppers.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

82) Which of the following is not true concerning cultural influences impacting emotions?A) Cultural factors influence what is or isn't considered as emotionally appropriate.B) What's acceptable in one culture may seem unusual or even dysfunctional in another.C) All cultures agree on the value they give to emotions.D) There tends to be high agreement on what emotions mean within cultures.E) Culture dictates how we construe emotional displays.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

223Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 224: Robbins Chapters

83) When Tahitians are sad, their peers attribute their state to a physical illness. Which of the following facts does this best illustrate?A) The norms for the expression of emotions differ across culturesB) The value people place on emotions varies across cultures? C) The degree to which people experience emotions varies across cultures? D) It's easier for people to accurately recognize emotions within their own culture than in those of other cultures. E) All cultures interpret emotions in the same way.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 111Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) Which is NOT cited as a factor that influences emotions and moods?A) time of dayB) stressful eventsC) social activitiesD) season of the yearE) sleep patternsAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 111Topic: Implications for Managers

85) Jeremy is angry and hostile. As a result, he is more likely toA) engage in deviant behaviors at work.B) score high in EI.C) be more creative.D) be more motivated.E) all of the above.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 111Topic: Implications for Managers

86) Emotions can hinder performance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 96

87) Emotions can enhance performance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 96

88) In the past, emotions in the workplace were rarely viewed as being constructive.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 96

224Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 225: Robbins Chapters

89) Some emotions can reduce employee performance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 96

90) Moods are intense feelings that are directed at someone or something.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

91) Affect is a generic term that covers a broad range of feelings that people experience.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

92) Moods are feelings that tend to be less intense than emotions. Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

93) "Insight" is a broad term that encompasses both emotions and moods.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

94) Emotions are object-specific.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

95) Employees bring an emotional component with them to work every day.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

96) It is generally accepted that moods and emotions can mutually influence one another.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

97) Good or bad moods can make you more emotional in response to an event.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

225Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 226: Robbins Chapters

98) It is almost impossible to mistake one emotion for another since they are all so different.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

99) Emotions can be clearly categorized as positive or negative.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 98Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

100) Nervousness, stress, and anxiety are at the high end of negative affect.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 99Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

101) According to evolutionary psychology, an individual's anger is not necessarily bad because it serves a purpose.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 100Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

102) People tend to be in their best moods on Sunday.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 7-3Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

103) Morning people experience peak periods of positive affect before noon.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

104) Research suggests that weather has no effect on mood.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

105) Stress typically has a negative effect on mood. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

106) For most people social activities decrease positive mood. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

226Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 227: Robbins Chapters

107) For most people social activities have little effect on negative mood. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 102Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

108) According to a recent poll, people are getting progressively less sleep. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 102-103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

109) "Sweat therapy" not only works, but research reveals that the effects of exercise may be strongest for those who are depressed.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

110) Women generally show greater emotional expression than do men.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

111) Evidence confirms there is no real difference between men and women when it comes to emotional reactions and ability to read others.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

112) Men generally express emotions more intensely than do women.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

113) Men generally express anger more frequently than do women.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

114) If an employee expresses organizationally desired emotions during interpersonal transactions, the employee is performing emotional labor.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional Labor

115) The concept of emotional labor originally developed from studies of service jobs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional Labor

227Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 228: Robbins Chapters

116) When Joseph must project courtesy on the job while feeling hostility, he is experiencing emotional dissonance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional Labor

117) Emotions that are organizationally required and considered appropriate in a given job are termed displayed emotions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

118) Conditional emotions are an individual's actual emotions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

119) Displayed emotions and felt emotions are generally the same.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

120) Displayed emotions are innate.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

121) Felt emotions are an individual's actual emotions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

122) Deep acting is hiding inner feelings by modifying facial expressions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

123) Deep acting involves modifying inner feelings.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

124) Surface acting deals with one's displayed emotions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

228Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 229: Robbins Chapters

125) People who are good at reading others' emotions may be more effective in their jobs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Intelligence

126) Studies of U.S. presidents seem to show that the ones judged the most successful had high EI.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 104-105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

127) Studies have not shown a clear correlation between emotional intelligence and job performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

128) Critics of EI have criticized it for being poorly defined.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 105-106Topic: Emotional Intelligence

129) At L'Oreal, salespersons selected on EI scores had higher sales than those hired using the old selection criteria. Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 106Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

130) Emotional intelligence appears to be especially relevant in jobs that demand a high degree of social interaction.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 106Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

131) People in good moods are less likely to cut corners by using rules of thumb to help them make decisions. Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 107Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

132) A cycle can exist in which positive moods cause people to be more creative, which leads to positive feedback from those observing their work, which in turn results in a positive mood. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 107Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

229Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 230: Robbins Chapters

133) Several studies have shown that negotiators who fake anger in a negotiation can win an advantage over their opponents by doing so.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 108Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

134) For most people, it appears that a negative mood resulting from a bad day at work does not carry over to the next day. Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 109Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

135) There tends to be high agreement on what emotions mean within cultures, but not between cultures.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

136) Cultural factors influence what is or isn't considered as emotionally appropriate.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

137) What's acceptable in one culture may seem unusual or even dysfunctional in another.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

138) It is likely that most people within a given culture would agree on what a particular emotion means.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) In the US there is a bias to regularly express intense negative emotions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

230Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 231: Robbins Chapters

140) In a highly individualistic culture an observer seeing a happy expression on a friend's face would tend to think that the friend is happy because of something the observer has done.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 110Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

141) Explain the differences between the following terms: affect, emotions, and moods.Answer: Affect is a generic term that covers a broad range of feelings that people experience. It's an umbrella concept that encompasses both emotions and moods. Emotions are intense feelings that are directed at someone or something. Finally, moods are feelings that tend to be less intense than emotions and which lack a contextual stimulus. Page Ref: 97Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

142) What functions do emotions serve?Answer: We need emotions to think rationally. Darwin argued that emotions developed over time to help humans solve problems. Emotions are useful because they motivate people to engage in actions important for survival.Page Ref: 100Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

143) Discuss the impact the day of the week and time of day have on emotions.Answer: People tend to be in their worst moods early in the week and in their best moods late in the week. People are generally in lower spirits early in the morning. Levels of positive affect tend to peak around the halfway point between waking and sleeping. Negative affect, however, shows little fluctuation throughout the day. So in organizations, we can expect more positive interactions midmorning and later in the day, as well as later in the workweek.Page Ref: 100-101Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

144) Discuss whether there are gender differences regarding emotions.Answer: The evidence confirms differences between men and women when it comes to emotional reactions and ability to read others. In contrasting the genders, women show greater emotional expression than men; they experience emotions more intensely; and they display more frequent expressions of both positive and negative emotions, except anger. In contrast to men, women also report more comfort in expressing emotions. These differences may be explained by the way men and women have been socialized. Men are socialized to be tough while women are socialized to be nurturing. Page Ref: 103Topic: What Are Emotions and Moods?

231Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 232: Robbins Chapters

145) What is emotional labor?Answer: Emotional labor is an employee's expression of organizationally desired emotions during interpersonal transactions at work. This concept emerged from studies of service jobs. Managers expect employees to be courteous, not hostile, in interactions with coworkers. The true challenge is when employees have to project one emotion while simultaneously feeling another. This disparity is emotional dissonance, and it can take a heavy toll on employees. Left untreated, bottled-up feelings of frustration, anger, and resentment can eventually lead to emotional exhaustion and burnout. Emotional labor creates dilemmas for employees.Page Ref: 103Topic: Emotional Labor

146) What is the difference between felt emotions and displayed emotions?Answer: Felt emotions are an individual's actual emotions. In contrast, displayed emotions are those that are organizationally-required and considered appropriate in a given job. They are not innate; they are learned. The key point here is that felt and displayed emotions are often different.Page Ref: 104Topic: Emotional Labor

147) What is emotional intelligence?Answer: Emotional intelligence is a person's ability to be self-aware, to detect emotions in others, and to manage emotional cues and information. People high in emotional intelligence are most likely to be effective since they know heir own emotions and are good at reading emotional cues of others.Page Ref: 105Topic: Emotional Intelligence

148) Discuss the case against emotional intelligence.Answer: The critics of EI suggest the concept has a number of problems. Critics suggest it is too vague a concept. To many researchers, it is not clear what EI is. Many times different researchers focus on different skills. They also suggest that EI cannot be measured. Many measures are self-reported, meaning there is no right or wrong answer. The validity of EI is suspect. Some critics argue that because EI is so closely related to intelligence and personality, once you control for these factors, EI has nothing unique to offer. Page Ref: 105-106Topic: Emotional Intelligence

149) What is the relationship between creativity and moods?Answer: People who are in good moods are more creative than people in bad moods. They produce more ideas, others think their ideas are original, and they tend to identify more creative options to problems. Supervisors should actively try to keep employees happy because this will create more good moods, which in turn leads people to be more creative. Other researchers have argued that when people are in positive moods, they may relax and not engage in the critical thinking necessary for some forms of creativity. However, this view is controversial.Page Ref: 107Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

232Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 233: Robbins Chapters

150) Discuss the relationship between moods and customer service.Answer: An employee's emotional state influences customer service, which influences levels of repeat business and levels of customer satisfaction. Providing quality customer service, however, may put employees in a state of emotional dissonance which can lead long term to job burnout, lower job performance and lower job satisfaction. Studies have also identified emotional contagion can occur whereby emotions can be "caught" from others. When employees express positive emotions, customer respond similarly. When customer respond to positive employee emotions, they have been found to shop longer. Unfortunately, this also works in the reverse. That is, when an employee experiences a negative emotion, this is also contagious - and caught by the customer.Page Ref: 108-109Topic: OB Applications of Emotions and Moods

233Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 234: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 8 Foundations of Group Behavior

1) Which one of the following characteristics is not necessarily true about groups?A) Group members are interdependent.B) Groups have two or more members.C) Groups have externally assigned goals.D) Groups interact.E) Members come together to achieve particular objectives.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

2) What sort of groups is defined by the organization's structure?A) informalB) taskC) friendshipD) interestE) formal Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

3) An elementary school principal and her 18 teachers form a(n) ________.A) informal groupB) friendship groupC) command groupD) interest groupE) normative groupAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying GroupsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

4) When do informal groups appear?A) in response to the need for social contactB) in reaction to formal groupsC) as a result of social needsD) most frequently in bureaucracies E) when formal groups cannot meet their goalsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

234Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 235: Robbins Chapters

5) Julia, Bree and David work in different departments, but often eat lunch together. They are an example of what type of group?A) formal B) informal C) command D) task E) reactantAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying GroupsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

6) Which of the following statements is true?A) All task groups are also informal groups.B) All command groups are also task groups.C) All task groups are also friendship groups.D) All command groups are also informal groups.E) All informal groups are also command groups.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

7) The group type that is determined by the organization chart is the ________ group.A) job B) work C) authority D) socialE) command Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

8) Which one of the following group types is organizationally determined?A) jobB) taskC) interestD) authorityE) socialAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

235Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 236: Robbins Chapters

9) A group that develops outside of work to support a local sports team is an example of what sort of group?A) boosterB) interestC) friendshipD) sportsE) miscreantAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying GroupsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

10) Employees who band together to seek improved working conditions form a(n) ________ group.A) unionB) supportC) interestD) workE) emancipatedAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

11) Which of the following statements most accurately describes interest groups?A) They are longer lasting than friendship groups.B) They develop because individual members have one or more common characteristics.C) They are formed to achieve some common objective with which each member is concerned.D) They are governed by labor laws.E) They are likely to involve great social conflict.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

12) Which of the following is not one of the most common reasons people join groups?A) securityB) statusC) equityD) powerE) goal achievement Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 8-1Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

236Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 237: Robbins Chapters

13) A group that is determined by the organization chart and composed of the individuals who report directly to a given manager is known as a(n) ________.A) task groupB) command groupC) friendship groupD) interest groupE) informal groupAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

14) A group that is organizationally determined, but that can cross command relationships is known as a(n) ________.A) task groupB) command groupC) friendship groupD) interest groupE) informal groupAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

15) Which of the following is true?A) All groups provide the same benefits to their members.B) Different groups provide different benefits to their members.C) Different groups provide the same benefits to their members.D) Group members seldom reap any benefits from their membership.E) all of the aboveAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

16) When group members "test the waters" to determine what behaviors are acceptable, they are most likely in which stage of group development?A) formingB) stormingC) normingD) performingAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group DevelopmentAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

237Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 238: Robbins Chapters

17) John's group has developed a strong sense of group identity and has assimilated a common set of expectations defining appropriate member behavior. John's group has most likely completed which stage of group development?A) formingB) stormingC) norming D) performingAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group DevelopmentAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

18) Which of the following is NOT one of the five stages of the group development model?A) formingB) stormingC) joiningD) adjourningAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

19) The curriculum committee members are resisting some of the newly created policies and are in conflict over who will chair the committee. They are most likely in which stage of group development?A) formingB) stormingC) normingD) adjourningAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group DevelopmentAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

20) For permanent work groups, which is the last stage in the group's development?A) formingB) stormingC) normingD) performingAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

238Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 239: Robbins Chapters

21) Which of the following statements is true concerning the five stage group development model?A) Stage IV (performing) is always the most preferable.B) Several stages can go on simultaneously.C) Groups in Stage III will outperform those in Stage II.D) Groups proceed clearly from one stage to the next sequentially.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

22) What term is used for a set of expected behavior patterns associated with a particular position in a social unit?A) roleB) role perceptionC) role identityD) role expectationE) identityAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

23) Our view of how we are supposed to act in a given situation is A) role identity.B) role ambiguity.C) role expectation.D) role perception.E) role conflict.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

24) When Judith became a doctor she modeled her manner on her observations of more experienced doctors, and also on the behavior of doctors in medical dramas she had enjoyed watching as a child on TV. What is Judith modeling her manner upon?A) the role behaviors of doctorsB) her role perception of doctorsC) the role identity of doctorsD) her role expectation of doctorsE) the core role actions of doctorsAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

239Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 240: Robbins Chapters

25) Which of the following is true of role identity?A) Role perception creates the attitudes and actual behaviors consistent with a role.B) People have the ability to shift roles rapidly when the situation requires change.C) There is considerable inertia in role identity after roles are changed.D) Everyone is required to play one specific role in every situation.E) No two people ever agree on what constitutes a role.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

26) Several years ago you began a small retail store to sell computer parts. The store grew and the business expanded to offer computer repair and custom programming. You have noticed that people have definite expectations about what their appropriate roles within the expanding company should be. You can help the people in the company understand their roles and the roles of other people by explaining some common facts about roles. Which of the following is not true?A) Each person will be expected to play a number of diverse roles.B) Most people have the ability to shift roles rapidly when they recognize that the situation and its demands require major changes.C) Role perception is how people believe others are expected to act in their given roles.D) It may be helpful for them to view role expectations through the perspective of a psychological contract.E) People can be flexible in the roles that they play.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

27) John is expected to help customers in the retail store as well as perform computer repair work. He feels that every time he gets started on a repair, he is interrupted and doesn't know whether to finish his repair or wait on the customer. John suffers from role ________.A) conflictB) expectationsC) perceptionD) identityE) dualityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

240Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 241: Robbins Chapters

28) Most people assume that a police officer should behave in a lawful manner, and not show any favoritism to any particular group, and do their best to uphold the law. What term is used for this kind of belief?A) a normB) a norm identityC) a role expectationD) a role perceptionE) a norm violationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

29) Zach is devout and very active in his church. He is also a very dedicated employee. His manager offers him a promotion but the new role will require him to work Sundays. Zach would like the promotion, but realizes that it would force him to miss some church activities. It is likely that Zach is experiencing which of the following?A) role conflictB) role expectationC) role perceptionD) psychological conflictE) cognitive reactanceAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

30) Zimbardo's experiment at Stanford University demonstrated which of the following?A) Individuals will often do anything as long as it's consistent with their role identity.B) Roles are defined by external authority figures.C) Divergent role expectations create role conflict.D) All groups have established norms.E) People will conform even when they know they are wrong.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

31) What term is used for acceptable standards of behavior that are shared by a group's members?A) normsB) rulesC) standardsD) codes of behaviorE) explicit contractsAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

241Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 242: Robbins Chapters

32) Which of the following is an example of a performance norm?A) how hard group members should workB) how the job should be performedC) how much tardiness is appropriateD) all of the aboveAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

33) Which of the following is not a finding of the Hawthorne studies?A) A worker's behavior and sentiments are closely related.B) Group standards are highly effective in establishing individual worker output.C) Money was less a factor in determining worker output than were group standards, sentiments, and security.D) Competition between groups will maximize group output.E) Group influences are significant in affecting individual behavior.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

34) The Hawthorne researchers began by examiningA) the relation between the physical environment and productivity.B) the role of money in determining worker output.C) the role of group standards in determining worker output.D) Mayo's research at Harvard.E) the bank wiring group.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

35) What is the most often cited finding of the Hawthorne studies?.A) A group's performance is significantly affected by being observed.B) Increases in illumination increase productivity.C) Role identities often lead to role expectations.D) Cohesive groups always perform at high levels.E) Groups are gentle and subtle when enforcing their norms with their members.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

242Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 243: Robbins Chapters

36) In the follow-up portion of the Hawthorne studies with the bank wiring group, interviews determined that the group was operating well below its capability. Members were afraid that if they significantly increased their output,A) the unit incentive rate would be cut.B) the expected daily output will be increased.C) layoffs might occur.D) slower workers will be reprimanded.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 116-117Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

37) What term is used for the process by which an individual's desire for acceptance by the group and the pressure by the group on individual members to match its standards results in a change in individual attitudes and behaviors?A) conformityB) coercionC) commitmentD) convergenceE) confluenceAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 117Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

38) The important groups to which people belong or hope to belong are known asA) conformist groups.B) status groups.C) reference groups.D) command groups.E) nonconformist groups.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 117Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

39) In Asch's experiment, what percent of the subjects gave at least one answer that conformed to an option which they knew was wrong but was consistent with the replies provided by the other group members?A) 10B) 20C) 40D) 60E) 75Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 117-118Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

243Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 244: Robbins Chapters

40) The major contribution of the Asch study was to demonstrate the impact of ________.A) group norms pressing us toward conformityB) how seating arrangements create conformityC) convergenceD) statusE) cognitive dissonanceAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 118Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

41) Since Asch's studies were conducted in the early 1950s, what updates have been identified in the research since that time?A) Asch's findings are considered culture bound.B) The levels of conformity have steadily increased.C) Conformity to social norms has been found to be lower in collectivist cultures.D) Conformity to norms is no longer as powerful a force in groups.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 118Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

42) What term is used for antisocial actions by organizational members who voluntarily violate significant norms and that result in negative consequences for the organization, its members, or both?A) ethical dilemmasB) deviant workplace behaviorC) abnormal behaviorD) discommitment behaviorE) reactive affirmation behaviorAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 119Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

43) What percentage of employees have reported having suffered incivility in the workplace?A) 10B) 20C) 50D) 75Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 119Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

244Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 245: Robbins Chapters

44) Sally works as a salesperson in a department store. Whenever a customer asks for an item that is in stock but not on display, she usually tells them that the product is out of stock. "It's a pain going into the stock-room to find an item," says Sally "Nobody in my department ever tells a customer the truth about what is in stock." This example illustrates which of the following facts about deviant workplace behavior?A) Deviant workplace behavior will arise when tasks that an employee is supposed to perform are unpleasant or difficult.B) Most workers do not consider lying to a customer be deviant workplace behavior.C) Workers will lie to customers as long as the customers do not complain about it.D) Deviant workplace behavior flourishes where it's supported by group norms.E) Groups will come to their own conclusions about what is and isn't appropriate. Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 119Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

45) Which of the following is NOT considered a deviant workplace behavior?A) leaving earlyB) lying about hours workedC) gossiping and spreading rumorsD) blaming coworkersE) helping a co-worker complete a projectAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: Exh 8-4Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

46) A recent study suggested that individuals working in a group were more likely to lie, cheat, and steal than those working alone. This may be due to the fact thatA) it's easier to steal in numbers.B) groups provide a shield of anonymity.C) conformity is not critical with deviant behaviors.D) it's easier to rationalize deviant behavior than appropriate work behaviors in groups.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 119Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

47) What term is used for the socially defined position or rank given to groups or group members by others?A) regencyB) authorityC) statusD) commandE) magnusAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 120Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

245Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 246: Robbins Chapters

48) Which of the following people are likely to have low status in a group?A) people who can allocate resourcesB) a group's formal leaderC) people whose contributions are critical to the group's successD) people who have little control over the group's outcomesE) the outstanding performersAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 120Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

49) People who control the outcomes of a group through their power tend to be perceived as ________.A) high conformistsB) deviantsC) high statusD) low statusE) highly anonymousAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 120Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

50) Which of the following statements about status is not true?A) Status is an important motivator.B) Possession of personal characteristics that are positively valued by the group will give a member higher status.C) Low-status members are given more freedom to deviate from norms than are other members.D) High-status members are better able to resist conformity pressures than lower status members.E) Conformity is affected by status.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 120-121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

51) Low-status people ________.A) speak out more oftenB) criticize more oftenC) are not likely to be fully utilizedD) interrupt others moreE) state more commandsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

246Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 247: Robbins Chapters

52) High-status people tend to ________.A) be more assertiveB) assist moreC) be more reflectiveD) have superior insightE) be well likedAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

53) A group is most likely to tolerate deviation from a group's conformity norms by which of the following individuals?A) a high-status individual who does not care about the social rewards the group providesB) a high-status individual who is tightly integrated into the group's social structureC) a low-status individual who has only recently entered the groupD) a low-status individual who strongly wishes to integrate within the groupE) a low-status individual who is not well regarded by the rest of the groupAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

54) If your group is engaged in problem solving, which of the following is likely to be the most effective group size?A) 2B) 3C) 4D) 5E) 7Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

55) What term is used for the tendency for individuals to spend less effort when working collectively than when working individually?A) groupthinkB) the rule of diminishing returnsC) social loafingD) groupshiftE) clusteringAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

247Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 248: Robbins Chapters

56) Which of the following is an effective means of countering social loafing?A) Increase the rewards the group is given if it succeeds.B) Increase the amount by which the group's progress is monitored.C) Provide means by which individual efforts can be identified.D) Increase the size of the group.E) Increase the group's workload.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 121-122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

57) Joe is restructuring departments and is creating teams to increase the effectiveness of his departments. Joe remembers that he has learned in an OB course that ________.A) small groups are good for developing ideasB) large groups are better at taking actionC) social loafing is the tendency for individuals to expend less effort when working collectivelyD) team spirit always spurs individual effort and enhances the group's overall productivityE) groups composed of all men or all women are the most effective groups, in generalAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

58) A common stereotype that the sense of team spirit spurs individual effort and enhances the group's overall productivity was challenged in a rope-pulling exercise conducted by ________.A) MayoB) RingelmannC) HawthorneD) JanisE) MaslowAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

59) What did Ringelmann conclude after he compared the results of individual and group performance?A) The larger the group, the greater the individual productivity.B) Individual productivity goes down as group size goes up.C) Total productivity tends to decline in large groups.D) Group size is not a determinant of individual productivity.E) Groups served little purpose in organizations.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

248Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 249: Robbins Chapters

60) Social loafing may be attributed to ________.A) the rise of Internet usageB) the fact that efficiency declines when individuals think that their contributions cannot be measured.C) synergyD) the more members, the greater the total productivityE) accountability is obviousAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

61) All of the following are ways to prevent social loafing EXCEPTA) Set group goals so the group has a common purpose to strive toward.B) Increase intergroup competition.C) Engage in peer evaluation to evaluate each member's contribution to the group.D) Ensure the group results cannot be attributed to any single person.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

62) What term is used for the degree to which group members are attracted to one another and are motivated to stay in the group? A) cohesivenessB) integrationC) sociabilityD) reliabilityE) interdependenceAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

63) The relationship of cohesiveness and productivity depends on which norms established by the group?A) status-relatedB) decision-makingC) performance-relatedD) conformity-relatedE) cohesivenessAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

249Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 250: Robbins Chapters

64) Which of the following is not likely to increase group cohesiveness?A) increasing the group sizeB) members spending a lot of time togetherC) competition with other groups is increasedD) the group is physically isolatedE) providing group rewardsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

65) What will happen if group cohesiveness is high and performance norms are low?A) Internal conflict will be high.B) Internal conflict will be low.C) Productivity will be high.D) Productivity will be low.E) It will have little effect on internal conflict or productivity.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

66) Group decisions are generally preferable to individual decisions when which of the following is sought.A) acceptance of the solution B) speedC) efficiencyD) clear responsibilityE) a conjunctive solutionAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 122-123Topic: Group Decision Making

67) Which is not a weakness of group decision making?A) It is time consuming.B) There is less originality.C) It suffers from ambiguous responsibility.D) It can be dominated by one or a few members.E) It's not clear who is accountable for bad decisions.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

250Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 251: Robbins Chapters

68) Individual decisions are generally preferable to group decisions when which of the following is sought?A) speedB) creativityC) acceptanceD) qualityE) broad unanimityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

69) Your organization is considering the use of team decision making. You have read the literature on decision making and are trying to inform your manager about the advantages and disadvantages of group decision making. You should expect to find that ________.A) group decision making will be fasterB) group discussions will be shared equallyC) there will be increased acceptance of the decision with group decision-makingD) group decision making will be very costlyE) groups will find reaching a decision to require less effort than individualsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

70) Your organization is considering the use of team decision making. You have read the literature on decision making and are trying to inform your manager about the advantages and disadvantages of group decision making. You should expect a weakness of group decision making to be ________.A) less complete knowledgeB) more time will be used to make the decisionC) employees will be less accepting of the group decisionD) the decision will probably be a lower-quality decisionE) decreased risky shiftAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

71) What is generally the result of groupthink?A) higher-quality decisionsB) more risky decisionsC) less critical analysisD) unpopular decisionsE) social reificationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123-124Topic: Group Decision Making

251Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 252: Robbins Chapters

72) Which of the following is a phenomenon in which group pressures for conformity deter the group from critically appraising unusual, minority, or unpopular views?A) group conformityB) groupshiftC) groupthinkD) compromiseE) risk transferAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

73) Groups tend to be more effective than individuals ifA) creativity is important.B) speed is important.C) acceptance is not needed.D) efficiency is critical.E) all of the aboveAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

74) Your organization is considering the use of team decision making. You have read the literature on decision making and are trying to inform your manager about the advantages and disadvantages of group decision making. You have observed that the group tends to come to consensus very quickly and you know that the group is very cohesive. You conclude that they may be suffering from ________.A) inefficiency syndromeB) groupshiftC) disintegrating normsD) groupthinkE) risky shiftAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

75) Which of the following is NOT a symptom of groupthink?A) Group members rationalize any resistance to the assumptions they have made.B) Members apply direct pressures on those who express doubts about the group's shared views.C) Members who have doubts keep silent about misgivings.D) There is a shift toward risky decisions.E) There appears to be an illusion of unanimity.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 124Topic: Group Decision Making

252Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 253: Robbins Chapters

76) All of the following are examples of American foreign policy decisions that experienced groupthink EXCEPTA) unpreparedness at Pearl Harbor in 1941.B) the Cuban Missile Crisis.C) the Bay of Pigs Fiasco.D) the escalation of the Vietnam War.E) the Columbia space shuttle disaster.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 124Topic: Group Decision Making

77) Which of the following can minimize groupthink?A) Significantly increase the size of the group to more than ten.B) Managers/leaders should seek input from all group members.C) Managers/leaders should openly express their own opinion.D) Avoid appointing anyone to offer divergent perspectives.E) Develop a group mission statement.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 124Topic: Group Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

78) What result does groupshift generally have on the decisions a group makes?A) They are made by groups rather than individuals.B) They are generally riskier.C) They are made more quickly.D) They are less effective.E) They are objectively incorrect.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 124-125Topic: Group Decision Making

79) Which of the following is not an explanation for the phenomenon of groupshift?A) Discussion creates familiarization among members.B) Most developed nations value risk.C) The group leader usually gets the credit or blame for the group action.D) The group diffuses responsibility.E) People willing to take risks are admired.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 125Topic: Group Decision Making

253Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 254: Robbins Chapters

80) Which of the following is likely to generate the most pressure for members to conform to opinions?A) face-to-face interacting groupsB) brainstormingC) Delphi techniqueD) nominal group techniqueE) electronic meetingAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 125Topic: Group Decision Making

81) What is brainstorming?A) a technique used to build group cohesivenessB) a technique that tends to restrict independent thinkingC) a process for generating ideas that withholds criticismD) a process used mainly when group members cannot agree on a solutionE) the most effective means of generating answersAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 125Topic: Group Decision Making

82) Which of the following techniques most restricts discussion or interpersonal communication during the decision-making process?A) groupthinkB) nominal groupC) brainstormD) electronic meetingE) formal process Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 126Topic: Group Decision Making

83) What sort of group should you avoid if you want to minimize interpersonal conflict?A) interactingB) brainstormingC) nominalD) electronicE) socialAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 126Topic: Group Decision Making

254Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 255: Robbins Chapters

84) American managers must understand status varies between cultures. Which of the following statement is NOT true of culture?A) The French are highly status conscious.B) Status in the US relies more heavily on the basis of titles than accomplishments.C) Asians derive status from family position.D) The British place a high degree of importance on family genealogy.E) A failure to understand how cultural differences affect status may lessen one's interpersonal effectiveness in the global arena.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 126Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

85) In the early stages of a group, diversityA) leads to increased group conflict.B) improves group morale.C) increases group members' satisfaction with their groups.D) creates more cohesivenessE) occurs only when there is homogenous group membership.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 127Topic: Global Implications

86) Groups may be classified as either formal or informal.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

87) A group must have at least two members and one or more objectives.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

88) Members in a group are interdependent.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

89) The tasks in groups within an organization must be directed toward organizational goals.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

255Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 256: Robbins Chapters

90) Command and task groups are dictated by the formal organization whereas interest and friendship groups are not.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

91) All task groups are also command groups.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

92) A command group is composed of the individuals who report directly to a given manager.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

93) Whereas command groups are determined by the organization chart, task, and interests; friendship groups instead develop because of the necessity to satisfy one's work needs.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

94) There is no single reason why individuals join groups.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

95) Different groups provide different benefits to their members.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 113Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

96) The forming stage of group development is one of intragroup conflict.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

97) When group members are "testing the waters" to determine what behaviors are acceptable, they are most likely in the forming stage of group development.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

98) When the group prepares for its disbandment, it is in the adjourning stage.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

256Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 257: Robbins Chapters

99) For permanent work groups, performing is the last stage in the group's development.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

100) Work groups have a structure that shapes the behavior of members and makes it possible to explain and predict a large portion of individual behavior within the group as well as the performance of the group itself.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

101) People generally cannot shift roles quickly.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

102) Our perceptions of roles are generally formed early in our lives and remain stable.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

103) We all are usually required to play one role and our behavior stabilizes with that role.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

104) One's view of how one is supposed to act in a given situation is a role perception.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

105) When an individual is confronted by divergent role expectations, the result is role divergence.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 115Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

106) Norms tell members what they ought and ought not to do under certain circumstances.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

107) Only some groups have established norms.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

257Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 258: Robbins Chapters

108) The Hawthorne studies provide strong evidence for the power of norms over group members.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

109) One conclusion of the Hawthorne studies was that worker output was highly effective in establishing group standards. Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 116-117Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

110) If group acceptance were not important to you, the need to conform to the group's norms would decrease.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 117Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

111) Conformity is the degree to which members are attracted to each other and are motivated to stay in the group.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 117Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

112) "Don't be a chiseler" is one example of norms the group established in the Hawthorne studies.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 117Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

113) Evidence indicates that Asch's findings about group conformity are culture bound.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 117-118Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

114) Deviant workplace behavior covers a wide range of antisocial actions by organizational members that intentionally violate established norms.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 118Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

258Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 259: Robbins Chapters

115) Individuals working in a group are less likely to lie, cheat, and steal as a result of peer pressure.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 119Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

116) A good looking person may have higher status in a group if good looks are positively valued by the group.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 120Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

117) High-status members of groups are given less freedom to deviate from norms than other group members.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 120Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

118) Social loafing is the tendency for individuals to expend less energy when working individually than when working collectively.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

119) If the goal is problem solving, smaller groups are more effective than larger ones.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

120) Ringelmann's research found that groups can generate more output than the sum of the individuals.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

121) Social loafing may be caused by the concentration of responsibility.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

122) As group performance increases with group size, the addition of new members to the group has positive returns on productivity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

259Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 260: Robbins Chapters

123) Physically isolating a group will make it more cohesive.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and CohesivenessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

124) Giving rewards to individuals in a group will generally increase cohesiveness.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

125) Groups generally generate more complete information.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Decision Making

126) Group decisions are more likely to be accepted than individual decisions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

127) Individual decisions are more time consuming than group decisions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

128) If a low-to-medium ability person dominates the group, the group's overall effectiveness will suffer.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

129) Individual decisions tend to be more creative than group decisions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

130) If you become so enamored with seeking concurrence in your group that it overrides the critical appraisal of alternative courses of action, you may be experiencing groupthink.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

260Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 261: Robbins Chapters

131) Groupthink improves group performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 123Topic: Group Decision Making

132) The Challenger space shuttle disaster was an example of groupshift.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 124Topic: Group Decision Making

133) To minimize groupthink, managers should consider appointing a member to play the role of devil's advocate.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 124Topic: Group Decision MakingAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

134) Groupshift can cause groups to make more risky decisions.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 125Topic: Group Decision Making

135) Brainstorming is meant to overcome pressures for conformity.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 125Topic: Group Decision Making

136) "Production blocking" impedes the sharing of ideas and can lead to groupshift.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 125Topic: Group Decision Making

137) Brainstorming generates ideas in an extremely efficient manner.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 125Topic: Group Decision Making

138) Research has shown that brainstorming groups consistently outperform nominal groups.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 126Topic: Global Implications

261Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 262: Robbins Chapters

139) Social loafing appears to have a Western bias; it is consistent with individualistic cultures and is not consistent with collectivist societies.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 126Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

140) The importance of status is consistent from culture to culture.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 126Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

141) Differentiate between formal and informal groups.Answer: Formal groups are those defined by the organization's structure, with designated work assignments establishing tasks. In formal groups, the behaviors that one should engage in are stipulated by and directed toward organizational goals. Informal groups are alliances that are neither formally structured nor organizationally determined. These groups are natural formations in the work environment that appear in response to the need for social contact. Page Ref: 112Topic: Defining and Classifying Groups

142) Explain the five-stage group development model.Answer: The five-stage group development model characterizes groups as proceeding through five distinct stages: forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning. Forming is characterized by a uncertainly about the group's purpose, structure, and leadership. Once members begin to think of themselves as part of a group, they enter the second stage of storming. This is a stage of intragroup conflict where there is resistance to the constraints that group membership imposes on individuality. The norming stage is one in which close relationships develop and the group demonstrates cohesiveness. Norming is complete when the group solidifies and the group has assimilated a common set of expectations of what is appropriate. Performing is the fourth stage. The structure is fully functional and accepted. Group energy is focused on understanding each other to performing the task at hand. Performing is the last stage in the group development of permanent work group. For temporary groups that have a limited task to perform, there is an adjourning stage that prepares for its disbandment..Page Ref: 114Topic: Stages of Group Development

262Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 263: Robbins Chapters

143) Differentiate the terms role identity, role perception, and role expectation.Answer: There are certain attitudes and actual behaviors consistent with a role, and they create the role identity. People have the ability to shift roles rapidly when they recognize that the situation and its demands clearly required major changes. One's view of how one is supposed to act in a given situation is a role perception. Based on an interpretation of how we believe we are supposed to behave, we engage in certain types of behavior. Role expectations are defined as how others believe you should act in a given situation. How you behave is determined to a large extent by the role defined in the context in which you are acting. Page Ref: 115-116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

144) What are norms?Answer: Norms are acceptable standards of behavior that are shared by the group's members. Norms tell members what they ought and ought not to do under certain circumstances. From an individual's standpoint, they tell what is expected of you in certain situations. When agreed to and accepted by the group, norms act as a means of influencing the behavior of group members with a minimum of external controls. Norms differ among groups, communities, and societies, but they all have them. The most common group norm is a performance norm.Page Ref: 116Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

145) What are deviant workplace behaviors?Answer: Deviant workplace behaviors are also called antisocial behavior or workplace incivility. These are voluntary behaviors that violate significant organization norms and, in doing so, threaten the well-being of the organization or its members. There has been an increase in rudeness and disregard toward others in recent years. Almost half of employees who have suffered incivility report that it has led them to think about changing jobs.Page Ref: 118-119Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

146) Explain social loafing.Answer: Social loafing is the tendency for individuals to expend less effort when working collectively than when working individually. In the late 1920s, Max Ringelmann conducted rope-pulling experiments. Group performance increases with group size, but the addition of new members to the group has diminishing returns on productivity. This may be due to the fact that others in the group are not carrying their fair share and they experience the dispersion of responsibility. That is, there will be a reduction in efficiency when individuals think that their contribution cannot be measured. Page Ref: 121Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

263Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 264: Robbins Chapters

147) What is cohesiveness? Discuss the relationship between cohesiveness and productivity.Answer: Cohesiveness is the degree to which members are attracted to each other and are motivated to stay in the group. Studies consistently show that the relationship of cohesiveness and productivity depends on the performance-related norms established by the group. If performance-related norms are high (for example, high output, quality work, cooperation with individuals outside the group), a cohesive group will be more productive than will a less cohesive group. But if cohesiveness is high and performance norms are low, productivity will be low. If cohesiveness is low and performance norms are high, productivity increases, but less than in the high-cohesiveness/high-norms situation. When cohesiveness and performance-related norms are both low, productivity will tend to fall into the low-to-moderate range. Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

148) Identify ways that you can encourage cohesiveness.Answer: To encourage group cohesiveness, you might try one or more of the following suggestions: (1) Make the group smaller. (2) Encourage agreement with group goals. (3) Increase the time members spend together. (4) Increase the status of the group and the perceived difficulty of attaining membership in the group. (5) Stimulate competition with other groups. (6) Give rewards to the group rather than to individual members. (7) Physically isolate the group.Page Ref: 122Topic: Group Properties: Roles, Norms, Status, Size, and Cohesiveness

149) Discuss the strengths and weaknesses of group decision making.Answer: Groups generate more complete information and knowledge. Groups bring more input into the decision process. They offer increased diversity of views. This opens up the opportunity for more approaches and alternatives to be considered. Groups will almost always outperform even the best individual. Groups generate higher quality decisions. Finally, groups lead to increased acceptance of a solution. Members who participated in making a decision are likely to enthusiastically support the decision and encourage others to accept it.

Groups also have drawbacks. They are time consuming. They take more time to reach a solution than would be the case if an individual were making the decision alone. There are conformity pressures in groups. The desire by group members to be accepted and considered an asset to the group can result in squashing any overt disagreement. Group discussion can be dominated by one or a few members. If this dominant coalition is composed of low- and moderate-ability members, the group's overall effectiveness will suffer. Finally, group decisions suffer from ambiguous responsibility. In an individual decision, it's clear who is accountable for the final outcome. In a group decision, the responsibility of any single member is watered down.Page Ref: 122-123Topic: Group Decision Making

264Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 265: Robbins Chapters

150) Explain groupthink and groupshift.Answer: Groupthink describes situations in which group pressures for conformity deter the group from critically appraising unusual, minority, or unpopular views. Groupthink is a disease that attacks many groups and can dramatically hinder their performance. Groupshift is a special case of groupthink. It indicates that in discussing a given set of alternatives and arriving at a solution, group members tend to exaggerate the initial positions that they hold. In some situations, caution dominates, and there is a conservative shift. More often, however, the evidence indicates that groups tend toward a risky shift. Page Ref: 123-125Topic: Group Decision Making

265Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 266: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 11e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 9 Understanding Work Teams

1) Which of the following helps explain the current popularity of teams? Teams ________. A) are easier to manage B) better utilize employee talents C) are less expensive D) promote socialization and cohesionE) increase the speed of decision making.Answer: BExplanation: B) As organizations have restructured themselves to compete more effectively and efficiently, they have turned to teams as a better way to use employee talents.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 122Objective: Popularity of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

2) Which of the following statements best defines a work group? A) The performance of a work group is generally greater than the sum of its inputs from individual members. B) A work group interacts primarily to share information, rather than to engage in work that requires joint effort. C) A work group consists of 3 or more people who take on self-supervising responsibilities. D) A work group consists of 3 or more people from across departmental or functional lines. E) A work group is a group comprised of 10 or more people who belong to the same department. Answer: BExplanation: B) A group consists of two or more individuals, interacting and interdependent, who have come together to achieve particular objectives. A work group is defined as a group that interacts primarily to share information and to make decisions to help each group member perform within his or her area of responsibility. They have no need or opportunity to engage in collective work that requires joint effort.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work GroupsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

266Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 267: Robbins Chapters

3) Which of the following statements is true regarding a work team? A) Today teams are rarely used in organizations.B) Teams are less flexible than traditional departments.C) A work team generates positive synergy through coordinated effort.D) Work teams are less responsive to changing events than traditional departments.E) Teams impedes employee participation in decision making. Answer: CExplanation: C) Today most of the organizations use teams. Teams are more flexible and responsive to changing events than traditional departments or other forms of permanent groupings. A work team generates positive synergy through coordinated effort. Teams facilitate employee participation in operating decisions.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work GroupsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

4) ________ results in a level of performance that is greater than the sum of the individual inputs. A) Synergy B) Positive affectC) Emotional laborD) Cognitive dissonanceE) Emotional dissonanceAnswer: AExplanation: A) A work team generates positive synergy through coordinated effort. The individual efforts result in a level of performance greater than the sum of those individual inputs.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 123Objective: SynergyQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

267Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 268: Robbins Chapters

5) Which of the following statements is true regarding a work group? A) Individuals working in a workgroup are dependent on each other. B) Work groups primarily engage in collective work that requires joint effort.C) Work groups do not generate any positive synergy through coordinated effort.D) Information sharing is not the primary function of a work group.E) The performance level of the workgroup is greater than the summation of each group member's individual contribution.Answer: CExplanation: C) A work group consists of two or more individuals, interacting and interdependent, who have come together to achieve particular objectives. The primary function of workgroup is sharing information. Work groups have no need or opportunity to engage in collective work that requires joint effort. So their performance is merely the summation of each group member's individual contribution. There is no positive synergy that would create an overall level of performance greater than the sum of the inputs.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

6) Which of the following is not a difference between work groups and work teams? Work groups ________, and work teams ________.A) shave neutral synergy, have positive synergyB) rely on independent accountability, rely on mutual and independent accountabilityC) require joint efforts, are the summation of the individual contributionD) have random and varied skills, have complimentary skillsE) share information, rely on collective performanceAnswer: CExplanation: C) Work groups have no need or opportunity to engage in collective work that requires joint effort. Work group performance is merely the summation of each group member's individual contribution making (C) the false answer. All other answer choices accurately describe the difference between work groups and work teams. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

268Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 269: Robbins Chapters

7) A team consists of employees from the same department who meet for a few hours each week to discuss ways of improving the work environment but they do not have the authority to unilaterally implement any of their suggestions. This is most likely to be a ________ team. A) cross-functionalB) virtualC) self-managedD) problem-solvingE) taskAnswer: DExplanation: D) In a problem-solving team, members share ideas or suggest how work processes and methods can be improved; they rarely have the authority to unilaterally implement any of their suggestions.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Types of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

8) Self-managed teams typically consist of ________ employees. A) two to fourB) four to eightC) ten to fifteenD) twenty to thirtyE) forty to fiftyAnswer: CExplanation: C) Self-managed teams typically consist of ten to fifteen employees. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Problem-Solving TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

9) Which of the following types of teams is most likely to be assembled to improve the efficiency of a company's production process? A) cross-functional B) problem-solving C) self-managed D) criticalE) taskAnswer: BExplanation: B) Problem-solving teams share ideas or suggest how work processes and methods (such as quality, efficiency, and the work environment), can be improved. They rarely have the authority to unilaterally implement any of their suggestions.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Problem-Solving TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

269Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 270: Robbins Chapters

10) ________ teams are groups of employees who perform highly related or interdependent jobs and take on many of the responsibilities of their former supervisors.A) CriticalB) Self-managed workC) Cross-functionalD) Problem-solvingE) TaskAnswer: BExplanation: B) Self-managed work teams are groups of employees who perform highly related or interdependent jobs and take on many of the responsibilities of their former supervisors. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Self-Managed TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

11) Which of the following statements is true regarding self-managed work teams?A) Self-managed work teams typically consist of forty to fifty employees.B) Self-managed work teams typically manage conflicts well.C) Members of self-managed work teams typically report lower job satisfaction.D) Self-managed work teams are typically composed of employees from different departments who work independent of each other.E) In the case of self-managed work teams, supervisory positions take on decreased importance.Answer: EExplanation: E) Self-managed work teams are groups of employees (typically ten to fifteen in number) who perform highly related or interdependent jobs and take on many of the responsibilities of their former supervisors. Supervisory positions take on decreased importance and are sometimes even eliminated. Self-managed teams do not typically manage conflicts well. Members of this team report higher levels of job satisfaction than other individuals.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Self-Managed TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

12) Which of the following teams are more likely to be made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level but different work areas?A) problem-solving B) self-managed C) cross-functional D) taskE) rapid action Answer: CExplanation: C) Cross-functional teams are teams made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level but different work areas, who come together to accomplish a task.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

270Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 271: Robbins Chapters

13) ________ teams are an effective way to allow people from diverse areas within an organization to exchange information, develop new ideas and solve problems, and coordinate complex projects. A) Self-managed B) Problem-solving C) Cross-functional D) TaskE) Command Answer: CExplanation: C) Cross-functional teams are teams made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level but different work areas, who come together to accomplish a task. They are an effective means of allowing people from diverse areas to exchange information, develop new ideas, solve problems, and coordinate complex projects.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

14) The Boeing Company created a team made up of employees from production, planning, quality control, tooling, design engineering, and information systems to automate shims on the company's C-17 program. This team is most likely to be an example of a ________ team. A) commandB) cross-functionalC) self-managedD) problem-solvingE) taskAnswer: BExplanation: B) Cross-functional teams are teams made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level but different work areas, who come together to accomplish a task. They are an effective means of allowing people from diverse areas to exchange information, develop new ideas, solve problems, and coordinate complex projects.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

271Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 272: Robbins Chapters

15) Which of the following statements is true regarding a cross-functional team? A) A cross-functional team is made up of employees from different hierarchical levels.B) A cross-functional team is made up of employees from the same department.C) Today cross-functional teams are rarely used in well established organizations.D) In the case of a cross-functional team, the early stages of development are typically very short. E) Cross-functional teams are used for developing new ideas and coordinating complex projects. Answer: EExplanation: E) Cross-functional teams are made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level but different work areas. Today cross-functional teams are widely used in several organizations. Cross-functional teams are an effective means of developing new ideas and coordinating complex projects. Their early stages of development are often long, as members learn to work with diversity and complexity.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 125Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

16) Which of the following types of teams allows for collaboration between team members who are physically dispersed? A) problem-solving teamsB) self-managed teamsC) task teamsD) virtual teamsE) command teamsAnswer: DExplanation: D) Virtual teams use computer technology to unite physically dispersed members and achieve a common goal.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Virtual TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

272Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 273: Robbins Chapters

17) Which of the following statements is true regarding virtual teams? A) Virtual teams are less task oriented than face-to-face teams.B) In the case of virtual teams there is less social rapport and direct interaction among members.C) Virtual teams report more satisfaction with the group interaction process than do face-to-face teams.D) Virtual teams exchange more social–emotional information than face-to-face teams do.E) For increasing the efficiency of a virtual team, managers should empower the team and avoid monitoring its progress closely.Answer: BExplanation: B) Virtual teams tend to be more task oriented and exchange less social–emotional information than face-to-face teams do. Not surprisingly, their members report less satisfaction with the group interaction process than do face-to-face teams. In the case of virtual teams there is less social rapport and direct interaction among members.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Virtual TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

18) Eva is not getting the results she needs from her data base administration team. She believes that this problem is occurring because the administration team is a virtual team. Which of the following is one of the things that Eva should do to create an effective virtual team? A) Conduct training for improving interpersonal skillsB) Allow more independence among members. C) Monitor progress of the team closely. D) Include peer evaluation in the appraisal system.E) Avoid publicizing team successes company wide. Answer: CExplanation: C) For virtual teams to be effective, management should ensure that (1) trust is established among members; (2) team progress is monitored closely; and (3) the efforts and products of the team are publicized throughout the organization (so the team does notbecome invisible). The members should be highly monitored, and less independent. Training related to interpersonal skills will not be very effective in the case of a virtual team. Peer evaluation is not related to improving effectiveness of a virtual team.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Virtual TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

273Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 274: Robbins Chapters

19) Which of the following is not one of the key components of effective teams? A) team efficacyB) a well-established company identity C) adequate resourcesD) member flexibilityE) leadership and structureAnswer: BExplanation: B) A well-established company identity is not one of the key components of effective teams.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 126Objective: Components of Effective TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

20) With reference to the team effectiveness model, which of the following is one of the key components of an effective team, included under the category of contextual factors? A) team efficacy B) climate of trustC) common purposeD) social loafingE) specific goalsAnswer: BExplanation: B) Climate of trust is a contextual factor that affects the effectiveness of teams. Team efficacy, social loafing, specific goals, and common purpose are process related factors that affect the effectiveness of the team.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 126Objective: Contextual Factors of Effective TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

21) According to the team effectiveness model, which of the following is a process variable that influences effectiveness of a team? A) leadership and structureB) team efficacyC) member flexibilityD) performance evaluation and reward systemsE) abilities of membersAnswer: BExplanation: B) Process variables are events within the team that influence effectiveness. Team efficacy is a process variable that influences effectiveness of a team.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 126Objective: Adequate ResourcesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

274Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 275: Robbins Chapters

22) The team effectiveness model classifies the key components of effective teams into three general categories; context, composition, and process. Which of the following variables belongs to the composition category?A) adequate resourcesB) conflict levelC) team efficacyD) performance evaluation systemE) personality of team membersAnswer: EExplanation: E) The personality of team members is a key component that affects the effectiveness of teams and it belongs to the composition category.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 126Objective: Popularity of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

23) In a ________ team, the manager's job becomes more about managing outside the team. A) technical B) self-managed C) problem-solving D) taskE) virtual Answer: BExplanation: B) In a self-managed team, team members absorb many of the duties typically assumed by managers. A manager's job then becomes managing outside (rather than inside) the team.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 127Objective: Leadership and StructureQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

24) Leadership is especially important in ________, in which different teams coordinate their efforts to produce a desired outcome. A) technical teams B) self-managed teams C) problem-solving teams D) management teams E) multi-team systems Answer: EExplanation: E) Leadership is especially important in multi-team systems. Here, leaders need to empower teams by delegating responsibility to them, and then play the role of facilitator, making sure the teams work together rather than against one another.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 127Objective: Leadership and StructureQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

275Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 276: Robbins Chapters

25) Araceli is a team member in a large corporation. She never speaks in team meetings because she has seen members talk behind each others' backs after the meetings. Members are constantly monitoring the other members' work, looking for a mistakes to point out in a meeting. According to the information provided, which contextual factor is most likely hindering the success of Araceli's team? A) adequate resourcesB) climate of trust C) team structureD) performance evaluationsE) leadershipAnswer: BExplanation: B) Araceli doesn't contribute because she does not feel like the group has a climate of trust. Interpersonal trust facilitates cooperation, reduces the need to monitor each others' behavior, and bonds members around the belief that others on the team won't take advantage of them. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 127AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: TrustQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 3

26) In addition to evaluating and rewarding employees for their individual contributions, management should consider using ________ to reinforce team effort and commitment. A) personalized incentives B) consistent wages for all team members C) individual performance evaluations D) fixed hourly wages E) profit sharing Answer: EExplanation: E) In addition to evaluating and rewarding employees for their individual contributions, management should modify the traditional, individually oriented evaluation and reward system to reflect team performance. Group-based appraisals, profit sharing, gainsharing are examples of team reward systems.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 127Objective: Reward SystemsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

276Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 277: Robbins Chapters

27) Team members with good listening, feedback, and conflict resolution skills are examples of ________ skills. A) technical B) problem-solving C) decision-making D) interpersonal E) cognitive appraisal Answer: DExplanation: D) Team members with good listening, feedback, and conflict resolution skills are examples of interpersonal skills.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 127AACSB: CommunicationObjective: Skills of Team MembersQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

28) A high-ability team is composed of mostly intelligent members. Which of the following statements is true regarding a high-ability team?A) High-ability teams are also less adaptable to changing situations as compared to low-ability teams.B) When tasks are simple, high-ability teams perform better than low-ability teams. C) High-ability teams should be reserved for tackling the tough problems.D) Low-ability teams can more effectively apply existing knowledge to new problems than high-ability teams.E) When the task entails considerable thought, lower-ability teams perform better than high-ability teams.Answer: CExplanation: C) High-ability teams are more adaptable to changing situations; they can more effectively apply existing knowledge to new problems. When tasks are simple, high-ability teams do not perform as well, perhaps because members become bored and turn their attention to other activities that are more stimulating, whereas low-ability teams stay on task. High-ability teams should be reserved for tackling the tough problems. When the task entails considerable thought, high-ability teams perform better than lower-ability teams.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 128Objective: Skills of Team MembersQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

277Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 278: Robbins Chapters

29) People scoring high on ________ are valuable in teams because they're good at backing up fellow team members and at sensing when that support is truly needed.A) conscientiousnessB) positivityC) emotional stabilityD) agreeableness E) openness to experienceAnswer: AExplanation: A) Conscientious people are valuable in teams because they're good at backing up other team members, and they're also good at sensing when that support is truly needed. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 128Objective: PersonalityQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

30) Teams that are composed of people who score high on ________ are more creative and innovative. A) emotional stabilityB) agreeableness C) openness to experience D) extraversion E) conscientiousness Answer: CExplanation: C) Team members scoring high on openness to experience communicate better with one another and throw out more ideas, which makes teams composed of open people more creative and innovative.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 128Objective: PersonalityQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

31) Teams that consist of team members that score ________ are more likely to perform poorly. A) high on conscientiousnessB) low on openness to experienceC) high on emotional stabilityD) low on extraversion E) low on agreeableness Answer: EExplanation: E) Teams that rate higher on mean levels of conscientiousness and openness to experience tend to perform better, and the minimum level of team member agreeableness also matters; teams perform poorly when they have one or more highly disagreeable members.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 128Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

278Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 279: Robbins Chapters

32) ________suggests that attributes such as age or the date of joining should help us predict turnover. A) Employee mobilityB) Organizational demographyC) Residential mobilityD) Demographic environmentE) Population dynamicsAnswer: BExplanation: B) The degree to which members of a work unit (group, team, or department) share a common demographic attribute, such as age, sex, race, educational level, or length of service in the organization, is the subject of organizational demography.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 129Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

33) To realize their creative potential, diverse teams need to focus on their ________. A) similaritiesB) resourcesC) role allocationD) differences E) team efficacyAnswer: DExplanation: D) To realize their creative potential, diverse teams need to focus not on their similarities but on their differences.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

34) Which of the following factors typically improves the creativity of a diverse team? A) specific goalsB) team sizeC) proper leadershipD) member flexibilityE) team efficacyAnswer: CExplanation: C) Proper leadership can improve the performance of diverse teams. When leaders provide an inspirational common goal for members with varying types of education and knowledge, teams are very creative. When leaders don't provide such goals, diverse teams fail to take advantage of their unique skills and are actually less creative than teams with homogeneous skills.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

279Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 280: Robbins Chapters

35) According to the concept of organizational demography, if team members have dissimilar experiences, it will lead to ________. A) increased employee satisfactionB) decreased level of conflictsC) higher employee motivationD) higher employee turnoverE) higher team efficacyAnswer: DExplanation: D) Organizational demography suggests that attributes such as age or the date of joining should help us predict turnover. The logic goes like this: Turnover will be greater among those with dissimilar experiences because communication is more difficult. Conflict and power struggles are more likely and are more severe when they occur. Increased conflict makes membership less attractive, so employees are more likely to quit.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

36) Which of the following terms indicates the degree to which members of a work unit (group, team, or department) share a common attribute, such as age, sex, race, or educational level? A) demographic environmentB) residential mobilityC) organizational demographyD) population dynamicsE) employee mobilityAnswer: CExplanation: C) The degree to which members of a work unit (group, team, or department) share a common demographic attribute, such as age, sex, race, educational level, or length of service in the organization, is the subject of organizational demography.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129Objective: DiversityQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

37) Generally speaking, the most effective teams have ________ members. A) two to fourB) three to fiveC) five to nineD) ten to fifteenE) fifteen to twentyAnswer: CExplanation: C) Generally speaking, the most effective teams have five to nine members. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129Objective: Size of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

280Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 281: Robbins Chapters

38) Which of the following statements is true regarding size of teams? A) Generally speaking, the most effective teams have twelve to fifteen members.B) When teams have excess members, cohesiveness declines.C) As team size increases, social loafing decreases.D) When teams have excess members mutual accountability increases.E) As team size increases, coordination problems tend to decrease.Answer: BExplanation: B) Generally speaking, the most effective teams have five to nine members. When teams have excess members, cohesiveness and mutual accountability decline, social loafing increases, and more people communicate less.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129Objective: Process VariablesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

39) A team that has a good plan, but is also willing to adjust their master plan and adapt when conditions call for it demonstrates high ________, an important variable in successful team processes. A) goal specificity B) goal congruency C) social loafing D) diversity E) reflexivity Answer: EExplanation: E) Reflexivity is the team characteristic of reflecting on and adjusting the master plan when necessary. It is considered part of the process variables.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 130Objective: Common Plan and PurposeQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

40) Effective teams begin their work by ________. A) allocating roles to team members according to their personalities and preferencesB) analyzing the team's missionC) developing a climate of trust among team membersD) developing team efficacyE) designing specific goalsAnswer: BExplanation: B) Effective teams begin by analyzing the team's mission, developing goals to achieve that mission, and creating strategies for achieving the goals.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 130Objective: Adequate ResourcesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

281Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 282: Robbins Chapters

41) In the case of a team, when each member's contribution is not clearly visible, ________.A) team efficacy tends to increaseB) team cohesiveness tends to decreaseC) motivation of the team members tends to increaseD) team members tend to decrease their effortsE) mutual accountability of the team members tends to decreaseAnswer: DExplanation: D) In the case of a team, when each member's contribution is not clearly visible, individuals tend to decrease their effort. This illustrates a process loss from using teams.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 130Objective: Use of Work TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

42) ________ illustrates a process loss from using teams. A) Emotional contagionB) Cognitive dissonanceC) Social loafingD) Positivity offsetE) Emotional dissonanceAnswer: CExplanation: C) In the case of a team, when each member's contribution is not clearly visible, individuals tend to decrease their effort. This is known as social loafing. Social loafing illustrates a process loss from using teams.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 130Objective: Popularity of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

43) Members of successful teams put a tremendous amount of time and effort into discussing, shaping, and agreeing on ________ which then provides direction and guidance under any and all conditions. A) the level of individual contributionB) allocation of resourcesC) a common purposeD) allocation of rolesE) developing team efficacyAnswer: CExplanation: C) Members of successful teams put a tremendous amount of time and effort into discussing, shaping, and agreeing on a purpose that belongs to them both collectively and individually. This common purpose, when accepted by the team provides direction and guidance under any and all conditions.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 130Objective: Turning Individuals into Team PlayersQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

282Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 283: Robbins Chapters

44) Alberto's team is evaluating and developing the data base for the water pollution data of three cities. He wants to improve the team efficacy of his team. Which of the following actions can Alberto take to increase team efficacy before the project starts? A) plan a team outing for the team membersB) make sure that his team is not comprised of more than nine people C) spend considerable time evaluating team members and allocating proper roles for eachD) provide client's software and database training for all the team membersE) create team goals that are very challengingAnswer: DExplanation: D) Efficacy means that a team believes it can succeed in the job and goal that is placed before them. There are two ways of increasing efficacy: 1) provide training to improve skills and increase confidence and 2) help the team achieve small, incremental successes. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 131AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: Team EfficacyQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 3

45) Effective teams have confidence in themselves and believe they can succeed. This confidence is called ________. A) social facilitation B) goal congruence C) social loafing D) team efficacy E) self serving bias Answer: DExplanation: D) Efficacy means that a team believes it can succeed in the job and goal that is placed before them. There are two ways to increasing efficacy: 1) provide training to improve skills and increase confidence and 2) help the team achieve small, incremental successes. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131Objective: Team EfficacyQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

283Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 284: Robbins Chapters

46) Which of the following is most likely to increase team efficacy? A) providing measurable goals B) helping the team achieve small successes C) improving the reflexivity of the teamD) ensuring that team goals are challenging E) reducing the number of members on a team Answer: BExplanation: B) Efficacy means that a team believes it can succeed in the job and goal that is placed before them. There are two ways to increasing efficacy: 1) provide training to improve skills and increase confidence and 2) help the team achieve small, incremental successes. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131Objective: Team EfficacyQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

47) When teams are under acute stress, they are particularly likely to have ________. A) inaccurate mental models B) high team efficacy C) goal congruenceD) a self-serving biasE) high reflexivity Answer: AExplanation: A) Effective teams share accurate mental models, or knowledge and beliefs (a "psychological map") about how the work gets done. If team members have the wrong mental models, which is particularly likely with teams under acute stress, their performance suffers.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131Objective: Mental ModelsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

48) If team members have similar mental models then it means that the team members have similar ________. A) roles within the teamB) self-efficacyC) knowledge and skillsD) beliefs about how the work gets doneE) attitude towards social loafingAnswer: DExplanation: D) Mental models indicate knowledge and beliefs of team members about how the work gets done. If team members have different ideas about how to do things, the team will fight over how to do things rather than focus on what needs to be done.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131Objective: Mental ModelsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

284Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 285: Robbins Chapters

49) Which type of conflict is almost always dysfunctional? A) task conflict B) efficacy conflict C) relationship conflict D) resource conflict E) goal conflict Answer: CExplanation: C) Conflict on a team isn't necessarily bad and can actually improve team effectiveness. Relationship conflicts, those based on interpersonal incompatibilities, tension, and animosity toward others, are almost always dysfunctional.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131Objective: Conflict LevelsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

50) Coasting on the group effort is termed ________. A) emotional laborB) cognitive dissonanceC) social loafing D) positivity offsetE) self-concordanceAnswer: CExplanation: C) Individuals can engage in social loafing and coast on the group's effort because their particular contributions can't be identified. Effective teams undermine this tendency by making members individually and jointly accountable for the team's purpose, goals, and approach.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131Objective: Social LoafingQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

51) On teams performing nonroutine activities, ________ conflicts stimulate discussion, promote critical assessment of problems and options, and can lead to better team decisions. A) relationshipB) efficacyC) resource D) taskE) socialAnswer: DExplanation: D) On teams performing nonroutine activities, disagreements among members about task content (called task conflicts) stimulate discussion, promote critical assessment of problems and options, and can lead to better team decisions.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131Objective: Collectivist SocietiesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

285Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 286: Robbins Chapters

52) Teams fit well in countries that score ________. A) high on power distanceB) high on collectivismC) low on uncertainty avoidanceD) high on long term orientationE) low on restraintAnswer: BExplanation: B) Teams fit well in countries that score high on collectivism. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: TrainingQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 4

53) You need to hire an analyst for an important project team. It is essential that the new employee work well on the already established team in order to meet the project's challenging deadlines. The most talented candidate doesn't have any team experience and when asked in the interview about his team experience he replied, "I prefer to work alone. I'm much more efficient alone." What should you do? A) Hire him and train him. B) Hire him and hope that he learns.C) Hire him and redesign the job. D) Look for a different candidate. E) Hire him and assign him a mentor.Answer: DExplanation: D) The candidate should not be hired. Creating teams often means resisting the urge to hire the best talent no matter what. The project has looming deadlines, so training isn't an option. Hoping that he'll learn is too much of a risk to the project, and not fair to the existing team. Redesigning the job is not an option. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: SelectionQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 4

286Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 287: Robbins Chapters

54) Exercises that help individuals become team players include workshops on ________. A) negotiation B) individualism C) goal setting D) event planning E) recruiting Answer: AExplanation: A) Communication and negotiation are important team necessities. Workshops help employees improve their problem solving, communication, negotiation, conflict-management, and coaching skills.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132Objective: TrainingQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

55) Evidence shows that teams that switch from a competitive to a cooperative system do not ________. A) make poor decisionsB) make rushed decisionsC) share informationD) have conflicts E) distrust each otherAnswer: CExplanation: C) Teams that switch from a competitive to a cooperative system do not share information and they tend to make rushed, poor-quality decisions. The low trust typical of the competitive group will not be readily replaced by high trust.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132Objective: TrainingQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

287Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 288: Robbins Chapters

56) Which of following statements is true regarding a reward system that attempts to create good team players? A) The reward system should encourage competitive efforts.B) Rewards given to individuals should be based on peer evaluation.C) The reward system should ignore individual contributions.D) Performance-based rewards could include a bonus based on achievement of team goals.E) The reward system should discourage cooperative efforts.Answer: DExplanation: D) In order to create good team players, an organization's reward system must be reworked to encourage cooperative efforts rather than competitive ones. This doesn't mean individual contributions should be ignored; rather, they should be balanced with selfless contributions to the team. In order to encourage cooperative efforts, the reward system can include a bonus based on achievement of team goals.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132Objective: TrainingQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

57) Which of the following techniques can be used for increasing effectiveness of teams? A) Implement a reward system that encourages competitive efforts.B) The appraisal system should take into consideration peer evaluation.C) Avoid giving promotions and pay raises for individual contributions.D) Training should be provided to those candidates who lack team skills.E) The reward system should discourage cooperative efforts. Answer: DExplanation: D) In order to create good team players, an organization's reward system must be reworked to encourage cooperative efforts rather than competitive ones. This doesn't mean individual contributions should be ignored; rather, they should be balanced with selfless contributions to the team. Training should be provided to those candidates who lack team skills.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132Quest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

58) As compared to individual work, teamwork ________. A) involves fewer meetings B) takes more timeC) needs less resourcesD) decreases communication demandsE) decreases the need for conflict managementAnswer: BExplanation: B) Teamwork takes more time and often more resources than individual work. Teams have increased communication demands, conflicts to manage, and meetings to run. So the benefits of using teams have to exceed the costs, and that's not always the case.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 133Objective: Costs of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

288Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 289: Robbins Chapters

59) Work should be performed by an individual if ________. A) the work is complex and requires different perspectivesB) the work creates a common purpose or set of goals for the people in the group that is more than the aggregate of individual goals C) the work is simple and does not require diverse inputD) several tasks that are interdependent are to be performed for completing the workE) performing the work requires learning a new technology or understanding a new systemAnswer: CExplanation: C) Simple tasks that don’t require diverse input are better left to individuals, whereas complex tasks that require diverse input are best accomplished by teams.A successful team identifies a common goal; together, members of the team work to accomplish more than they could had they worked individually. Using teams makes sense when there is interdependence between tasks–the success of the whole depends on the success of the individual parts.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 133Objective: Costs of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 5

60) Evidence suggests self-managed teams have not fared well in Mexico because ________. A) the culture in Mexico has high tolerance for ambiguityB) the employees in Mexico strongly respect hierarchical authorityC) the culture in Mexico is characterized by low power distanceD) the culture of Mexico is individualistic in natureE) the culture in Mexico has short term orientationAnswer: BExplanation: B) Evidence suggests self-managed teams have not fared well in Mexico, largely due to that culture's low tolerance of ambiguity and uncertainty and employees' strong respect for hierarchical authority. Thus, in countries relatively high in power distance a team may need to be structured so leadership roles are spelled out and power relationships identified.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134Objective: Global ImplicationsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 6

289Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 290: Robbins Chapters

61) Which of the following statements is true regarding a culturally diverse team? A) Elements of diversity do not interfere with team processes.B) Culturally homogeneous teams have more difficulty learning to work with each other and solving problems than culturally heterogeneous teams.C) Generally, newly formed culturally diverse teams underperform when compared to newly formed culturally homogeneous teams.D) Cultural diversity within a team is not advisable for those tasks that call for a variety of viewpoints.E) Solving problems is more difficult for culturally homogeneous teams than it is for culturally heterogeneous teams. Answer: CExplanation: C) Evidence indicates these elements of diversity interfere with team processes, at least in the short term. Cultural diversity does seem to be an asset for tasks that call for a variety of viewpoints. But culturally heterogeneous teams have more difficulty learning to work with each other and solving problems. Although newly formed culturally diverse teams underperform as compared to newly formed culturally homogeneous teams, the differences disappear after about 3 months. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134Objective: Extent of TeamworkQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 6

62) Diversity is an asset for teams where tasks ________. A) require a variety of viewpointsB) are simpleC) involve emotional laborD) are highly technical E) required for completing the work are highly interdependentAnswer: AExplanation: A) Cultural diversity does seem to be an asset for tasks that call for a variety of viewpoints. However, in other circumstances, diversity seems to interfere with team processes in the short term. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134Objective: Global ImplicationsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 6

290Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 291: Robbins Chapters

You are vice-president of a division of a large, multi-national company that makes electronic equipment for consumers and the military. Your company has several teams and there are several managers managing those teams.

63) Joan, your director of accounting, has created a team of seven employees from the accounts payable department who meet for three hours a week to discuss ways of improving quality, efficiency and the work environment. This is an example of a ________ team. A) problem-solving B) self-managed C) cross-functional D) virtual E) task-resolution Answer: AExplanation: A) Problem-solving teams share ideas or suggest how work processes and methods (such as quality, efficiency, and the work environment), can be improved. They rarely have the authority to unilaterally implement any of their suggestions.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: Problem-Solving TeamsQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 2

64) Jack, your director of manufacturing, has created a team of eleven employees from quality control. Jack gives the team members the responsibility of planning and scheduling their own work, and making operating decisions. Also, members of this team evaluate each other's performance. This is an example of a ________ team. A) problem-solving B) self-managed C) cross-functional D) virtual E) task-resolution Answer: BExplanation: B) Self-managed work teams are groups of employees who perform highly related or interdependent jobs and take on many of the responsibilities of their former supervisors. These tasks are planning, assigning tasks to members, making operating decisions, taking action on problems, and working with suppliers and customers.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: Self-Managed TeamsQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 2

291Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 292: Robbins Chapters

65) Your company has recently landed a contract to design and manufacture a new state-of-the-art electronic device for the military. This will be a very complex project, requiring many different types of skills. Which of the following types of teams is most suited for the project? A) problem-solving B) self-managed C) cross-functional D) virtual E) task-resolution Answer: CExplanation: C) Cross-functional teams are teams made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level but different work areas, who come together to accomplish a task. They are an effective means of allowing people from diverse areas to exchange information, develop new ideas, solve problems, and coordinate complex projects such as this one.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 2

66) Janice is your director of sales. Since her team members are located in Europe, Asia, and North America, she has decided to use instant messaging to tie her team members together in order to develop a marketing strategy for a new product line. This is an example of a ________ team. A) problem-solving B) self-managed C) cross-functional D) virtual E) task-resolution Answer: DExplanation: D) Virtual teams use computer technology to unite physically dispersed members and achieve a common goal. Janice has created a virtual team.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125AACSB: Analytic Skills; Multicultural and DiversityObjective: Virtual TeamsQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 2

292Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 293: Robbins Chapters

You are the manager of a software design firm that develops software programs for clients using teams of specialists. One of your most successful teams has been together for nearly 5 years. In the past, this team has performed effectively, and you have been very satisfied with the team's output. Recently, however, you have noticed a marked decrease in the team's performance. You investigate to determine the problem.

67) After interviewing all 7 team members, you determine that one of the team members performs routine administrative tasks that are rarely visible to any of the other team members. You suspect that this team member may be loafing off and lagging in his duties. You could most likely improve that team member's output by ________. A) encouraging him to work more independently B) making his work clearly visible to the other team members C) empowering the team member to make decisionsD) providing him with administrative training E) giving him additional assignments to complete Answer: BExplanation: B) This team member is engaging in social loafing. Effective teams undermine this tendency by making members individually and jointly accountable for the team's purpose, goals, and approach. Therefore, members should be clear on what they are individually responsible for and what they are jointly responsible for on the team.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: ProcessQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 3

68) During an interview with one team member, you learn that several members of the team have had conflicts regarding the content of a task to which the team was recently assigned. Are these conflicts likely to be reducing the group's productivity? A) Yes, because interpersonal conflicts always hurt a team's performance. B) No, because conflicts based on personal animosity rarely affect team operations. C) Yes, because task-related conflicts lead to poor team decisions. D) No, because task-related conflicts usually benefit the performance of a team. E) Yes, because disagreements about tasks usually lessen groupthink. Answer: DExplanation: D) Interpersonal conflicts are almost always dysfunctional but the conflict involved in this case is a task conflict. Conflict on a team isn't necessarily bad. On teams performing nonroutine activities, disagreements among members about task content (called task conflicts) stimulate discussion, promote critical assessment of problems and options, and can lead to better team decisions.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: Conflict LevelsQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 3

293Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 294: Robbins Chapters

You work for an international company that has offices around the world. You have been asked to pull together a global virtual team to handle a specific project. The project is expected to take 3 to 5 years to complete. You are free to include individuals from any of the company's offices, which are located in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Britain, Australia, and Japan.

69) Provided that all of the team members are equally qualified, which of the following teams is likely to be the least challenging to manage? A) A team comprised of members drawn equally from all of the company's offices, because culturally diverse teams tend to operate with minimal conflict.B) A team comprised primarily of members from the United States, because employees from countries with individualistic values tend to function well in teams. C) A team comprised primarily of members from Canada, Britain, and Australia, because cultures of these countries are characterized by high power distance. D) A team comprised of members from both Japan and Mexico, because employees from these countries tend to focus on individual accomplishments. E) A team comprised primarily of members from either Japan or another Asian-Pacific country, because employees from countries with collectivist values tend to adjust easily to team structures. Answer: EExplanation: E) Teams fit well in countries that score high on collectivism. In one study, employees from Asian-Pacific countries reported the highest level of team participation, compared to the United States and Canada, with the United States ranking the lowest. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 133AACSB: Analytic SkillsObjective: Collectivist SocietiesQuest. Category: ApplicationLO: 6

70) Compared to traditional departments, teams tend to be less flexible and less responsive to changing events. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Teams are more flexible and responsive to changing events than traditional departments or other forms of permanent groupings.Diff: 1 Page Ref: 122Objective: Popularity of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

294Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 295: Robbins Chapters

71) Teams are an effective means for management to democratize organizations and increase employee motivation.Answer: TRUEExplanation: Teams facilitate employee participation in operating decisions. Teams are an effective means for management to democratize organizations and increase employee motivation.Diff: 1 Page Ref: 122Objective: Popularity of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

72) Work groups typically generate more positive synergy than do work teams. Answer: FALSEExplanation: There is no positive synergy in a work group that would create an overall level of performance greater than the sum of the inputs. A work team, on the other hand, generates positive synergy through coordinated effort. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work GroupsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

73) The primary goal of a work team is information sharing.Answer: FALSEExplanation: Information sharing is the primary goal of a work group. The primary goal of a work team is collective performance. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work GroupsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

74) In the case of a work team, individual efforts result in a level of performance greater than the sum of those individual inputs. Answer: TRUEExplanation: A work team generates positive synergy through coordinated effort. The individual efforts result in a level of performance greater than the sum of those individual inputs. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work GroupsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

295Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 296: Robbins Chapters

75) You are a member of a team of eight individuals from the same department who meet for a few hours each week to discuss ways of improving quality, efficiency, and the work environment. You are most likely a member of a self-managed work team. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Problem-solving teams are typically composed of 5 to 12 hourly employees from the same department who meet for a few hours each week to discuss ways of improving quality, efficiency, and the work environment. Members share ideas or suggest how work processes and methods can be improved; they rarely have the authority to unilaterally implement any of their suggestions.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 123Objective: Types of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

76) As a result of self-managed teams, supervisory positions may be eliminated. Answer: TRUEExplanation: Self-managed work teams are groups of employees who perform highly related or interdependent jobs and take on many of the responsibilities of their former supervisors. Supervisory positions take on decreased importance and are sometimes even eliminated.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Self-Managed TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

77) Self-managed teams do not typically manage conflicts well. Answer: TRUEExplanation: Self-managed teams do not typically manage conflicts well. When disputes arise, members stop cooperating and power struggles ensue, which leads to lower group performance.Diff: 1 Page Ref: 124Objective: Self-Managed TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

78) Cross-functional teams are made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level, but from different work areas, who come together to accomplish a task. Answer: TRUEExplanation: A team made up of employees from various departments or work areas, and from about the same hierarchical level, who come together to accomplish a task form a cross-functional team. Cross-functional teams are an effective means of allowing people from diverse areas within or even between organizations to exchange information, develop new ideas, solve problems, and coordinate complex projects.Diff: 1 Page Ref: 124Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

296Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 297: Robbins Chapters

79) Virtual teams tend to be less task oriented than face-to-face teams. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Virtual teams tend to be more task oriented than face-to-face teams. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Types of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

80) Virtual teams report less satisfaction with the group interaction process than do face-to-face teams. Answer: TRUEExplanation: Virtual teams tend to be more task oriented and exchange less social–emotional information than face-to-face teams do. As a result, virtual teams report less satisfaction with the group interaction process than do face-to-face teams. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 125Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

81) One advantage of cross-functional teams is that they are easy to manage. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Cross-functional teams are not easy to manage. Their early stages of development are often long, as members learn to work with diversity and complexity. It takes time to build trust and teamwork, especially among people from different backgrounds with different experiences and perspectives.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

82) For virtual teams to be effective, management should closely monitor the team's progress. Answer: TRUEExplanation: For virtual teams to be effective, management should ensure that (1) trust is established among members (2) team progress is monitored closely, and (3) the efforts and products of the team are publicized throughout the organization. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Skills of Team MembersQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

297Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 298: Robbins Chapters

83) When tasks are simple lower-ability teams perform better than high-ability teams. Answer: TRUEExplanation: When tasks are simple, high-ability teams do not perform as well, perhaps because members become bored and turn their attention to other activities that are more stimulating, whereas low-ability teams stay on task. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 128Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

84) Lower-ability teams are more adaptable to changing situations than high-ability teams. Answer: FALSEExplanation: High-ability teams are more adaptable to changing situations than lower-ability teams. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 128Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

85) Teams composed of highly agreeable people are more creative and innovative. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Teams composed of people who score high on openness to experience are more creative and innovative. Open team members communicate better with one another and throw out more ideas, which makes teams composed of open people more creative and innovative. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 128Objective: Key Roles of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

86) When teams have excess members, cohesiveness and mutual accountability decline. Answer: TRUEExplanation: When teams have excess members, cohesiveness and mutual accountability decline, social loafing increases, and more people communicate less.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 129Objective: Social LoafingQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

298Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 299: Robbins Chapters

87) Task conflicts are almost always dysfunctional. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Relationship conflicts are almost always dysfunctional. On teams performing nonroutine activities, disagreements among members about task content (called task conflicts) stimulate discussion, promote critical assessment of problems and options, and can lead to better team decisions. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 131Objective: Collectivist SocietiesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

88) For creating good team players, an organization's reward system must be reworked to encourage competitive efforts rather than cooperative ones. Answer: FALSEExplanation: For creating good team players, an organization's reward system must be reworked to encourage cooperative efforts rather than competitive ones. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132Objective: Rewards and CollaborationQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

89) Teams that switch from a competitive to a cooperative system tend to make better-quality decisions. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Teams that switch from a competitive to a cooperative system do not share information and make rushed, poor-quality decisions. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 132Objective: RewardsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

90) Teamwork takes more time and often more resources than individual work. Answer: TRUEExplanation: Teams can be costly. Teamwork takes more time and often more resources than individual work. Teams have increased communication demands, conflicts to manage, and meetings to run. So the benefits of using teams have to exceed the costs, and that's not always the case.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 133Objective: Disadvantages of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 5

299Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 300: Robbins Chapters

91) Teams should be used when tasks are interdependent.Answer: TRUEExplanation: Using teams makes sense when there is interdependence between tasks—the success of the whole depends on the success of each one, and the success of each one depends on the success of the others.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 133Objective: Collectivist SocietiesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 5

92) Generally, newly formed culturally homogeneous teams underperform when compared to newly formed culturally diverse teams. Answer: FALSEExplanation: Generally, newly formed culturally diverse teams underperform when compared to newly formed culturally homogeneous teams. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 134Objective: Collectivist SocietiesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 6

93) Discuss the difference between a work group and a work team. Answer: A work group is a group that interacts primarily to share information and to make decisions to help each member perform within his or her area of responsibility. There is no positive synergy that would create an overall level of performance that is greater than the sum of the inputs. A work team generates positive synergy through coordinated effort. Their individual efforts result in a level of performance that is greater than the sum of those individual inputs.Diff: 2 Page Ref: 123Objective: Work Groups and Work TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 1

94) Describe and discuss self-managed work teams. Answer: Self-managed work teams are groups of employees (typically 10 to 15 in number) who perform highly related or interdependent jobs and take on many of the responsibilities of their former supervisors. Typically, this includes planning and scheduling of work, assigning tasks to members, collective control over the pace of work, making operating decisions, taking action on problems, and working with suppliers and customers. Fully self-managed work teams even select their own members and have the members evaluate each other's performance. As a result, supervisory positions take on decreased importance and may even be eliminated. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Self-Managed Work TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

300Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 301: Robbins Chapters

95) What is a cross-functional team? Answer: Cross-functional teams are made up of employees from about the same hierarchical level, but from different work areas, who come together to accomplish a task. This is an effective means for allowing people from diverse areas within an organization to exchange information, develop new ideas and solve problems, and coordinate complex projects. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124Objective: Cross-Functional TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

96) What are some special challenges that virtual teams face? For virtual teams to be effective, what should management ensure? Answer: Virtual teams may suffer from less social rapport and less direct interaction among members. They aren't able to duplicate the normal give-and-take of face-to-face discussion. Especially when members haven't personally met, virtual teams tend to be more task-oriented and exchange less social-emotional information. Not surprisingly, virtual team members report less satisfaction with the group interaction process than do face-to-face teams. For virtual teams to be effective, management should ensure that: (a) trust is established among team members (research has shown that one inflammatory remark in a team member e-mail can severely undermine team trust); (b) team progress is monitored closely (so the team doesn't lose sight of its goals, and no team member "disappears"); and (c) the efforts and products of the virtual team are publicized throughout the organization (so the team does not become invisible).Diff: 2 Page Ref: 125Objective: Virtual TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 2

97) The team effectiveness model identifies three categories of key components making up effective teams. What are these three categories? Give examples of each category. Answer: The key components making up effective teams can be subsumed into four general categories. a) The first category relates to the team's composition. It takes into consideration the abilities of team members, their personalities, size of the team, and preferences of team members. b) The third category is related to the resources and contextual influences that make teams effective. The four contextual factors that appear to be most significantly related to team performance are the presence of adequate resources, effective leadership, a climate of trust, and a performance evaluation and reward system that reflects team contributions. c) Finally, process variables reflect the things that go on in the team that influence effectiveness. These include member commitment to a common plan and purpose, establishment of specific team goals, team efficacy, establishment of mental models, a managed level of conflict, and minimization of social loafing. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 126Objective: Team Effectiveness ModelQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

301Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 302: Robbins Chapters

98) How does climate of trust improve effectiveness of teams? Answer: Interpersonal trust among team members facilitates cooperation, reduces the need to monitor each others' behavior, and bonds members around the belief that others on the team won't take advantage of them. Team members are more likely to take risks and expose vulnerabilities when they believe they can trust others on their team. And, as we will discuss later in the book, trust is the foundation of leadership. It allows a team to accept and commit to its leader's goals and decisions.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 127Objective: Popularity of Teams and Virtual TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

99) Discuss the effect of team size on effectiveness of teams. Answer: Generally speaking, the most effective teams have five to nine members. And experts suggest using the smallest number of people who can do the task. Unfortunately, managers often err by making teams too large. It may require only four or five members to develop diversity of views and skills, while coordination problems can increase exponentially as team members are added. When teams have excess members, cohesiveness and mutual accountability decline, social loafing increases, and more people communicate less. Members of large teams have trouble coordinating with one another, especially under time pressure. Keep teams at nine or fewer members.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 129Objective: Types of Teams and Effective TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

100) What is team efficacy? What can management do to increase team efficacy? Answer: Effective teams have confidence in themselves; they believe they can succeed. We call this team efficacy. Teams that have been successful raise their beliefs about future success, which, in turn, motivates them to work harder. The two ways in which the management can increase team efficacy are: (1) helping the team achieve small successes that build confidence, (2) providing training to improve members' technical and interpersonal skills.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 131Objective: Types of Teams and Effective TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

302Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 303: Robbins Chapters

101) Discuss the impact of conflicts on effectiveness of teams. Answer: Conflict on a team isn't necessarily bad. Teams completely devoid of conflict are likely to become apathetic and stagnant. Thus, conflict—but not all types—can actually improve team effectiveness. Relationship conflicts—those based on interpersonal compatibilities, tension, and animosity toward others—are almost always dysfunctional. However, on teams performing nonroutine activities, disagreements among members about task content (called task conflicts) stimulate discussion, promote critical assessment of problems and options, and can lead to better team decisions.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 131Objective: Turning Individuals into Team Players and How it can Affect Team ProcessesQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

102) What is social loafing? How can the management undermine the tendency of social loafing? Answer: Individuals can engage in social loafing and coast on the group's effort because their particular contributions can't be identified. Effective teams undermine this tendency by making members individually and jointly accountable for the team's purpose, goals, and approach. Therefore, members should be clear on what they are individually responsible for and what they are jointly responsible for on the team.Diff: 3 Page Ref: 131Objective: Types of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3

303Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 304: Robbins Chapters

103) Explain how organizations can create team players. Answer: The primary options managers have for trying to turn individuals into team players include: a) Selection. Some people already possess the interpersonal skills to be effective team players. When hiring team members, in addition to the technical skills required to fill the job, care should be taken to ensure that candidates can fulfill their team roles as well as technical requirements. Many job candidates don't have team skills. This is especially true for those socialized around individual contributions. When faced with such candidates, managers basically have three options. The candidates can undergo training to "make them into team players." If this isn't possible or doesn't work, the other two options are to transfer the individual to another unit within the organization, without teams (if this possibility exists); or don't hire the candidate. In established organizations that decide to redesign jobs around teams, it should be expected that some employees will resist being team players and may be un-trainable. Unfortunately, such people typically become casualties of the team approach. b) Training. On a more optimistic note, a large proportion of people raised on the importance of individual accomplishments can be trained to become team players. Training specialists conduct exercises that allow employees to experience the satisfaction that teamwork can provide. They typically offer workshops to help employees improve their problem-solving, communication, negotiation, conflict-management, and coaching skills. Employees also learn the five-stage group development model. c) Rewards. The reward system needs to be reworked to encourage cooperative efforts rather than competitive ones. Promotions, pay raises, and other forms of recognition should be given to individuals for how effective they are as a collaborative team member. This doesn't mean individual contributions are ignored; rather, they are balanced with selfless contributions to the team. Examples of behaviors that should be rewarded include training new colleagues, sharing information with teammates, helping to resolve team conflicts, and mastering new skills that the team needs but in which it is deficient. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 131-132Objective: Creating Team PlayersQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 4

304Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 305: Robbins Chapters

104) What are some of the cautions to be aware of when using teams? What tests should be applied to see if a team fits the situation? Answer: Teams have increased communication demands, conflicts to be managed, and meetings to be run. It has been suggested that three tests be applied to see if a team fits the situation. First, can the work be done better by more than one person? A good indicator is the complexity of the work and the need for different perspectives. Simple tasks that don't require diverse input are probably better left to individuals. Second, does the work create a common purpose or set of goals for the people in the group that is more than the aggregate of individual goals? The final test to assess whether teams fit the situation is: Are the members of the group interdependent? Teams make sense where there is interdependence between tasks; where the success of the whole depends on the success of each one and the success of each one depends on the success of the others. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 133Objective: Disadvantages of TeamsQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 5

105) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of team diversity. Discuss diversity in a global context. How does cultural diversity affect team-building? Answer: One of the pervasive problems with teams is that while diversity may have real potential benefits, a team is deeply focused on commonly held information. But if diverse teams are to realize their creative potential, they need to focus not on their similarities but on their differences. There is some evidence, for example, that when team members believe others have more expertise, they will work to support those members, leading to higher levels of effectiveness. The key is for diverse teams to communicate what they uniquely know, but also what they don't know. Evidence indicates these elements of diversity interfere with team processes, at least in the short term in global situations. Cultural diversity appears to be an asset for tasks that call for a variety of viewpoints. But culturally heterogeneous teams have more difficulty learning to work with each other and solving problems. However, these difficulties seem to dissipate with time. Although newly formed culturally diverse teams underperform newly formed culturally homogeneous teams, the differences disappear after about 3 months. Fortunately, some team performance-enhancing strategies seem to work well in many cultures. One study found that teams in the European Union made up of members from collectivist and individualist countries benefitted equally from group goals. If a manager allows a global team time to adjust it can overcome the initial stages of surface-level differences and result in a highly efficient team. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 129, 133AACSB: Multicultural and Diversity UnderstandingObjective: DiversityQuest. Category: Concept/DefinitionalLO: 3, 6

305Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 306: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 10 Communication

1) Communication must include both the ________ and the understanding of meaning.A) transportationB) interpretationC) writingD) transferE) intentionAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 143AASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

2) The means by which a communication is passed between a sender and a receiver is called a ________.A) mediumB) conduitC) conductorD) transmissionE) coderAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

3) The receiver of a communication is most likely to ________ a message initiated by the sender.A) explainB) reproduceC) reflectD) decodeE) discardAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

4) In the communication process, which of the following steps occurs first?A) transmittingB) decodingC) encodingD) understandingE) analysisAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

306Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 307: Robbins Chapters

5) During communication, the ________ initiates a message by encoding a thought.A) receiverB) channelC) senderD) speakerE) leaderAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

6) During a discussion with Matthew, when Jennifer gestures, this is considered part of theA) medium.B) channel.C) message.D) noise.E) decoding.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

7) The product of a sender's encoding is the ________.A) channelB) messageC) transmissionD) mediumE) feedbackAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

8) The medium through which communication travels is called a ________.A) transmissionB) messageC) mediaD) channelE) vesselAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

307Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 308: Robbins Chapters

9) Mary telephones her employee, Joe, to let him know that today's meeting has been moved to one o'clock. In the communication process, Mary is theA) senderB) receiverC) messageD) channelE) encoderAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

10) Mary telephones her employee, Joe, to let him know that today's meeting has been moved to one o'clock. The telephone is theA) sender.B) receiver.C) medium.D) message.E) decoder.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

11) Mary telephones her employee, Joe, to let him know that today's meeting has been moved to one o'clock. Joe misses the one o'clock meeting because he misunderstood which meeting Mary was referring to. Joe forgot to ask Mary to clarify which meeting she meant. Joe's misunderstanding therefore occurred due to a lack ofA) encoding.B) decoding.C) noise.D) feedback.E) channel.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

308Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 309: Robbins Chapters

12) John writes a memo to his employees. Putting his thoughts onto paper is an example of ________.A) encodingB) noiseC) decodingD) channelingE) cryptographyAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

13) Formal channels of communication traditionally follow the ________ within an organization.A) communication chainB) authority chainC) influence chainD) transmission chainE) social chainAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

14) What step determines whether understanding has been achieved during the communication process?A) decodingB) feedbackC) channelD) encodingE) transmissionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

15) A receiver who translates a sender's message is engaging in the process of ________.A) encodingB) decodingC) transmissionD) feedbackE) recodingAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

309Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 310: Robbins Chapters

16) The final link in the communication process is ________.A) noiseB) encodingC) decodingD) feedbackE) messagingAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

17) The communication used by managers to provide job instructions to employees is ________ communication.A) downward B) lateral C) formal D) directional E) diagonalAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: Direction of CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

18) Which of the following is an example of downward communication flow?A) suggestion boxesB) envelope attitude surveysC) feedback on job performanceD) identifying with and discussing problems with the bossE) letters to your senatorAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144-145Topic: Direction of CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

19) All of the following are examples of downward communication flows EXCEPTA) managers assigning goals for subordinatesB) managers informing employees of proceduresC) managers pointing out problems that need attention by employeesD) employees completing attitude surveysE) managers telling employees to work more quicklyAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144-145Topic: Direction of CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

310Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 311: Robbins Chapters

20) Suggestion boxes, employee attitude surveys, and grievance procedures are examples of ________.A) organizational structureB) horizontal communicationC) managerial communicationD) upward communicationE) diagonal communicationAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144-145Topic: Direction of CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

21) Which of the following is not an example of upward communication?A) performance reports prepared by lower management for top management reviewB) informing employees of policiesC) suggestion boxesD) grievance proceduresE) a letter to your bossAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 145Topic: Direction of CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

22) All of the following are recommendations for engaging in more effective upward communication EXCEPTA) try to reduce distractionsB) avoid meandering discussions if you want t get your boss's attentionC) prepare an agendaD) try to meet in your boss's officeE) support your position with actionable itemsAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 145Topic: Direction of CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

23) Communication that takes place among members of work groups at the same level is known as ________ communication.A) tangential B) cross-functional C) job D) lateral E) downwardAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 145Topic: Direction of Communication

311Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 312: Robbins Chapters

24) When can lateral communications create dysfunctional conflict?A) when the formal vertical channels are breachedB) when members go above their superiors to get things doneC) when bosses find out that actions have been taken without their knowledgeD) when members go around their superiors to get things doneE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 145Topic: Direction of Communication

25) Oral communication messages that are passed through a great many people will most likely suffer from which of the following?A) disruptionB) distortionC) lack of non-verbal cuesD) decodingE) formal communication decayAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal Communications

26) Memos, letters, e-mail, fax transmissions, and organizational periodicals represent examples of ________.A) informal communication channelsB) formal communication channelsC) written communicationD) technological communicationE) electronic communicationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

27) A sender may most likely choose to use written communication because ________.A) written communications are tangible and verifiableB) written messages can be retracted easilyC) the messages can only be stored for short periods of timeD) written messages usually take minimal time to prepareE) written messages often require additional feedbackAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal Communications

312Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 313: Robbins Chapters

28) Which of the following is not a drawback of written messages?A) They're time consuming.B) They are unlikely to be well thought-out.C) They lack built-in feedback mechanisms.D) It is difficult for senders to confirm whether they have been received.E) They may be misinterpreted by their receivers.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal Communications

29) Messages conveyed through body movements and facial expressions are ________.A) nonverbal communicationB) kinesicsC) physical characteristicsD) connotationsE) semanticsAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal Communications

30) Facial expressions, physical distance, and looking at your watch are all examples of ________.A) kinesicsB) nonverbal communicationC) informal networksD) verbal communicationE) adaptorsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

31) All of the following are examples of nonverbal communication EXCEPTA) intonations or emphasisB) instant messagingC) physical distanceD) facial expressionsE) hand gesturesAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

313Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 314: Robbins Chapters

32) Which of the following statements is not a characteristic of nonverbal communication?A) It includes intonation.B) Its significance is unproven in explaining and predicting behavior.C) It can be argued that every body movement has meaning.D) We rarely send these types of messages consciously.E) It can convey meaningful information.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

33) Why is it easier to understand the real communication that occurred in a meeting by viewing a video rather than reading the meeting minutes?A) Facial expressions convey meaning and can be seen in the video.B) Intonations convey meaning and can be heard in the video.C) The meeting minutes do not contain any record of nonverbal communication.D) The emphasis placed on words or phrases is missing from the meeting minutes.E) All of the above.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

34) What are the two most important messages that body language conveys?A) the extent to which one is interested in another and the relative perceived status between the send and receiverB) the extent to which one has power and is relaxedC) how quickly and loudly one can speakD) the extent to which facial expressions and intonation are importantE) the importance of physical distance and intonation in communicationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationsAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

35) A(n) ________ network of communication would most likely be found in direct-line authority relations with no deviations.A) verticalB) directC) chainD) all-channelE) boxAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

314Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 315: Robbins Chapters

36) A(n) ________ communication network occurs when a checkout clerk reports to a department manager, who in turn reports to a store manager, who reports to a regional manager.A) directB) all-channelC) verticalD) chainE) horizontalAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

37) When all communication is channeled through one person, a ________ communication network exists.A) directB) chainC) lateralD) wheelE) boxAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational Communication

38) The ________ communication network is best illustrated by a self-managed team.A) wheelB) all-channelC) interpersonalD) circleE) boxAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

39) In a(n) ________ communication network, any network member can communicate with any other member.A) wheelB) all-channelC) interpersonalD) circleE) freeAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational Communication

315Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 316: Robbins Chapters

40) The most effective communication network for facilitating the emergence of a leader is ________.A) chainB) all-channelC) wheelD) directE) boxAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

41) Harriet has been assigned the task of setting up work teams for a complex software development project. Each team has different work requirements. Harriet must choose the best structure for each team, based on its specific requirements. Team A must operate very quickly to meet stringent deadlines. The quality of the final project depends highly on Team A's output, so Team A must also work very accurately. Which of the following network structures should Harriet choose for this team? A) chainB) wheelC) grapevine D) informal E) all-channelAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 10-3Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

42) Harriet has been assigned the task of setting up work teams for a complex software development project. Each team has different work requirements. Harriet must choose the best structure for each team, based on its specific requirements. Team B must promote high member satisfaction to improve employee engagement. Which of the following network structures should Harriet choose for this team? A) chainB) wheelC) grapevine D) informal E) all-channelAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 10-3Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

316Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 317: Robbins Chapters

43) The ________ network best serves to promote high member satisfaction.A) directB) circleC) wheelD) all-channelE) boxAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

44) Which of the following types of networks is most likely to promote accuracy?A) chainB) directC) wheelD) all-channelE) circleAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

45) An informal communication network is typically called a ________.A) gossip mongerB) grapevineC) chainD) contextual systemE) free-acting systemAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

46) It was found that about ________ percent of individuals hear about matters first through rumors on the grapevine.A) 10B) 25C) 50D) 75E) 95Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

317Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 318: Robbins Chapters

47) Which of the following statements most accurately characterizes the grapevine?A) It is used to serve the self-interests of outsiders.B) It is perceived by employees as being more reliable than formal communication issued by top management.C) It is generally used as an anti-management tool.D) It is usually inaccurate.E) It serves as a formal communication channel.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

48) Studies have shown that ________ percent of the information transmitted through the grapevine is accurate.A) 55B) 65C) 75D) 85E) 100Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

49) The grapevine is valuable for all of the following EXCEPT A) tapping into employee anxieties.B) giving managers a feel for the morale of their organization.C) identifying issues that employees consider important.D) serving employees' needs to create a sense of closeness and friendship.E) replacing the need for formal communication.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

50) Rumors would most likely flourish in situations where there is ________.A) well-communicated changeB) ambiguityC) a trivial issue at handD) assurance by managementE) a chain communication styleAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149-150Topic: Organizational Communication

318Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 319: Robbins Chapters

51) With regard to the grapevine, a manager should try to ________.A) ignore itB) destroy itC) minimize the negative consequences of rumors by limiting its range and impactD) discipline those those involved in the grapevine rumorsE) control the information flowAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 150Topic: Organizational Communication

52) There is a rumor in your organization that layoffs are inevitable. Which of the following is the least likely way to reduce the negative consequences of this rumor?A) Explain decisions that may appear inconsistent or secretive.B) Emphasize the downside, as well as the upside, of current decisions and future plans.C) Discount the rumor.D) Openly discuss worst case possibilities.E) Discuss deadlines for decisions.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 10-5Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

53) Electronic communication includes all of the following EXCEPTA) text messaging.B) teleconferencing.C) videoconferencing.D) e-mail.E) blogs.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 150Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

54) Electronic communication is the primary medium of communication in today's organizations in ________ percent of cases.A) 15B) 25C) 50D) 70E) 90Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 150Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

319Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 320: Robbins Chapters

55) All of the following are considered drawbacks of email EXCEPTA) misinterpreting the message.B) communicating negative messages.C) overuse of email.D) privacy concerns.E) poor grammar. Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational Communication

56) When Radio Shack laid off 400 employees, they were criticized for the medium they chose to communicate the layoffs. Which medium did they use to communicate?A) videoconferenceB) corporate website announcementC) emailD) intranetE) blogsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational Communication

57) Mary wanted to provide recommendations to her co-workers on using email. Which of the following statement would you recommend she share with her peers to inform them of privacy issues?A) Emails are generally private and seldom monitored.B) It should be assumed that the email recipient will keep the email confidential.C) You should not write anything in an email that you would not want made public.D) Forwarding email from your company account to your personal account can be protected from monitoring if it is marked "private".E) All of the above. Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational Communication

58) Real-time e-mail is known as ________.A) intranetB) instant messagingC) extranetD) facebookE) videoconferencingAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational Communication

320Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 321: Robbins Chapters

59) Which electronic communication is usually transmitted via a Blackberry versus a computer?A) TMB) IMC) emailD) teleconferenceE) blogAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational Communication

60) Many organizations are concerned about the security of IM/TM since A) they are often encoded.B) they can be intercepted so easily.C) they are written in short-hand.D) they are not saved.E) they clutter up in-boxes.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational Communication

61) Email communication is recommended over IM and TM whenA) conveying long messages that need to be saved.B) only one-line messages are being sent.C) a fast means is needed to stay in touch anywhere, anytime.D) a "real" time communication is needed.E) records are not needed.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

62) Which of the following is NOT true about instant messaging?A) IM is a fast and inexpensive way for managers to stay in touch with employees and for employees to stay in touch with each other.B) IM is going to replace e-mail.C) IM is preferred for sending one- or two-line messages.D) Some IM users find the technology intrusive.E) IM's continual online presence can make it hard for employees to stay focused.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 152Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

321Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 322: Robbins Chapters

63) MySpace and Facebook are examples ofA) TM.B) IM.C) social networking platforms.D) email applications.E) blogs.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 152Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

64) In gathering information on job candidates, prospective employers might check an applicant'sA) email.B) IM's.C) MySpace.D) TM's.E) All of the above.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 152Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

65) Weblogs are commonly known asA) networking software.B) social networking sites.C) blogsD) IME) TMAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 152-153Topic: Organizational Communication

66) The advice for employees with personal blogs is toA) use your first amendment right.B) maintain a strict work-personal "firewall".C) post personal blog entries at work.D) share information only with those inside your company.E) forgive any blogs casting a negative light on the company.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 153Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

322Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 323: Robbins Chapters

67) When employees can conduct interactive meetings with live audio and video images, without being physically in the same location, which means of electronic communication are they using?A) intranetB) instant messagingC) extranetD) facebookE) videoconferencingAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 153Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

68) A process of organizing and distributing an organization's collective wisdom so the right information gets to the right people at the right time is known as ________.A) the grapevineB) knowledge managementC) organizational communicationD) the rumor millE) effective feedbackAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 153Topic: Organizational Communication

69) Effective KM begins byA) developing an effective email policy.B) determining what software system to use.C) identifying what knowledge matters to the organization.D) creating a data base.E) determining who needs what information in the organization.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 154Topic: Organizational Communication

70) Effective KM has the potential to provide all of the following benefits to organizations EXCEPTA) provide organizations with a competitive edge.B) provide organizations with improved organizational performance.C) make employees smarter.D) control leaks of vital company information.E) allow employees to participate in video conferences without leaving their desks.Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 154Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

323Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 324: Robbins Chapters

71) Which of the following is NOT a reason why KM is increasingly important?A) Intellectual assets are now as important as physical assets.B) As more baby boomers leave the workforce, their knowledge will be lost if there are no attempts to capture it.C) A KM system can reduce redundancy.D) A KM system can make an organization more efficient by cutting time re-training a path already traveled.E) Information can be easily manipulated.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 153-154Topic: Organizational Communication

72) When a person purposely manipulates information so that it will be seen more favorably by the receiver, he is ________.A) using selective perceptionB) filtering informationC) using politically correct communicationD) suffering from communication apprehensionE) using ineffective communication meansAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 154Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

73) Jake tells his boss only what he believes the boss wants to hear. Jake is engaging in ________.A) filteringB) selective perceptionC) communication apprehensionD) emotional blockE) selective selectionAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 154Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

74) Receivers in communication see and hear based on their needs, motivations, experience, background, and other personal characteristics. This is called ________.A) communication apprehensionB) filteringC) selective perceptionD) emotional blockE) projectionAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 154Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

324Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 325: Robbins Chapters

75) An interviewer may project her own interest in family into communications she decodes from others and therefore believes female applicants will put family ahead of career. This interviewer is using ________.A) prejudiceB) selective perceptionC) values judgmentD) filteringE) the self-serving biasAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 154-155Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

76) During the communication process, which of the following is most likely to result in lost information and less effective communication?A) information processingB) information overloadC) information filteringD) effective communicationE) the maximal effort effectAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 155Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

77) Which of the following is not a barrier to effective communication?A) filteringB) silenceC) selective perceptionD) languageE) emotionsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 154-155Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

78) Two of the biggest variables that influence the language a person uses and the definitions given to words areA) age and context.B) incentives and gender.C) education and age.D) cultural background and gender.E) nationality and context.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 155Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

325Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 326: Robbins Chapters

79) Communication ________ is the tension and anxiety about oral, or written communication, or both.A) obstructionB) apprehensionC) breakdownD) blockE) frustrationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 155-156Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

80) If Albert is apprehensive regarding oral communication, which of the following behaviors is he least likely to display?A) He prefers to talk on the phone.B) He distorts the communication demands of his job.C) He limits his oral communication and then tends to rationalize his behavior.D) He relies on memos or letters.E) He avoids face-to-face communication.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 156Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

81) Which of the following would be least likely to pose a barrier to cross-cultural communications?A) tone differenceB) word connotationsC) semanticsD) political correctnessE) differences among perceptionsAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 157Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

82) In dealing with cross-cultural communication, a manager might practice putting herself in the place of the employee, a method termed ________.A) evaluationB) empathyC) complicityD) commiserationE) apathyAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 157Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

326Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 327: Robbins Chapters

83) Which of the following is most likely to help reduce misperceptions when communicating with people from a different culture?A) Assume similarity until differences are proven.B) Emphasize interpretation rather than evaluation and descriptions.C) See the other's point of view.D) Treat your interpretations as a confirmed hypothesis.E) Make judgments quickly and decisively.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 157Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) Which of the following statements reflects the relationship between communication and employee satisfaction?A) There is no documented relationship between communication and employee satisfaction.B) The greater the uncertainty in communication, the more positive the impact on employee satisfaction.C) Communication distortions and ambiguities have a negative impact on employee satisfaction.D) The less the uncertainty in communication, the more negative the impact on employee satisfaction.E) The less distortion in communication, the less employee satisfaction.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 158Topic: Implications for ManagersAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

85) Incongruities between verbal and nonverbal communicationA) seldom impact satisfaction.B) increase uncertainty and thereby reduce satisfaction.C) increase employee satisfaction.D) decrease uncertainty.E) rarely occur in organizational settings.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 158Topic: Implications for ManagersAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

86) No group can exist without communication.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 143

87) Communication must include either the transference or the understanding of meaning.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 143

327Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 328: Robbins Chapters

88) Reading is a form of communication.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 143Topic: The Communication Process

89) In the communication process, decoding should precede encoding.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 143Topic: The Communication Process

90) The means by which a communication is passed is called the conduit.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 143Topic: The Communication Process

91) Encryption is the process through which a message is converted into symbolic form.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

92) The encoder is the object to whom a message is directed.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

93) When two people are talking, the message that they exchange is referred to as noise.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

94) Feedback determines whether a message has been received.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

95) The receiver decodes the communication.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

96) Organizational communication can flow laterally or vertically.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

328Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 329: Robbins Chapters

97) When information is given to a subordinate, this process occurs through lateral communication.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

98) When feedback is being given to higher-level individuals in an organization, upward communication is taking place.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 145Topic: The Communication Process

99) Lateral communications are often created to short-circuit the vertical hierarchy within an organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 145Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

100) Lateral communication can create dysfunctional conflicts.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 145Topic: The Communication ProcessAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

101) Oral communication is the chief means of conveying messages among group members.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal Communication

102) The advantages of oral communication are precision and feedback.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

103) Oral communications are more likely than written communications to be logical and clear.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal Communication

104) Written communication has a built-in feedback mechanism.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

329Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 330: Robbins Chapters

105) Examples of nonverbal communication include messages transmitted by facial expressions and body movements.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 146Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

106) Body language can convey the relative perceived status between a sender and a receiver.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

107) Body language tends to make verbal communication less complicated.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal Communication

108) Facial expressions can indicate something quite different from the verbal message that a sender is communicating.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

109) During communication, the acceptable amount of physical space between individuals varies according to cultural norms.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal CommunicationAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

110) Three common small-group networks are chain, wheel, and global.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational Communication

111) The all-channel network uses one figure to act as the conduit for all of the group's communication.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational Communication

112) The grapevine is a type of chain communication.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

330Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 331: Robbins Chapters

113) The grapevine is perceived by most employees as being more believable and reliable than

formal communiqu s issued by management.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

114) Rumors flourish in ambiguous situations.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

115) Evidence indicates that about 90 percent of the information conveyed through the grapevine is accurate.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 149-150Topic: Organizational Communication

116) The potential for misinterpreting email messages is less than with verbal messages since they are in writing.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 150Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

117) Nearly 40% of companies have employees whose only job is to read other employees' email.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational Communication

118) It is recommended that employees maintain a strict "work-personal firewall" in their personal blogs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 151Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

119) IM and TM are expected to replace email.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 151-152Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

331Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 332: Robbins Chapters

120) Postings to social networks are seldom of interest to potential employers.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 152Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

121) Electronic mail is the ideal method for conveying messages that might evoke emotional responses.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 152Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

122) Many people say things in e-mails that they would never say to someone face-to-face.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 152Topic: Organizational Communication

123) Without travel, a meeting with Sarah in Hong Kong, Raul in Columbia, and Marie in Paris is possible with video conferencing.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 153Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

124) Most business executives are firmly committed to knowledge management.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 153Topic: Organizational Communication

125) The organization culture must support sharing of information for knowledge management to work.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 153Topic: Organizational Communication

126) In KM, more knowledge means better knowledge.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 154Topic: Organizational Communication

127) The Internet surveillance and monitoring practices of organizations seldom invade employees' privacy.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 154Topic: Organizational CommunicationAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

332Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 333: Robbins Chapters

128) It is safe for senders to assume that their words mean the same to the sender as they do to them.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 154Topic: Barriers to Effective CommunicationAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

129) Filtering is most likely to occur in organizations in which there are many vertical levels.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 154Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

130) Selective perception refers to manipulating information so that it will be seen more favorably by the receiver.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 155Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

131) Selective perception and information overload are barriers to effective communication.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 154-155Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

132) When the information we have to work with exceeds our processing capacity, the result is selective perception.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 155Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

133) Individuals have an infinite capacity for processing data.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 155Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

134) A receiver who is experiencing depression may interpret a message differently than a receiver who is in a positive mood.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 155Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

135) It is estimated that 5 to 20 percent of the population suffers from debilitating communication apprehension.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 155Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

333Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 334: Robbins Chapters

136) People who suffer from communication apprehension experience undue tension and anxiety only in oral communication.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 155-156Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

137) Cross-cultural communications may experience a barrier to effective communication caused by tone differences.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 156Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

138) People who speak different languages actually view the world in different ways.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 157Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) When communicating with people from a different culture, it is best to assume similarities until differences are proven.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 157Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

140) Incongruities between verbal and nonverbal communication is likely to reduce satisfaction.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 157Topic: Implications for ManagersAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

141) Describe the communication process. Explain the parts of this process.Answer: Before communication can take place, a purpose, expressed as a message to be conveyed, is needed. It passes between a source (the sender) and a receiver. The message is encoded (converted to a symbolic form) and passed by way of some medium (channel) to the receiver, who retranslates (decodes) the message initiated by the sender. The result is a transference of meaning from one person to another. The seven parts of the communication process are the source, encoding, the message, the channel, decoding, the receiver, and feedback. The source initiates a message by encoding a thought. The message is the actual physical product from the source encoding. The channel is the medium through which the message travels. The receiver is the object to whom the message is directed. The symbols must be translated into a form that can be understood by the receiver. This is the decoding. The final link is a feedback loop. Page Ref: 144Topic: The Communication Process

334Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 335: Robbins Chapters

142) What are the three basic methods of interpersonal communication?Answer: The three basic methods of interpersonal communication are oral, written, and nonverbal communication. The chief means of conveying messages is oral communication. Speeches, formal one-on-one and group discussions, and the informal rumor mill or grapevine are popular forms of oral communication. Written communications include memos, letters, electronic mail, fax transmissions, organizational periodicals, notices placed on bulletin boards, or any other device that is transmitted via written words or symbols. Nonverbal communications includes body movements, the intonations or emphasis we give to words, facial expressions, and the physical distance between the sender and receiver. Page Ref: 146-147Topic: Interpersonal Communication

143) Contrast the advantages and disadvantages of oral versus written communication.Answer: The advantages of oral communication are speed and feedback. A verbal message can be conveyed and a response received in a minimal amount of time. If the receiver is unsure of the message, rapid feedback allows for early detection by the sender and, hence, allows for early correction.

The major disadvantage of oral communication surfaces in organizations or whenever the message has to be passed through a number of people. The more people a message must pass through, the greater the potential distortion. The message's content, when it reaches its destination, is often very different from that of the original. In an organization, where decisions and other communiqués are verbally passed up and down the authority hierarchy, there are considerable opportunities for messages to become distorted.

The advantages of written communications include that they are often tangible and verifiable. When printed, both the sender and receiver have a record of the communication and the message can be stored for an indefinite period. If there are questions concerning the content of the message, it is physically available for later reference. This feature is particularly important for complex and lengthy communications. A final benefit of all written communication comes from the process itself. You're usually more careful with the written word than the oral word. You're forced to think more thoroughly about what you want to convey in a written message than in a spoken one. Thus, written communications are more likely to be well thought out, logical, and clear.

Written messages also have their drawbacks. They're time consuming. So, although writing may be more precise, it also consumes a great deal of time. The other major disadvantage is feedback, or lack of it. Oral communication allows the receiver to respond rapidly to what he thinks he hears. Written communication, however, does not have a built-in feedback mechanism. The result is that the mailing of a memo is no assurance it has been received, and, if received, there is no guarantee the recipient will interpret it as the sender intended.Page Ref: 146-147Topic: Interpersonal Communication

335Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 336: Robbins Chapters

144) Explain the concept of nonverbal communication.Answer: Nonverbal communication includes body movements, the intonations or emphasis we give to words, facial expressions, and the physical distance between the sender and receiver. Page Ref: 147Topic: Interpersonal Communication

145) Discuss the three common small group networks. Evaluate each on their effectiveness.Answer: The chain rigidly follows the formal chain of command. This network approximates the communication channels you might find in a rigid three-level organization. The wheel relies on a central figure to act as the conduit for all the group's communication. It stimulates the communication network you would find on a team with a strong leader. The all-channel network is most often characterized in practice by self-managed teams, in which all group members are free to contribute and no one person takes on a leadership role. The structure of the wheel facilitates the emergence of a leader. The all-channel network is best if you are concerned with having high member satisfaction. The chain is best if accuracy is most important. No single network will be best for all occasions. Page Ref: 148Topic: Organizational Communication

146) What is the grapevine?Answer: The grapevine is an informal communication system. While it is informal, it doesn't mean that it is not an important source of information. A survey found that 75 percent of employees hear about matters first through rumors on the grapevine. Page Ref: 149Topic: Organizational Communication

147) What are the limitations of e-mail?Answer: E-mail can be a distraction from work activities. Information overload is also a drawback. It's not unusual for employees to get a hundred or more e-mails a day. Reading, absorbing, and responding to such an inflow can literally consume an employee's entire day. In essence, e-mail's ease of use has become its biggest negative. Employees are finding it increasingly difficult to distinguish important e-mails from junk mail and irrelevant messages. Another drawback of e-mails is that they lack emotional content. The nonverbal cues don't come across in e-mail. They can be cold and impersonal. As such, it's not the ideal means to convey information like layoffs, plant closings, or other messages that might evoke emotional responses and require empathy or social support. There is a high potential for misinterpreting email messages. Finally, there are two privacy issues with email. First, employees must be aware that their e-mails may be (and usually are) monitored. Second, you can't always trust that the recipient of your e-mail will keep it confidential. The recommendation is not to write anything that you would not want made public.Page Ref: 150-151Topic: Organizational Communication

336Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 337: Robbins Chapters

148) List and explain five of the barriers to effective communication.Answer: Filtering refers to a sender's purposely manipulating information so it will be seen more favorably by the receiver. Selective perception occurs when receivers process communication selectively to see and hear based on their needs, motivations, experience, background, and other personal characteristics. When the information we have to work with exceeds our processing capacity, the result is information overload. Emotions serve as a barrier to effective communication. How the receiver feels at the time of receipt of a communication message will influence how he or she interprets it. Words mean different things to different people. Age, education, and cultural background are three of the most obvious variables that influence the language a person uses and the definitions he or she gives to words. Communication apprehension is a major barrier to effective communication that affects 5 to 20 percent of the population. People who suffer from communication apprehension experience undue tension and anxiety in oral communication, written communication, or both. Page Ref: 154-156Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

149) Describe and discuss specific problems related to cross-cultural communication.Answer: There are four specific problems related to language difficulties in cross-cultural communications. First, there are barriers caused by semantics. Second, there are barriers caused by word connotations. Third are barriers caused by tone differences. Fourth, there are barriers caused by differences among perceptions. Cultures tend to differ in the importance to which context influences the meaning that individuals take from what is actually said or written versus who the other person is. High-context cultures rely heavily on nonverbal and subtle situational cues when communicating with others. What is not said may be more significant than what is said. A person's official status, place in society, and reputation carry considerable weight in communications. People in low-context cultures rely essentially on words to convey meaning. Body language or formal titles are secondary to spoken and written words. Page Ref: 157Topic: Barriers to Effective Communication

150) Discuss four ways to reduce misinterpretations when communicating with people from a different culture.Answer: The following four rules can be helpful when communicating with people from

different cultures.1. Assume differences until similarity is proven. You are less likely to make an error if you

assume others are different from you rather than assuming similarity until differences are proven.

2. Emphasize description rather than interpretation or evaluation. Delay judgment until you've had sufficient time to observe and interpret the situations from the differing perspectives of all the cultures involved.

3. Practice empathy. Before sending a message, put yourself in the recipient's shoes.4. Treat your interpretations as a working hypothesis. Recognize that you need further testing of

your hypothesis. Carefully assess the feedback provided by recipients to see if it confirms your hypothesis.

Page Ref: 157Topic: Global Implications

337Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 338: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 11 Leadership

1) Leadership is best defined as ________.A) the ability to influence a group in goal achievementB) keeping order and consistency in the midst of changeC) implementing the vision and strategy provided by managementD) coordinating and staffing the organization and handling day-to-day problemsE) not a relevant variable in modern organizationsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 159Topic: What Is Leadership?

2) Which of the following roles focuses on bringing about order and consistency by drawing up formal plans?A) leadershipB) managementC) task structureD) initiating structureE) production orientationAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 159Topic: What Is Leadership?

3) John Kotter's view argues that management focuses on coping with complexity, whereas leadership focuses on coping with ________.A) conflictB) successC) defeatD) moraleE) change Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 159Topic: What Is Leadership?

4) Which of the following statements regarding leadership is true?A) All leaders are managers.B) Formal rights enable managers to lead effectively.C) All managers are leaders.D) All leaders are hierarchically superior to followers.E) Non-sanctioned leadership is often as important as or more important than formal influence.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 160Topic: What Is Leadership?

338Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 339: Robbins Chapters

5) Which of the following statements best characterizes the function of leadership within an organization?A) Leadership is more important than management.B) Vision is a common thread throughout the research on leadership.C) Management is more important than leadership.D) Leaders establish direction by developing a vision of the future; then they align people by communicating this vision and inspiring them to overcome hurdles.E) Leaderships and management are interchangeable terms.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160Topic: What Is Leadership?

6) Evidence today suggests that traits can predict leadership. This is primarily due to the research surroundingA) the Big Five.B) American Presidents.C) behavioral theories.D) emotional intelligence.E) all of the aboveAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 160Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

7) Which theory states that people are born with certain characteristics that predispose them to being leaders?A) Fiedler's perspectiveB) characteristic theoryC) LPCD) contingency theoryE) trait theory Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 160Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

8) Which two common traits of leaders are part of the Big Five personality trait of extraversion?A) conscientiousness and agreeablenessB) ambition and energyC) energy and openness to experienceD) ambition and conscientiousnessE) energy and emotional stabilityAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

339Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 340: Robbins Chapters

9) Your company's HR director is a believer in trait theories of leadership. He believes that he can differentiate leaders from non-leaders by focusing on personal qualities and characteristics. He asks for your expertise in helping him to apply trait theory to leadership selection within your company. You explain that research efforts at isolating leadership traits haveA) identified six leadership traits that definitely predict leadership.B) been supportive of the Big Five leadership traits predicting leadership.C) shown that conscientiousness does not help much in predicting leadership.D) identified emotional stability as the most strongly related trait to leader emergence.E) been more focused on developing contingency theories and replacing trait theories.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 160-161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

10) Your company's HR director is a believer in trait theories of leadership. He believes that he can differentiate leaders from non-leaders by focusing on personal qualities and characteristics. He asks for your expertise in helping him to apply trait theory to leadership selection within your company. When selecting individuals for leadership positions, trait theory suggests that which of the following is least helpful for identifying leaders?A) extraversionB) conscientiousnessC) openness to experienceD) agreeablenessE) ambitionAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160-161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

11) The HR director plans to promote Lawrence, a highly extroverted manager with a great deal of assertiveness. The director believes that because of his innate characteristics, Lawrence will be highly effective at helping the company achieve its production goals. You advise the director against this decision becauseA) research has identified emotional stability as the strongest predictor of leadership effectiveness.B) studies have found that the Big Five traits are difficult to identify in leaders.C) studies have shown that highly assertive leaders were less effective than those who were moderately assertive.D) research has found that conscientiousness is a better predictor of effectiveness than extraversion.E) research has shown that effective managers are often unlikely to become effective leaders.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160-161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

340Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 341: Robbins Chapters

12) There is fairly strong evidence that traits can predict ________ more accurately than leadership effectiveness.A) leadership emergenceB) extraversion in leadersC) leadership awareness D) leadership competenceE) the conscientiousness of leadersAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

13) Suddenly your boss begins sending people to training to help them develop more effective leadership characteristics. It is clear that he is reading an author who supports ________.A) trait theoriesB) behavioral theoriesC) Fiedler's contingency modelD) the reflection effectE) the managerial gridAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

14) You are the CEO of an engineering design firm that has several departments, each specializing in the design of different products. You have noticed a great deal of difference between the styles of the various department directors. You also see a big difference in the morale, employee satisfaction levels, and effectiveness (productivity) levels of the departments. One of your goals as CEO is to maximize productivity across all departments. As you look at the difference between the department directors, you notice that some are more charismatic and enthusiastic than others. In identifying this difference, you are looking at the directors' ________.A) behaviorsB) traitsC) valuesD) attitudesE) all of the aboveAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

341Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 342: Robbins Chapters

15) Which of the following statements is true concerning emotional intelligence and leadership?A) The research indicates a strong positive correlation between EI and leadership effectiveness.B) The research indicates a strong negative correlation between EI and leadership effectiveness.C) Researchers are not confident about the connection between EI and leadership.D) The link between EI and leadership effectiveness is the most investigated.E) There is no relationship between EI and leadership effectiveness.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

16) If behavioral leadership theories are correct, then ________.A) leadership behaviors are consistentB) leaders are born with leadership behaviorsC) leaders' behavior should be alteredD) leadership skills can be taught through trainingE) women generally make better leaders than menAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

17) The two dimensions of leader behavior explained in the Ohio State studies are ________.A) coercion and motivationB) concern for people and concern for productionC) employee-oriented and production-orientedD) initiating structure and considerationE) operant conditioning and classical conditioningAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

18) According to the Ohio State studies, the extent to which a leader's behavior is directed toward getting the job done is called ________.A) considerationB) maximizationC) relationship-orientedD) path-goalE) initiating structure Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

342Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 343: Robbins Chapters

19) According to the Ohio State studies, the extent to which a leader is likely to have job relationships characterized by mutual trust and respect for his/her employees is ________.A) considerationB) matrixC) consensus-buildingD) LPCE) maximizationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

20) A leader high in initiating structure would do which of the following?A) Seek consensus.B) Exhibit laissez-faire type of leadership.C) Maximize leader-member relations.D) Assign group members to particular tasks.E) Empower employees to make their own decisions.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

21) Trait research focused on ________, whereas behavioral studies focused on ________.A) underlying traits; observable behaviorB) the task at hand; relationshipsC) observable behavior; specific leader activitiesD) observable behavior; underlying traitsE) identifying certain traits in leaders; relationships leaders engaged inAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

343Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 344: Robbins Chapters

22) Your boss has been reading several books on leadership. You notice that every few months he is spouting a different approach and philosophy. You have been trying to keep up with him and figure out which "leadership theory of the month" he is studying. This month, he seems to be focusing on whether the managers are employee-oriented or production-oriented. You deduce that he has been reading ________.A) Hersey and BlanchardB) Vroom and YettonC) FiedlerD) HouseE) the University of Michigan studiesAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

23) Some of the departmental directors spend more time training and helping their employees, while other spend more time on the technical issues that arise in the development process. According to the categories used in the University of Michigan studies, the directors can be described as ________.A) oriented toward initiating structure vs. oriented toward considerationB) employee-oriented vs. production-orientedC) training-oriented vs. development-orientedD) assistance-oriented vs. growth-orientedE) authority-type leaders vs. laissez-faire-type leadersAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

24) Based on the results of the University of Michigan studies, which department leaders most likely have departments with higher productivity and job satisfaction?A) the employee-oriented leadersB) the production-oriented leadersC) the consideration-oriented leaders D) the development-oriented leadersE) the task-oriented leadersAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

344Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 345: Robbins Chapters

25) The two dimensions of leadership behavior identified in the University of Michigan studies are ________.A) coercion and motivationB) emotional and rationalC) employee-oriented and production-orientedD) initiating structure and considerationE) initiation and completionAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

26) The University of Michigan studies define a(n) ________ leader as one who takes personal interest in the needs of his/her subordinates. A) LMXB) contextualC) employee-orientedD) consensus-buildingE) consummateAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

27) If a leader's main concern is accomplishing his/her group's tasks, the University of Michigan studies label this leader ________.A) consideration-orientedB) managerialC) ineffectiveD) high achievingE) production-oriented Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

28) According to University of Michigan researchers, which type of leader is associated with higher group productivity and higher job satisfaction?A) situational B) employee-oriented C) production-oriented D) initiating structure-oriented E) heliocentricAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

345Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 346: Robbins Chapters

29) The graphic portrayal of a two-dimensional view of leadership style by Blake and Mouton is known as the ________.A) least preferred co-worker scaleB) leader-participation modelC) autocratic-democratic continuumD) managerial gridE) matrix of discretionAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

30) Which of the following is not a behavioral theory of leadership?A) Ohio State studiesB) Fiedler modelC) University of Michigan studiesD) Blake and Mouton's managerial gridE) none of the aboveAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

31) Which of the following proposed a contingency theory?A) Fiedler B) BlakeC) WeberD) MoutonE) KelleherAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

32) All contingency theories are based on the idea that effective leadership performance depends on ________.A) the proper match between the leader's style and the control the situation gives the leaderB) selecting the right leadership style based on the level of the followers' readinessC) using a leadership style that is appropriate to the situational conditionsD) making use of the best path for the goal that is identifiedE) the "right" traitsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

346Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 347: Robbins Chapters

33) Which of the following developed the LPC (least preferred co-worker) questionnaire?A) Ohio State UniversityB) FiedlerC) HouseD) Blake and MoutonE) University of MichiganAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

34) The first comprehensive contingency model for leadership was developed by ________.A) Hersey and BlanchardB) Blake and MoutonC) Fred FiedlerD) John KotterE) Douglas SurberAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

35) You have noticed that your boss is often asking you what types of peers you least like to work with. You suspect that he is trying to covertly determine your leadership style according to ________.A) the University of Michigan studiesB) the Ohio State studiesC) FiedlerD) trait theoryE) LMX theoryAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

36) Which model represents the theory that effective leadership depends upon a proper match between a leader's style of interacting with subordinates and the degree to which the situation gives control and influence to the leader?A) Leader-Member Exchange ModelB) Fiedler's Contingency ModelC) Hersey and Blanchard's Situational Leadership ModelD) Vroom and Yetton's Leader-Participation ModelE) the Ohio State studiesAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

347Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 348: Robbins Chapters

37) In Fiedler's model, if a respondent describes his or her least preferred co-worker in relatively positive terms, then the respondent is considered to be ________.A) relationship-orientedB) positiveC) consensus-buildingD) consideration-focusedE) unrealisticAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

38) If a survey respondent sees his or her least preferred co-worker in unfavorable terms, Fiedler would categorize the respondent as ________.A) overly criticalB) task-orientedC) emotionally deficientD) insightfulE) laissez-faireAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

39) Fiedler labels the degree of confidence, trust, and respect that subordinates have in their leader as ________.A) leader-member relationsB) relationship orientationC) positional powerD) employee-orientationE) contextAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

348Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 349: Robbins Chapters

40) Fran completes the LPC questionnaire and finds that she described her least-preferred co-worker in relatively positive terms. She is surprised by this finding because she recalls being particularly annoyed by this difficult co-worker. Based on your understanding of Fiedler's model, you explain to Fran that her LPC score makes sense within the model because:A) Fran tends to become very dominating when given ambiguous tasks.B) Fran is usually much more focused on productivity than on developing relationships.C) Fran tends in general to focus on building good relationships with the other employees at your company.D) Fran has a spotty work history and has tended to switch jobs every couple of years.E) Fran is usually chosen for positions of high responsibility within your organization.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

41) Fiedler's contingency model assumes that an individual's leadership style is ________.A) changeableB) contingentC) situationalD) fixedE) intangibleAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

42) You have decided to use Fiedler's LPC questionnaire to help your employees learn more about their leadership styles. Each of your employees has filled out and scored the instrument. It is your job to try to explain to them how to use the survey information. According to Fiedler's approach, your employees should assume which of the following about the leadership styles determined through using the survey?A) Each person's style is essentially fixed.B) Each person can use the information to change his/her style to a more productive style.C) Task-oriented leaders will not perform as well as relationship-oriented leaders in situations that are very unfavorable.D) Task-oriented leaders will perform better than relationship-oriented leaders in moderately favorable situations.E) Each person's style will change in accordance with the situation at hand.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

349Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 350: Robbins Chapters

43) Three situational criteria identified in the Fiedler model are ________.A) job requirements, position power, and leadership abilityB) charisma, influence, and leader-member relationsC) leader-member relations, task structure, and position powerD) task structure, leadership ability, and group conflictE) emotional intelligence, group orientation, and employee statusAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163-164Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

44) The degree to which job assignments are procedurized is classified in the Fiedler model as ________.A) leader-member relationsB) task orientationC) task structureD) initiating structureE) productivity orientedAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163-164Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

45) The Fiedler model proposesA) changing the leader.B) changing the situation.C) matching leaders and situations.D) changing the employees.E) training the leader to match each situation.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 164Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

46) Fiedler's theory predicts that an individual who is considered task oriented will be most effective when the situation is ________.A) moderately to highly favorableB) moderately favorableC) moderately to highly unfavorableD) very favorable or very unfavorableE) highly favorableAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 164-165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

350Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 351: Robbins Chapters

47) Based on the contingency theory, if the leadership style does not match the situation, you should ________.A) change the leader to fit the situationB) change the situation to fit the leaderC) accept this circumstance as unchangeableD) either change the leader to fit the situation or change the situation to fit the leader.E) retrain the leader in a more appropriate styleAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

48) Which of the following is NOT a problem with Fiedler's LPC Scale?A) It's difficult to determine how good the leader-member relations are.B) It's difficult to determine how structured the task is.C) It's difficult to determine how much position power the leader has.D) The LPC Scales are not stable.E) The logic underlying the LPC Scale is too rigid.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

49) Which of the following theories argues that because of time pressures, leaders establish a special relationship with a small group of their subordinates?A) managerial gridB) leader-member exchangeC) path-goalD) expectancyE) contingencyAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

50) According to LMX theory, which of the following is not true of those individuals who fall into the out-group?A) They receive a disproportionate amount of the leader's attention.B) They have leader-follower relations based on formal authority interaction.C) They are less trusted.D) They receive fewer of the preferred rewards that the leader controls.E) The members of the out group are treated differently than members of the in group.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

351Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 352: Robbins Chapters

51) According to LMX theory, a leader implicitly categorizes followers as "in" or "out" ________.A) after careful analysisB) on a temporary basisC) early in the interactionD) because of political pressureE) based on job requirementsAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

52) As you have observed your department manager and her interactions with the department's employees, you have come to believe in LMX theory. Sarah and Joe get less of the manager's time.

Sally gets fewer of the preferred rewards that the manager controls and John has a relationship with the manager based on formal authority interactions. Rebecca is trusted.

Jennifer gets a disproportionate amount of the manager's attention and is more likely to receive special privileges. According to LMX theory, the in-group is likely to be comprised of ________.A) Rebecca and Jennifer onlyB) Jennifer onlyC) Rebecca onlyD) John, Rebecca, and Jennifer onlyE) Sarah, Joe, Sally, and John onlyAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 165-166Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

352Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 353: Robbins Chapters

53) As you have observed your department manager and her interactions with the department's employees, you have come to believe in LMX theory. Sarah and Joe get less of the manager's time.

Sally gets fewer of the preferred rewards that the manager controls and John has a relationship with the manager based on formal authority interactions. Rebecca is trusted.

Jennifer gets a disproportionate amount of the manager's attention and is more likely to receive special privileges. According to LMX theory, which of the following employees is likely to be included in the out-group?A) Rebecca onlyB) Jennifer onlyC) Sarah and Jennifer onlyD) Sarah and Joe onlyE) Sarah, Joe, Sally, and John onlyAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 165-166Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

54) As you have observed your department manager and her interactions with the department's employees, you have come to believe in LMX theory. Sarah and Joe get less of the manager's time.

Sally gets fewer of the preferred rewards that the manager controls and John has a relationship with the manager based on formal authority interactions. Rebecca is trusted.

Jennifer gets a disproportionate amount of the manager's attention and is more likely to receive special privileges. When you look at this department's performance evaluations, you expect to find that ________.A) Rebecca and Jennifer have high ratings.B) Rebecca, John, and Jennifer have high ratings.C) Rebecca and Jennifer have high ratings, John has moderate ratings, and the rest of the employees have low ratings.D) John has received more promotions than any of the other employees.E) Rebecca and John compete with each other for the highest ratings.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 165-166Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

353Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 354: Robbins Chapters

55) As you have observed your department manager and her interactions with the department's employees, you have come to believe in LMX theory. Sarah and Joe get less of the manager's time.

Sally gets fewer of the preferred rewards that the manager controls and John has a relationship with the manager based on formal authority interactions. Rebecca is trusted.

Jennifer gets a disproportionate amount of the manager's attention and is more likely to receive special privileges. The manager of this particular department is very goal-oriented in his leadership style and also values employees who are goal-oriented.

Which of the following employees is also likely to be very goal-oriented?A) SarahB) JenniferC) JoeD) SallyE) JohnAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165-166Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

56) According to LMX theory, followers with in-group status will have all of the following EXCEPTA) higher performance ratings than out-group members.B) lower turnover intentions.C) more characteristics in common with the leader.D) greater satisfaction with their supervisors.E) higher overall satisfaction than the out-group members.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 166Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

57) Now your boss seems to be trying to analyze each leader according to which employees they interact with most and least, and which employees they rate highest and lowest. You suspect that he is reading about which of the following models?A) MBTIB) LMXC) LPCD) FiedlerE) Managerial GridAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165-166Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

354Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 355: Robbins Chapters

58) Leaders can influence how others see and understand events by A) framing.B) delegating.C) directing.D) using LMX theory.E) engaging in charismatic leadership.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 167Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

59) Who was the first scholar to discuss charismatic leadership?A) Max WeberB) VroomC) HouseD) FiedlerE) Blake Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 167Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

60) Which of the following is not true of charismatic leaders?A) They have a vision and the ability to articulate the vision.B) They have behavior that is unconventional.C) They are willing to take high personal risk.D) They exhibit behaviors that are consistent with their followers' behaviors.E) All of the above are true.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 167-168Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

61) The author of the text would be most likely to disagree with which of the following statements regarding charismatic leaders?A) Charismatic leaders routinely express confidence that followers can attain established goals.B) Charismatic leaders typically communicate high performance expectations of their followers.C) Charismatic leaders are known for conveying new sets of values to their followers.D) Charismatic leaders are better at describing positive behaviors than demonstrating those behaviors in practice.E) Charismatic leaders are skilled at articulating appealing visions for their organizations. Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 167-168Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

355Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 356: Robbins Chapters

62) According to the text, a person can learn to become more charismatic by displaying all of the following characteristics EXCEPTA) maintaining an optimistic view.B) creating a bond that inspires others to follow.C) communicating information only with a select group of close advisors.D) bringing out the potential in followers by tapping into their emotions.E) using a captivating and engaging tone of voice.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 167-168Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

63) You are an employee in a large organization. In this organization, there are two senior managers. The first of these mangers, John, prides himself on his ability to help his subordinates understand their roles in achieving company goals. He defines clear-cut steps for his subordinates to use in completing projects, and rewards them for using proven strategies. The second manager, Alan, feels that his role should be to provide individualized consideration and intellectual stimulation. His approach encourages creative problem solving and the development of new ideas. Most of the workers believe that both leaders are well trained, but Alan's employees remark that Alan seems to have a special leadership quality that sets him apart from the other managers. That special leadership quality that people notice when they work with Alan may be termed ________.A) transformationB) trustC) charismaD) framingE) transactionAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 167-168Topic: Contemporary Approaches to LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

356Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 357: Robbins Chapters

64) You are an employee in a large organization. In this organization, there are two senior managers. The first of these mangers, John, prides himself on his ability to help his subordinates understand their roles in achieving company goals. He defines clear-cut steps for his subordinates to use in completing projects, and rewards them for using proven strategies. The second manager, Alan, feels that his role should be to provide individualized consideration and intellectual stimulation. His approach encourages creative problem solving and the development of new ideas. Most of the workers believe that both leaders are well trained, but Alan's employees remark that Alan seems to have a special leadership quality that sets him apart from the other managers. In his role as manager, Alan most likely exhibits all of the following characteristics EXCEPT ________.A) engaging in unconventional behaviorB) making self-sacrificesC) acting in his own best interestsD) setting an example for others to followE) responsive to others' needsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 168Topic: Contemporary Approaches to LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

65) Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of charismatic leaders?A) visionB) providing rewardsC) sensitivity to follower needsD) exhibiting behaviors that are out of the ordinaryE) willingness to take personal risks to achieve their visionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 11-3Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

66) Martin Luther King's "I have a dream" speech is an example of howA) followers "catch" the emotions their leader is conveying.B) repetition is effective.C) transactional leadership relies first on transformational leadership.D) charismatic leadership fails to incite followers.E) all of the aboveAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 169Topic: Contemporary Approaches to LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

357Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 358: Robbins Chapters

67) The dark side of charismatic leadership can be seen whenA) the lines between their personal interests and their organization's interests become blurred.B) personal goals override the organization's goals.C) they are intolerant of criticism.D) they surround themselves with "yes people" who are rewarded for pleasing them.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 169-170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

68) According to the text, transactional leadership is addressed by all of the following leadership theories EXCEPT ________.A) transformational leadership theoryB) trait theoryC) Fiedler's model D) the Ohio State studiesE) the University of Michigan studies.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

69) The type of leader who guides or motivates his or her followers in the direction of established goals by clarifying role and task requirements is known as a(n) ________ leader.A) transactional B) charismatic C) transformational D) transcendent E) actuarialAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

70) The text implies that the type of leader likely to have the most profound effect on his or her followers is the ________ leader.A) educational B) transformational C) actuarial D) transcendentE) transactional Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

358Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 359: Robbins Chapters

71) The text suggests that transactional and transformational leadership should be viewed as ________.A) equivalent to charismatic leadershipB) opposing approaches to accomplishing goalsC) subcomponents of situational leadershipD) the building blocks of charismatic leadershipE) cumulative forms of leadership with transformational built on top of transactional leadershipAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

72) You are an employee in a large organization. In this organization, there are two senior managers. The first of these managers, John, prides himself on his ability to help his subordinates understand their roles in achieving company goals. He defines clear-cut steps for his subordinates to use in completing projects, and rewards them for using proven strategies. The second manager, Alan, feels that his role should be to provide individualized consideration and intellectual stimulation. His approach encourages creative problem solving and the development of new ideas. Most of the workers believe that both leaders are well trained, but Alan's employees remark that Alan seems to have a special leadership quality that sets him apart from the other managers. The passage implies which of the following about the effectiveness of the two managers' leadership styles?A) Alan and John are not effective leaders, because neither helps define the vision of the organization.B) Alan is a more effective leader than John, because he encourages creativity in his employees.C) Alan and John are equally effective as leaders, because both employ transformational leadership styles.D) John is a more effective leader than Alan, because he encourages his employees to use proven methods.E) John is more effective than Alan at inspiring employees, while Alan is more effective than John at achieving goals.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

359Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 360: Robbins Chapters

73) You are an employee in a large organization. In this organization, there are two senior managers. The first of these mangers, John, prides himself on his ability to help his subordinates understand their roles in achieving company goals. He defines clear-cut steps for his subordinates to use in completing projects, and rewards them for using proven strategies. The second manager, Alan, feels that his role should be to provide individualized consideration and intellectual stimulation. His approach encourages creative problem solving and the development of new ideas. Most of the workers believe that both leaders are well trained, but Alan's employees remark that Alan seems to have a special leadership quality that sets him apart from the other managers. Based on the information given in the passage, Alan is most likely a(n) ________ leader.A) transactionalB) emotion-basedC) transformationalD) transcendentE) reactionalAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 171Topic: Contemporary Approaches to LeadershipAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

74) Evidence indicates that transactional leadership is more strongly correlated than transformational leadership with ________.A) higher employee satisfactionB) higher productivityC) higher employee turnoverD) reduced operating costsE) none of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 173Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

75) Leaders who know who they are, know what they believe in and value, and act on those values and beliefs openly and candidly are known asA) ethical leaders.B) authentic leaders.C) transformational leaders.D) transactional leaders.E) charismatic leaders.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 174Topic: Authentic Leadership: Are Ethics The Foundation of Leadership?

360Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 361: Robbins Chapters

76) As a leader, Joseph conveys values that are other-centered versus self-centered and models ethical conduct. He is demonstratingA) transformational leadership.B) socialized charismatic leadership.C) charismatic leadership.D) transactional leadership.E) dark charismatic leadership.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 174Topic: Authentic Leadership: Are Ethics The Foundation of Leadership?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

77) The ________ theory of leadership views leadership traits as ascribed to individuals based on followers' perceptions of them. A) fundamental B) attribution C) perception D) organizationalE) contingencyAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 175Topic: Challenges to the Leadership Construct

78) According to the attribution theory of leadership, the key to being characterized as an "effective leader" is projecting the ________ of being a leader rather than focusing on ________.A) appearance; actual accomplishmentsB) image; overcoming challengesC) facade; realityD) look; eventsE) attributes; substanceAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 175Topic: Challenges to the Leadership Construct

79) ________ make it impossible for leader behavior to make any difference to follower outcomes.A) SubstitutesB) NeutralizersC) Higher-level leadersD) DeterrentsE) Authentic leadersAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 176Topic: Challenges to the Leadership Construct

361Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 362: Robbins Chapters

80) Organizational characteristics that can be substitutes for leadership include all of the following EXCEPTA) explicit formalized goals.B) rigid rules and procedures.C) cohesive work groups.D) mentor relationships.E) formalized goals.Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 176Topic: Challenges to the Leadership ConstructAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

81) The VP of Human Resources of the Acme Company is interested in identifying individuals who will be effective leaders. Which of the following tools might she use in this search?A) Personality tests to identify extraversionB) InterviewsC) reviews of situation-specific experienceD) personality tests to identify conscientiousnessE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 177Topic: Finding and Creating Effective Leaders

82) Which company was called the "Leadership Factory" as a result of their reputation for developing leaders?A) DisneyB) Southwest AirlinesC) General ElectricD) Goldman SachsE) Yahoo!Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 177Topic: Finding and Creating Effective Leaders

83) According to the text, which of the following skills should be included in leadership training?A) vision implementationB) trust buildingC) situational analysisD) mentoringE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 178Topic: Finding and Creating Effective Leaders

362Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 363: Robbins Chapters

84) Based on the GLOBE student, which leadership characteristic might be the most effective in leading a team of Brazilian employees?A) low on considerationB) low LPC scoresC) emphasis on participative decision-makingD) dictatorial in natureE) task-orientedAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 178Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

85) Which of the following statements reflects the findings of global research on leadership?A) Charismatic/transformational leadership generalizes across cultures.B) Participative leadership styles generalize across cultures.C) High LPC leadership styles generalize across cultures.D) High consideration styles generalize across cultures.E) Traditional leadership styles generalize across cultures.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 179Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

86) Leadership and management are two terms that are often confused.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 159Topic: What Is Leadership?

87) According to Kotter, management focuses on coping with change; leadership focuses on coping with complexity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 159Topic: What Is Leadership?

88) Leadership can be defined as the ability to influence a group towards the achievement of cohesiveness.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 160Topic: What Is Leadership?

89) Holding a management position is an important step towards becoming a leader in an organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160Topic: What Is Leadership?

363Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 364: Robbins Chapters

90) Strong leadership is the primary element needed for optimum organizational effectiveness.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160Topic: What Is Leadership?

91) Research efforts at isolating leadership traits achieved a breakthrough, of sorts, when researchers began organizing traits around the Big Five personality framework.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

92) By the 1990s, numerous studies indicated that leaders differed from non-leaders only in ambition and self-confidence.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 160Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

93) The Big Five personality framework revealed that traits are most useful as predictors of leadership.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 160Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

94) One assumption of the trait view of leadership is that leaders cannot be trained.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

95) The link between EI and leadership effectiveness has been well established in the research.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

96) If behavioral theories of leadership are valid, we could have an infinite supply of effective leaders.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

97) The most comprehensive and replicated of the behavioral theories resulted from research begun by Fred Fiedler.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

364Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 365: Robbins Chapters

98) The Ohio State Studies involved research on two leadership dimensionsinitiating structure and consideration.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

99) A leader designated as high on initiating structure would be likely to clearly define the roles of his or her subordinates.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of LeadershipAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

100) According to the University of Michigan studies, production-oriented leadership is defined as the extent to which a leader tends to emphasize the technical or task aspects of the job.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

101) The University of Michigan studies found that production-oriented leaders were associated with higher group productivity than employee-oriented leaders.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

102) The managerial grid was developed by a team of researchers known as the Scandinavian Studies group.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

103) The managerial grid model of leadership is based on the styles "concern for people" and "concern for production."Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 162Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

104) The Fiedler contingency model proposes that effective group performance depends upon the proper match between a leader's style and the degree to which a situation gives control to the leader.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

365Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 366: Robbins Chapters

105) Fiedler's contingency model is considered to be the first comprehensive contingency model for leadership.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

106) Contingency models of leadership suggest that there is no one best style of leadership, but rather the situation and the conditions must be considered.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

107) Fiedler believes that a key factor in leadership success is the follower's preferences for co-worker types.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

108) Fiedler's findings focused on results obtained from his pioneering use of the most preferred co-worker (MPC) questionnaire.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

109) In Fiedler's approach, if a respondent uses unfavorable terms to describe the co-worker in question, the respondent can be said to be primarily task-oriented.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

110) Fiedler's theory is based on the assumption that leaders can't change their styles to fit changing situations.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

111) According to Fiedler, task structure is the degree to which the job assignments are procedurized.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

366Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 367: Robbins Chapters

112) According to Fiedler, leader-member relations concern the degree to which a leader takes a personal interest in the needs of his or her employees and accepts individual differences among them.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 163Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

113) Fiedler's three situational factors include: leader-member relations, task structure, and stress.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 163-164Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

114) According to Fiedler's contingency model, task-oriented leaders are most effective in situations of high or low control.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

115) Fiedler's theory suggests that training is an effective tool to improve leader effectiveness.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

116) Fiedler assumes that we should concentrate on changing situations to suit the leaders or changing the leaders to fit the situation.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

117) Taken as a whole, tests of the overall validity of the Fiedler model tend to support substantial parts of the model.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

118) One of the most cited flaws in the Fiedler leadership model is that it fails to take into account the formal authority of the leader.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

367Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 368: Robbins Chapters

119) Studies regarding the Fiedler model have shown that respondents' questionnaire scores tend to be relatively stable.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

120) One criticism of the Fiedler model concerns the fact that the logic underlying the model's questionnaire is not well understood.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

121) One advantage of the Fiedler model is that its contingency variables are simple and easy to assess.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

122) In the leader-member exchange theory, leaders don't treat all of their subordinates alike.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

123) According to LMX theory, out-group members get more of the leader's time, but in a negative manner.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

124) In the leader-member exchange theory, leaders establish a special relationship with a small group of employees called the "supportive followers."Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

125) Research testing LMX theory has been generally supportive.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 166Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

126) According to LMX theory, followers with in-group status will have lower turnover intentions than the out-group members.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 166Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

368Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 369: Robbins Chapters

127) According to charismatic leadership theory, followers make attributions of heroic leadership abilities when they observe certain behaviors.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 167Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

128) Most researchers have concluded that charisma is an innate trait.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 167Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

129) Charismatic leadership is necessary to achieve high levels of employee performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 169Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

130) Transformational leadership builds on top of transactional leadership.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

131) Transactional leaders are always charismatic leaders.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 171Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

132) One study found that vision was even more important than a charismatic communication style when explaining the success of entrepreneurial firms.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 172Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

133) There is an increasing body of research that shows impressive correlations between transactional leadership and higher productivity, lower turnover rates, and higher employee satisfaction.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 173Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

134) The primary quality produced by authentic leaders is trust.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 174Topic: Authentic Leadership: Are Ethics The Foundation of Leadership?

369Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 370: Robbins Chapters

135) According to the attribution theory of leadership, most leaders do not possess the characteristics that individuals attribute to them.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 175Topic: Challenges to the Leadership Construct

136) In the attribution leadership literature, effective leaders are generally considered to be flexible and responsive in their decisions.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 175Topic: Challenges to the Leadership Construct

137) Leadership neutralizers make it possible for a leader to make a difference in follower outcomes.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 176Topic: Challenges to the Leadership Construct

138) The interview is the primary tool available for identifying and selecting strong leaders.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 177Topic: Finding and Creating Effective Leaders

139) For the most part, people are equally trainable.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 178Topic: Finding and Creating Effective Leaders

140) There is evidence suggesting that behavioral training can increase an individual's ability to exhibit charismatic leadership qualities.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 178Topic: Finding and Creating Effective Leaders

141) What is the difference between leadership and management?Answer: Leadership is defined as the ability to influence a group toward the achievement of goals. Leadership is about coping with change, management is about coping with complexity. Good management brings about order and consistency by drawing up formal plans, designing rigid organization structures, and monitoring results against plans. Management consists of implementing the vision and strategy provided by leaders, coordinating and staffing the organization, and handling day-to-day problems. Page Ref: 159-160Topic: What Is Leadership?

370Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 371: Robbins Chapters

142) What "breakthrough" resulted in consistent and strong support for traits as predictors of leadership?Answer: When researchers began organizing traits around the Big Five personality framework, it became clear that most of the dozens of traits that emerged in various leadership reviews could be subsumed under one of the Big Five.This approach resulted in consistent and strong support for traits as predictors of leadership emergence.Page Ref: 160Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

143) What are the implications of the behavioral theories of leadership?Answer: The failures of early trait studies led researchers to go in the direction of behavioral theories. These theories focused on observable behaviors, as opposed to underlying traits. One relative advantage of the behavioral approach is that, since behaviors can be learned, we could train people to be leaders. Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

144) Identify and explain the two dimensions of leadership described in the Ohio State studies.Answer: The Ohio State studies proposed that two categories accounted for most of the leadership behavior described by employees. They called these two dimensions initiating structure and consideration. Initiating structure refers to the extent to which a leader is likely to define and structure his or her role and those of employees in the search for goal attainment. Consideration is described as the extent to which a person is likely to have job relationships that are characterized by mutual trust, respect for employees' ideas, and regard for their feelings. Page Ref: 161Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

371Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 372: Robbins Chapters

145) Explain Fiedler's contingency model. In your discussion, describe the role of the LPC (least preferred coworker) questionnaire and identify the key situational factors that determine leadership effectiveness, according to this model.Answer: Fred Fiedler developed the first comprehensive contingency model for leadership. This model proposes that effective group performance depends upon the proper match between the leader's style and the degree to which the situation gives control to the leader. The least preferred co-worker (LPC) questionnaire is used to determine what the leader's basic style is. Sixteen contrasting adjectives are used to ask respondents to describe their least-preferred co-worker. If the least preferred co-worker is described in relatively positive terms (a high LPC score), then the respondent is primarily interested in good personal relations with this co-worker. This person is considered relationship oriented.

If the least preferred co-worker is primarily interested in productivity, they would be labeled task oriented. Fiedler assumes that an individual's leadership style is fixed. Fiedler identified three contingency dimensions that define the key situational factors that determine leadership effectiveness. Leader-member relations are the degree of confidence, trust, and respect members have in their leader. Task structure is the degree to which the job assignments are procedurized.

Position power is the degree of influence a leader has over power variables such as hiring, firing, discipline, promotions, and salary increases. The better the leader-member relations, the more highly structured the job, and the stronger the position power, the more control the leader has. With knowledge of an individual's LPC and an assessment of the three contingency variables, Fiedler proposes matching them up to achieve maximum leadership effectiveness. Task-oriented leaders tend to perform better in situations that were very favorable to them and in situations that were very unfavorable.

Relationship oriented leaders perform better in moderately favorable situations. Fiedler has suggested recently that task-oriented leaders perform best in situations of high and low control, while relationship-oriented leaders perform best in moderate control situations. There are two ways to improve leader effectiveness. You can change the leader to fit the situation. The second alternative would be to change the situation to fit the leader. This could be done by restructuring tasks or increasing or decreasing the power that the leader has to control factors such as salary increases, promotions, and disciplinary actions.Page Ref: 163-165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

146) Describe LMX theory and identify its main beliefs.Answer: This theory argues that because of time pressures, leaders establish a special relationship with a small group of their followers. These individuals make up the in-group ∙ they are trusted, get a disproportionate amount of the leader's attention, and are more likely to receive special privileges. Other followers fall into the out-group. They get less of the leader's time, fewer of the preferred rewards that the leader controls, and have leader-follower relations based on formal authority interactions. The leader implicitly categorizes the follower as an "in" or "out" and that relationship is relatively stable over time. Page Ref: 165Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

372Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 373: Robbins Chapters

147) Summarize the research evidence in support of leader-member exchange theory.Answer: The theory and research surrounding it provide substantive evidence that leaders do differentiate among followers; that these disparities are far from random; and that followers with in-group status will have higher performance ratings, lower turnover intentions, greater satisfaction with their superior, and higher overall satisfaction than will the out-group. These positive findings for in-group members are consistent with our knowledge of the self-fulfilling prophesy. Page Ref: 166-167Topic: Traditional Theories of Leadership

148) How can charismatic leadership hurt an organization?Answer: To attract charismatic leaders, companies may give these individuals virtually unrestricted autonomy and resources. As a result, the leaders may earn very high salaries even if they do not perform effectively. They may use company funds for their own personal benefits, and they may also take advantage of their power by putting their own interests ahead of the interests of the organization. Some charismatic leaders are successful at convincing their followers to pursue a vision that can be disastrous. Charismatic leaders who are larger-than-life don't necessarily act in the best interests of their organizations. Many used their power to remake their companies in their own image. They often completely blurred the boundary separating their personal interests from their organization's interests. Intolerant of criticism, they surround themselves with yes people who are rewarded for pleasing the leader and create a climate where people are afraid to question the leader.Page Ref: 169-170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

149) What is the difference between transactional leadership and transformational leadership?Answer: Transactional leaders guide their followers in the direction of established goals by clarifying role and task requirements. Transformational leaders inspire followers to transcend their own self-interests for the good of the organization. Transformational leadership is built on top of transactional leadershipit produces levels of follower effort and performance that go beyond what would occur with a transactional approach alone.Page Ref: 170Topic: Contemporary Approaches to Leadership

150) What is authentic leadership?Answer: Authentic leadership is a relatively new concept. Authentic leaders know who they are, know what they believe in and value, and act on those values and beliefs openly and candidly. Their followers would consider them to be ethical people. The primary quality produced by authentic leaders is trust. They do this by sharing information, encouraging open communication, and sticking to their ideals. As a result, people come to have faith in authentic leaders.Page Ref: 174Topic: Authentic Leadership: Are Ethics The Foundation of Leadership?

373Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 374: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 12 Power and Politics

1) Power can be defined as ________.A) the ability to influence the behavior of othersB) the actualization of the dependency of othersC) congruence between the goals of the leader and those being ledD) downward influence on one's followersE) upward influence on one's leadersAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

2) Which one of the following is not implied in the definition of power?A) influenceB) potential C) dependencyD) actualizationE) capacityAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

3) The most important aspect of power is probably that it ________.A) is needed to get things done in an organizationB) is a function of dependencyC) tends to corrupt peopleD) is counterproductiveE) involves controlAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

4) Which of the following statements is true concerning power?A) Trust and mistrust affect the expression of power.B) A person can have power over you only if he or she controls something you desire.C) Power requires some congruence between the goals of the leader and those being led.D) To be effective, power must be actualized.E) In order to have power, a person must impose their control over others.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

374Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 375: Robbins Chapters

5) Leaders achieve goals, and power is ________.A) defined by leaders' hopes and aspirationsB) usually used by poor leadersC) a means of achieving goalsD) a goal in and of itselfE) a strong influence on leaders' goalsAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

6) Power does not require goal compatibility, merely ________.A) relianceB) communicationC) confidenceD) dependenceE) understandingAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: A Definition of Power

7) Leadership requires ________.A) some congruence between the goals of the leader and those being ledB) strong two-way communication between the leader and those being ledC) a dependency of those being led on the leaderD) a dependency of the leader on those being ledE) followers to share behavioral traits with their leadersAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

8) Leadership focuses on the ________.A) downward influence of a leader on his or her followersB) importance of lateral and upward influence patternsC) elimination of dependency relationshipsD) the stability of the organizationE) management of the organizationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

375Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 376: Robbins Chapters

9) Leadership research emphasizes ________.A) style B) persuasionC) powerD) communicationE) commitmentAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

10) Unlike leadership research, research on power tends to focus on ________.A) individual styles in using powerB) strategies for goal attainmentC) tactics for gaining complianceD) the administration of rewardsE) the effective use of threatsAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

11) The two general groupings of power are ________.A) informational and personalB) formal and informalC) informal and legitimateD) personal and formalE) static and fluidAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

12) ________ power is based on an individual's position in an organization.A) LeadershipB) FormalC) InformalD) InfluentialE) StaticAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

376Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 377: Robbins Chapters

13) Formal power can arise out of which of the following?A) the ability to coerce B) formal authorityC) the ability to rewardD) one's position in the organizationE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

14) Your colleagues at work are constantly talking about the vice president in your region. He is perceived throughout the organization as a ruthless man who is not to be antagonized. It is necessary for you to bring him a report, and you are very nervous about having to deal with him. The vice president's major base of power seems to be ________.A) rewardB) coerciveC) referentD) expertE) personalAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

15) The vice president in your region is perceived throughout the organization as a ruthless man who is not to be antagonized. It is necessary for you to bring him a report and you are very nervous about having to deal with him. The most likely reason for the success of this vice president in your organization is that his subordinatesA) strive to make themselves indispensable to him.B) find his leadership style inspiring.C) strive to emulate him.D) are envious of his success.E) fear negative sanctions if they fail to comply.Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

377Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 378: Robbins Chapters

16) One reacts to ________ power out of fear of the negative ramifications that might result if one fails to comply.A) legitimate B) coercive C) punitive D) referent E) abusiveAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

17) When a bank robber points a gun at a bank employee, his base of power is ________.A) coerciveB) punitiveC) positionalD) authoritativeE) fractionalAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

18) The opposite of coercive power is ________ power.A) referentB) rewardC) legitimateD) charismaticE) resourciveAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

19) When your superior offers you a raise if you will perform additional work beyond the requirements of your job, he/she is exercising ________ power.A) legitimate B) coercive C) reward D) personal E) reflectiveAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

378Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 379: Robbins Chapters

20) You know that the vice president of your region has the authority to accept or reject your report. This is part of his ________ power.A) rewardB) coerciveC) expertD) legitimateE) personalAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

21) As a result of the organization's structure, the vice president in your region has which of the following power bases?A) rewardB) coerciveC) formalD) legitimateE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182-183Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

22) Legitimate power is based on ________.A) positive rewardsB) interpersonal trustC) structural positionD) expert knowledgeE) respect and admirationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

23) The power that the College Dean has been granted by the University over the faculty is termed ________ power.A) academic B) positional C) legitimate D) personal E) referentAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

379Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 380: Robbins Chapters

24) Which of the following types of power requires acceptance of the leader's authority by members of the organization?A) personal B) organizationalC) legitimate D) positional E) balancedAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

25) ________ power is generally related to an individual's unique characteristics.A) Personal B) Reward C) Legitimate D) ExpertE) IdiosyncraticAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

26) Personal power is generally perceived as a result of all the following EXCEPTA) expertiseB) charismaC) legitimate authorityD) admirationE) skillAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

27) ________ power is based on identification with a person who has desirable resources or personal traits.A) AssociationalB) LegitimateC) ReferentD) Personal E) SourceAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

380Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 381: Robbins Chapters

28) Your physician has advised you to take a series of medications. You comply because of her ________ power.A) referentB) informationC) formalD) expertE) personalAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

29) Celebrities are paid millions of dollars to endorse products in commercials because the advertisers believe the celebrities have ________ power.A) personalB) referentC) expertD) legitimateE) starAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

30) Research suggests which of the following is the most effective source of power?A) formalB) coerciveC) personalD) rewardE) legitimateAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

31) Which source of formal power can actually backfire?A) rewardB) coerciveC) expertD) referentE) legitimateAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

381Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 382: Robbins Chapters

32) Power tactics can be defined as ________.A) the only legitimate sources of powerB) techniques for translating power bases into specific actionsC) strategies for gathering and maintain supportD) organizational structural characteristicsE) approaches for winning argumentsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Power Tactics

33) James approaches his supervisor with data and a logical presentation supporting his request for additional personnel. He is using ________.A) consultationB) legitimacyC) rational persuasionD) informational powerE) exchangeAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power TacticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

34) Joe comes to you with a request for funds for a project. He reminds you that company policy supports his position. He is using the tactic of ________.A) coalitionsB) consultationC) rational persuasionD) legitimacyE) pressureAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power TacticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

35) Which of the following is not considered to be a power tactic?A) coalitionsB) substitutionC) rational persuasionD) ingratiationE) legitimacyAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power Tactics

382Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 383: Robbins Chapters

36) Vivian has not been handling one portion of her duties in a satisfactory manner. As a result, her manager threatens to withhold her promotion. Which power tactic is being used?A) exchangeB) ingratiationC) pressureD) personal appealsE) inspirational appealsAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power TacticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

37) When Jennifer asks for Jim's compliance on her new initiative based on their long friendship, which influence tactic is she using?A) exchangeB) ingratiationC) pressureD) personal appealsE) inspirational appealsAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power TacticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

38) The power tactic of using flattery and creating goodwill before making a request is known as ________.A) ingratiationB) exchangeC) inspirational appealD) motivational appealE) affective appealAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power Tactics

39) Which of the following tactics involves including an individual in the decision-making and planning process?A) ingratiationB) exchangeC) pressureD) inspirational appealsE) consultationAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power TacticsAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

383Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 384: Robbins Chapters

40) The power tactic that evidence suggests is one of the most effective is ________.A) pressure or coercionB) rational persuasionC) personal appeals or friendshipD) exchange or rewardsE) flatteryAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power Tactics

41) Which of the following is NOT considered a "softer" influence tactic?A) personal appealsB) inspirational appealsC) rational persuasionD) pressureE) consultationAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power TacticsAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

42) Which influence tactic tends to work best as a downward influencing tactic with subordinates?A) pressureB) inspirational appealsC) ingratiationD) coalitionsE) exchangeAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power TacticsAASCB Tag: Communication Abilities

43) Which power tactic tends to be the most effective across all organizational levels?A) personal appealsB) rational persuasionC) ingratiationD) legitimacyE) pressureAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power Tactics

384Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 385: Robbins Chapters

44) When employees in organizations convert their power into action, they are engaged in ________.A) influenceB) IMC) politicsD) power techniquesE) power tacticsAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

45) Activities that influence the distribution of advantages and disadvantages within an organization are known as ________.A) human resourcesB) political behaviorsC) sexual harassmentD) influential power movesE) interactive initiativesAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

46) Political behaviors usually ________.A) lie outside of an individual's specified job requirementsB) are counterproductive to individual goals C) are seen only in large organizationsD) are frowned upon by organizational leadersE) are expected as part of each job requirement Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

47) Which of the following would be considered a legitimate political behavior?A) sabotageB) bypassing the chain of command C) whistleblowingD) wearing protest buttonsE) groups of employees simultaneously calling in sick Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

385Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 386: Robbins Chapters

48) All of the following may provide reasons to explain why politics is a fact of organizational life EXCEPTA) Organizations are comprised of groups with different values and goals.B) There is the potential for conflict over resources. C) Resources in organizations are limited.D) Win/win scenarios are the norm.E) Decisions are often made in a climate of ambiguity. Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

49) For an organization to be politics free would require thatA) all organizational members hold the same goals and interests.B) organizational resources are not scarce. C) performance outcomes are clear.D) performance outcomes are objective.E) all of the above. Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 186Topic: Politics: Power in Action

50) Which of the following is not an individual factor related to political behavior?A) organizational investmentB) perceived job alternativesC) zero-sum reward practicesD) level of self-monitoringE) expectations of successAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 186Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

51) The more a person has invested in the organization, the more that person has to lose if forced out and therefore, is less likely to useA) their power.B) politics.C) illegitimate means.D) defensive behavior.E) all of the aboveAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 186Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

386Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 387: Robbins Chapters

52) An individual most likely to engage in political behavior would have all of the following except a(n) ________.A) high need for powerB) high ability to self monitorC) high charisma ratingD) internal locus of controlE) Machiavellian personalityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 186Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

53) Which of the following does not describe high self-monitors?A) The show greater sensitivity to social cues.B) They possess an external locus of control.C) They exhibit higher levels of social conformity.D) They are more likely to be skilled in political behavior.E) They are more likely to engage in political behavior.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 186Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

54) Political activity is probably more a function of ________ than of ________.A) management's example; the organization's characteristicsB) management's example; individual difference variablesC) the organization's characteristics; individual difference variablesD) individual difference variables; management's exampleE) individual difference variables; the organization's characteristicsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

55) Which of the following is not true?A) The more an organization's culture emphasizes zero-sum reward allocations, the more employees will be motivated to engage in politicking.B) The more pressure that employees feel to perform well, the more likely they are to engage in politicking.C) The more growth stability a company demonstrates, the more likely its employees are to engage in politicking.D) The greater the role ambiguity within a company, the more its employees can engage in political activity with little chance of it being visible.E) The greater the opportunity for promotion or advancement within a company, the more employees will compete to positively influence outcomes.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

387Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 388: Robbins Chapters

56) There is a greater likelihood of political behavior of the illegitimate kind when there is/are ________ within the organization.A) more resourcesB) less trustC) more executive opportunitiesD) less executive opportunitiesE) less satisfactionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

57) Which of the following is NOT cited as a culture that creates a breeding ground for politicking?A) cultures with unclear performance evaluation systemsB) high trust culturesC) cultures with role ambiguityD) democratic decision-making culturesE) cultures with self-serving senior managersAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

58) Which factors in the reward allocation process are likely to increase the likelihood that an employee will be motivated to engage in politicking?A) the use of objective criteria in the appraisalB) use of several outcome measuresC) a zero-sum approachD) clear criteriaE) all of the aboveAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 188Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

59) When politicking becomes too much to handle,A) it can lead to employees quitting.B) it can lead to increases in employee performance.C) it can increase the motivation of employees.D) it may decrease pressure to compete in the political arena.E) it can increase employee retention.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 188Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

388Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 389: Robbins Chapters

60) Reactive and protective behaviors designed to avoid action, blame, or change when people perceive politics as a threat, are termed ________.A) political behaviorsB) defensive behaviorsC) protectionismD) impression managementE) shielding biasAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 189Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

61) Individuals who develop explanations to lessen their responsibility for negative outcomes are demonstrating which of the following defensive behaviors?A) buffingB) justifyingC) preventionD) stretchingE) misrepresentingAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

62) When Sal says, "This is the way we've always done it," he is using the defensive behavior known asA) buck passing.B) playing dumb.C) over-conforming.D) stretching.E) stalling.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

63) When Matt avoids blame by manipulating information by distortion or deception, he is using the defensive behavior known asA) buffing.B) playing safe.C) justifying.D) scapegoating.E) misrepresenting.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

389Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 390: Robbins Chapters

64) Catherine and Bernice are faculty members at a local college who feel very differently about their academic dean. Catherine believes that he is always engaging in political activity that is not in the best interests of the college. She describes him as a man who passes the buck and who is scheming and arrogant. Bernice believes that the dean is an effective manager. Bernice's label for what Catherine describes as "passing the buck" might beA) delegating authority.B) showing responsibility.C) encouraging dependency.D) demonstrating conscientiousness.E) facilitating cooperation.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

65) Catherine and Bernice are faculty members at a local college who feel very differently about their academic dean. Catherine believes that he is always engaging in political activity that is not in the best interests of the college. She describes him as a man who passes the buck and who is scheming and arrogant. Bernice believes that the dean is an effective manager. Bernice's effective management label for Catherine's phrase "justifying" is probablyA) distributing rewards.B) establishing expertise.C) apologizing.D) displaying charisma.E) fixing responsibility.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

66) Catherine and Bernice are faculty members at a local college who feel very differently about their academic dean. Catherine believes that he is always engaging in political activity that is not in the best interests of the college. She describes him as a man who passes the buck and who is scheming and arrogant. Bernice believes that the dean is an effective manager. Behaviors that Catherine views as "over-conforming" are probably viewed by Bernice asA) competent.B) responsible.C) being mindful of the rules .D) practical-minded.E) astute.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

390Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 391: Robbins Chapters

67) Catherine and Bernice are faculty members at a local college who feel very differently about their academic dean. Catherine believes that he is always engaging in political activity that is not in the best interests of the college. She describes him as a man who passes the buck and who is scheming and arrogant. Bernice believes that the dean is an effective manager. Bernice sees the dean as being competent, thorough and carefully documenting. Catherine would most likely describe the dean instead asA) overachieving.B) scapegoating.C) misrepresenting .D) cunning.E) buffing.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

68) Thomas recognizes that his firm is plagued by organizational politics. He is not good at playing games and instead frequently engages in defensive behaviors in order to protect himself and his interests. Thomas is frustrated because he believes that he has little control over his environment, and his environment is uncomfortable to him. He has had some success at establishing a sense of control for himself by appearing to be more or less supportive publicly while doing little or nothing privately. Which of the following behaviors is Thomas engaged in?A) overconformingB) stallingC) playing dumbD) stretchingE) buck passingAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

391Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 392: Robbins Chapters

69) Thomas recognizes that his firm is plagued by organizational politics. He is not good at playing games and instead frequently engages in defensive behaviors in order to protect himself and his interests. Thomas is frustrated because he believes that he has little control over his environment, and his environment is uncomfortable to him. He has had some success at establishing a sense of control for himself by appearing to be more or less supportive publicly while doing little or nothing privately. The defensive behavior that he is engaged in falls under the category of avoidingA) action.B) blame.C) change.D) power.E) responsibility.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

70) Thomas also attempts to project an image of competence and thoroughness by rigorously documenting all of his activity. This defensive behavior is termedA) justifying.B) playing safe.C) buffing.D) scapegoating.E) misrepresenting.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

71) Thomas' rigorous documentation allows him to accomplish which of the following?A) avoiding responsibilityB) avoiding powerC) avoiding changeD) avoiding actionE) avoiding blameAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

392Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 393: Robbins Chapters

72) Thomas has decided that in general, his best defense is to focus on behaviors that enable him to avoid blame. Which of the following behaviors is he most likely to engage in?A) overconformingB) playing dumbC) scapegoatingD) preventionE) stallingAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

73) If Thomas wishes to avoid change at work, he will most likely ________.A) share resources B) overachieveC) build coalitionsD) guard informationE) divide alliancesAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

74) The process by which individuals attempt to control the perceptions that others form of them is called ________.A) impression managementB) information managementC) defensive behaviorD) perception managementE) reflection controlAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 189Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

393Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 394: Robbins Chapters

75) Jerrod is relatively new to Xenon Corporation and wants to make sure that he makes a good impression on his coworkers and supervisor. He agrees with the supervisor's opinion most of the time and is always doing nice things for him. Jerrod makes sure that he associates with the "right" people and is constantly complimenting others about their good work.Jerrod is attempting to useA) politics.B) impression management.C) defensive behavior.D) his power base.E) interdependence.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 189Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

76) Jerrod is relatively new to Xenon Corporation and wants to make sure that he makes a good impression on his coworkers and supervisor. He agrees with the supervisor's opinion most of the time and is always doing nice things for him. Jerrod makes sure that he associates with the "right" people and is constantly complimenting others about their good work.Jerrod is engaging in which of the following impression management techniques?A) mirroringB) acclaimingC) grovelingD) conformityE) apologizingAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-4Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

77) Jerrod is relatively new to Xenon Corporation and wants to make sure that he makes a good impression on his coworkers and supervisor. He agrees with the supervisor's opinion most of the time and is always doing nice things for him. Jerrod makes sure that he associates with the "right" people and is constantly complimenting others about their good work. Jerrod is engaging in all of the following impression management techniques except A) conformity.B) flattery.C) excuses.D) association.E) favors.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 12-4Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

394Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 395: Robbins Chapters

78) Which of the following is not an example of an impression management technique?A) conformityB) capitulatingC) flatteryD) granting favorsE) self-promotionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-4Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

79) "I've got two tickets to the game tonight that I can't use. Take them. Consider it a thank you for taking the time to talk with me." This is an example of which impression management behavior?A) favorsB) flatteryC) associationD) self-promotionE) conformityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 12-4Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

80) Some individuals promote their image by describing others with whom they are associated in a positive light. These individuals are using the impression management technique of ________.A) conformityB) flatteryC) associationD) self-promotionE) attribution denialAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-4Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

81) Who is most likely to engage in IM?A) low self-monitorsB) high self-monitorsC) low MachsD) those with an external locus of controlE) everyoneAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 190Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

395Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 396: Robbins Chapters

82) Which IM technique may be the most important to interviewing success?A) ingratiationB) self-promotionC) conformityD) flatteryE) associationAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 191Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

83) Which of the following is most likely to help Jerrod earn higher performance evaluations from his supervisors?A) apologiesB) ingratiationC) excusesD) buffingE) self-promotionAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 191Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

84) Which IM technique appears to backfire on employees and lead to lower performance evaluations?A) ingratiationB) self-promotionC) conformityD) flatteryE) associationAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 191Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

85) Which of the following is NOT true of power?A) To get things done, it helps to have power.B) Managers should increase others' dependence on them.C) To increase your power, you should develop a skill your boss needs.D) Power is a one-way street.E) While you seek to maximize others' dependence on you, you will be seeking to minimize your dependence on others.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 193Topic: Implications for Managers

396Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 397: Robbins Chapters

86) Power is an action, not a potential.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

87) Power is a function of dependency.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

88) A person can have power over you only if he or she controls something you desire.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

89) Unlike power, leadership requires a significant degree of goal compatibility.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

90) Power focuses on downward influence patterns.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

91) A bully's power can be understood as coercive power.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

92) If A can assign B work activities that B finds unpleasant, or treat B in a manner that B finds embarrassing, A possesses referent power over B.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

93) Formal power is a measure of an individual's ability to control organizational resources.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

94) For reward power to be effective, the rewards involved must be financial.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

397Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 398: Robbins Chapters

95) Reward power rests on the allocation of things others view as valuable.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 182Topic: Bases of Power

96) Having a formal position in an organization is a prerequisite to have power.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

97) Personal power arises from an individual's unique characteristics.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

98) The expert power of an individual within an organization is strengthened when another individual with the same job-related knowledge and skills is hired by the organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

99) As the world has become more technologically oriented, expertise has declined as a source of influence due to the increased availability of information.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

100) A famous NFL quarterback's power to influence buying behavior through commercial endorsements is based on his expertise at leading a football team and his athletic skills.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of PowerAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

101) Referent power is based on identification with a person who is famous and wealthy.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

102) The use of power tactics over time can result in an accumulation of a power base.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 183Topic: Power Tactics

398Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 399: Robbins Chapters

103) Personal appeal is a power tactic based on flattery.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power Tactics

104) Rational persuasion is the only power tactic that is effective across all organizational levels.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power Tactics

105) Pressure is effective as a power tactic when individuals attempt to influence their superiors.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 184Topic: Power Tactics

106) The organizational culture in which a manager works will have an insignificant bearing on defining which power tactics are considered appropriate.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 185Topic: Power Tactics

107) When employees in organizations convert their power into action, we describe them as being engaged in politics.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

108) Political behavior encompasses efforts to influence organizational decision-making.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

109) Legitimate political behavior refers to actions that are specified in one's formal job description.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

110) Those who pursue extreme illegitimate political behaviors have been described as "playing hardball".Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

399Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 400: Robbins Chapters

111) By definition, all political behavior is considered an illegitimate activity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

112) There is a great likelihood that organizations can become politics free.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 185Topic: Politics: Power in Action

113) The more an individual has invested in the organization, the less likely they are to use illegitimate means.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 186Topic: Politics: Power in Action

114) Politicking is most likely to be used when decisions are made in a climate of certainty.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 186Topic: Politics: Power in Action

115) Political activity is influenced by both an organization's characteristics and by individual differences.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 186Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

116) Objective performance appraisal criteria tend to encourage politicking.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

117) The zero-sum approach encourages making others look bad so you can "win".Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

118) High trust in organizations should encourage a higher level of political behavior in general.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

119) Politicking by top management implies such behavior is acceptable.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

400Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 401: Robbins Chapters

120) Politicking is fostered within organizations that emphasize a zero-sum approach to the allocation of rewards.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 187Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

121) The perception of politics in organizations tends to increase job anxiety and stress.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 188Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

122) Evidence suggests that politics leads to self-reported increases in employee performance.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 188Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

123) When people perceive politics as an opportunity, they respond with defensive behaviors.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 189Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

124) The defensive behavior known as "playing it safe" can also be described as "covering your rear." Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

125) Avoiding an unwanted task by falsely pleading inability is the defensive behavior known as playing dumb.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

126) Prevention is a defensive behavior to avoid blame.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: Exh 12-3Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

127) Since high self-monitors are good at reading situations and molding their appearances and behavior, they are more likely to engage in IM.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 190Topic: Causes and Consequences of PoliticsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

401Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 402: Robbins Chapters

128) Everyone is concerned with IM.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 190Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

129) IM does not imply that the impressions people convey are necessarily false.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 190Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

130) Reactive behaviors to avoid action, blame, or change are called impression management.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 191Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

131) Individuals use association and conformity to manipulate the impressions that others hold of them.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 12-4Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

132) Self-promotion tactics are important to interviewing success.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 191Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

133) Self-promotion tactics can lower performance evaluations.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 191Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

134) Evidence demonstrates that impression management techniques are rarely successful.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 191Topic: Causes and Consequences of Politics

135) Research has produced clear guidelines for differentiating ethical from unethical politicking.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 192Topic: The Ethics of Behaving Politically

136) It is a lot easier for the powerless than the powerful to act ethically.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 192Topic: The Ethics of Behaving Politically

402Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 403: Robbins Chapters

137) There is significant agreement in the power tactics preferred by people across the globe.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 192Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

138) Individuals in Western, individualized cultures tend to engage in more self-promotion behaviors than individuals in Eastern, more collectivist cultures.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 193Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) The effective manager accepts the political nature of organizations.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 193Topic: Implications for Managers

140) IM is a type of political behavior designed to alter others' immediate perceptions of us.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 193Topic: Implications for Managers

141) How is power defined?Answer: Power is a capacity that A has to influence the behavior of B, so that B acts in accordance with A's wishes. This implies a potential that need not be actualized to be effective and a dependency relationship. Power may exist but not be used. It is a capacity or potential. A person may have power over you if he/she controls something you want. Page Ref: 181Topic: A Definition of Power

142) Contrast leadership and power.Answer: Power does not require goal compatibility, merely dependence. Leadership, on the other hand, requires some congruence between the goals of the leader and those being led. A second difference relates to the direction of influence. Leadership focuses on the downward influence on one's followers. It minimizes the importance of lateral and upward influence patterns. Power does not. Still another difference deals with research emphasis. Leadership research, for the most part, emphasizes style. It seeks answers to such questions as: How supportive should a leader be? How much decision making should be shared with followers? The research on power encompasses a broader area and focus on tactics for gaining compliance. Power can be used by groups as well as by individuals to control other individuals or groups. Page Ref: 182Topic: Contrasting Leadership and Power

403Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 404: Robbins Chapters

143) List and discuss the bases of formal power.Answer: Formal power can come from the ability to coerce or reward or from formal authority. The coercive power base is dependent on fear. One reacts to this power out of fear of the negative results that might occur if one failed to comply. A has coercive power over B if A can dismiss, suspend, or demote B, assuming that B values his or her job. The opposite of coercive power is reward power. People comply with the wishes or directives of another because doing so produces positive benefits. Therefore, one who can distribute rewards that others view as valuable will have power over those others. These rewards can be either financial or non-financial. One's structural position is called legitimate power. It represents the formal authority to control and use organizational resources. Page Ref: 182-183Topic: Bases of Power

144) List and discuss the bases of personal power.Answer: Personal power comes from an individual's unique characteristics. Two bases of personal power are expertise, the respect and admiration of others, and charisma. Expert power is influence wielded as a result of expertise, special skill, or knowledge. Expertise has become one of the most powerful sources of influence as the world has become more technologically oriented. Referent power is based on identification with a person who has desirable resources or personal traits. If I like, respect, and admire you, you can exercise power over me because I want to please you.Page Ref: 183Topic: Bases of Power

145) What power tactics can employees use to translate their power bases into specific actions and how does each one work?Answer: Research has identified nine distinct tactics of political influence. Legitimacy involves relying on one's authority position or stressing that a request is in accordance with organizational policies or rules. Rational persuasion involves presenting logical arguments and factual evidence to demonstrate that a request is reasonable. Inspirational appeals involve developing emotional commitment by appealing to a target's values, needs, hopes, and aspirations. Consultation involves increasing a target's motivation and support by involving him or her in deciding how a plan or change will be implemented. Exchange involves rewarding targets with benefits or favors in exchange for following a request. Personal appeals involve asking for compliance based on friendship or loyalty. Ingratiation involves using flattery, praise, or friendly behavior prior to making a request. Pressure involves using warnings, repeated demands, and threats. Finally, coalitions involve enlisting the aid of other people to persuade a target or using the support of others as a reason for the target to agree. Page Ref: 183-184Topic: Power Tactics

404Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 405: Robbins Chapters

146) What is political behavior? Discuss some of the individual and organizational factors related to political behavior.Answer: Political behavior in organizations is defined as those activities that are not required as part of one's formal role in the organization, but that influence, or attempt to influence, the distribution of advantages and disadvantages within the organization. At the individual level, researchers have identified certain personality traits, needs, and other factors that are likely to be related to political behavior. Employees who are high self-monitors, possess an internal locus of control, and have a high need for power are more likely to engage in political behavior. An individual's investment in the organization, perceived alternatives, and expectations of success will influence the degree to which he or she will pursue illegitimate means of political action. Political activity is probably more a function of the organization's characteristics than of individual difference variables. When an organization's resources are declining, when the existing pattern of resources is changing, and when there is opportunity for promotions, politics is more likely to surface. In addition, cultures characterized by low trust, role ambiguity, unclear performance evaluation systems, zero-sum reward allocation practices, democratic decision making, high pressures for performance, and self-serving senior managers will create breeding grounds for politicking. Page Ref: 185-187Topic: Politics: Power in Action

147) Discuss defensive behaviors.Answer: Defensive behaviors occur when people perceive politics as a threat rather than an opportunity. They respond with reactive and protective behaviors to avoid action, blame, or change. Defensive behaviors are often associated with negative feelings toward the job and work environment. In the short run, employees may find that defensiveness protects their self-interest. But in the long run, it is the only way they know how to behave. At that point, they lose the trust and support of their peers, bosses, employees, and clients. Page Ref: 189Topic: Politics: Power in Action

148) Explain impression management and give an example of its use in the workplace.Answer: The process by which individuals attempt to control the impression others form of them is called impression management. IM techniques are especially widespread in the employment interview. People create an impression to be seen as more attractive than other candidates. This can help them initially get the jobs they want in an organization and, once hired, to get favorable evaluations, superior salary increases and more rapid promotions. Page Ref: 189-190Topic: Politics: Power in Action

405Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 406: Robbins Chapters

149) Describe impression management (IM) techniques and describe their effectiveness on interview success.Answer: The process by which individuals attempt to control the impression others form of them is called impression management. The evidence indicates IM behavior works. In one study, interviewers felt that those applicants for a position as a customer service representative who used IM techniques performed better in the interview, and they seemed somewhat more inclined to hire these people. It was the IM techniques alone that influenced the interviewers. It didn't seem to matter if applicants were well or poorly qualified. If they used IM techniques, they did better in the interview. Page Ref: 191Topic: Politics: Power in Action

150) List the three questions that can help determine if a political action is ethical.Answer: The first question you should ask is "What is the utility of engaging in the behavior?" Sometimes we engage in political behaviors for little good reason. Second, we should ask "How does the utility of engaging in the political behavior balance out any harm it will do to others?" And the third question to ask is "Does the political activity conform to standards of equity and justice?" Page Ref: 192Topic: The Ethics of Behaving Politically

406Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 407: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 13 Conflict and Negotiation

1) If no one is aware of conflict, it is generally agreed that ________.A) employee-employer relations will be goodB) conflict is subversiveC) no conflict existsD) conflict is inevitableE) conflict is psychologically driven as opposed to physically manifestAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 194Topic: A Definition of Conflict

2) Which of the following is an example of conflict?A) incompatibility of goalsB) differences over interpretation of factsC) disagreements based on behavioral expectationsD) workplace violenceE) all of the above Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 194Topic: A Definition of Conflict

3) Which of the following is not one of the views of conflict? A) traditional view B) human relations viewC) interactionist viewD) functional viewE) all of the aboveAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

4) The traditional view of conflict argues that conflict ________.A) cannot be avoidedB) helps to generate discussionC) can be avoidedD) improves productivityE) must be avoidedAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

407Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 408: Robbins Chapters

5) The traditional view of conflict is the belief that conflict is ________.A) harmful B) natural C) necessaryD) situationally dependentE) neutralAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

6) Which one of the following is not a perspective of the traditional view of conflict?A) Conflict is inevitable.B) Conflict must be avoided.C) Conflict is dysfunctional.D) Conflict is harmful.E) Conflict is synonymous with irrationality.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

7) Which one of the following views on conflict prevailed in the 1930s and 1940s and may be considered outmoded today?A) human relationsB) interactionistC) traditionalD) functionalE) asymptotic Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

8) The ________ view of conflict argues that conflict is a natural and inevitable outcome in any group.A) human relationsB) interactionistC) traditionalD) functionalE) human resourcesAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

408Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 409: Robbins Chapters

9) The ________ view of conflict argues that conflict is a dysfunctional outcome that may arise from management failure.A) human relationsB) interactionistC) traditionalD) functionalE) conjunctiveAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

10) The human relations view of conflict advocates ________ conflict.A) encouragingB) open communication for resolvingC) group therapy for resolvingD) acceptance ofE) rejection ofAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

11) It seems that your work group is in conflict much of the time. One colleague has suggested that you, as the supervisor, are responsible for eliminating the conflict so that your work group can function harmoniously. Another colleague has suggested that conflict is good for stimulating creativity and productivity within the work environment. You are unsure about whether you should try to eliminate the conflict within your group or learn to deal with it positively. If you support the idea that conflict should be eliminated, you are supporting which of the following views of conflict?A) the traditional viewB) the human relations viewC) the interactionist viewD) the moderated acceptance viewE) the positivistic viewAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict ThoughtAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

409Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 410: Robbins Chapters

12) It seems that your work group is in conflict much of the time. One colleague has suggested that you, as the supervisor, are responsible for eliminating the conflict so that your work group can function harmoniously. Another colleague has suggested that conflict is good for stimulating creativity and productivity within the work environment. You are unsure about whether you should try to eliminate the conflict within your group or learn to deal with it positively. You have decided to accept conflict as a natural occurrence and deal with it. You are supportingA) the traditional view.B) the human relations view.C) the interactionist view.D) the behavior modification view.E) the positivistic view.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict ThoughtAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

13) You decide to do more research on the view that conflict should be encouraged as a means to achieve change and innovation. This view is termedA) the traditional view.B) the human relations view.C) the interactionist view.D) the acceptance view.E) the promotional view.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

14) When your work group disagrees, the disagreements usually concern how the group's work should be accomplished. The type of conflict experienced by your group isA) task conflict.B) relationship conflict.C) process conflict.D) traditional conflict.E) reactive conflict.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict ThoughtAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

410Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 411: Robbins Chapters

15) The ________ view of conflict encourages a group to perform effectively by maintaining an ongoing minimum level of conflict.A) human relationsB) interactionistC) traditionalD) functionalE) reactiveAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

16) The interactionist view of conflict proposes that functional conflict is ________.A) an indication of the group maturity levelB) necessary for effective group performanceC) a necessary evilD) always focused around relationshipsE) universally harmfulAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

17) According to the interactionist view, it may be appropriate toA) eliminate all conflict.B) avoid all conflict.C) encourage functional conflict.D) create anti-conflict cultures.E) reward conflict avoiders.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

18) According to the interactionist's perspective, a group that functions without conflict is ________.A) living up to behavioral idealsB) prone to becoming static and apatheticC) likely to be responsive to the need for change and innovationD) the most productiveE) a rare phenomenonAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

411Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 412: Robbins Chapters

19) Encouraging group leaders to maintain an ongoing minimum level of conflict is part of the ________ view of conflict.A) functionalB) traditionalC) human relationsD) interactionistE) conjunctivistAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

20) ________ conflict supports the goals of the group and improves its performance.A) FormalB) InformalC) FunctionalD) DysfunctionalE) ReactiveAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

21) You have decided to allow conflict to exist so long as it doesn't hinder group performance. You will try to eliminate those destructive forms of conflict that are A) functional.B) dysfunctional.C) task.D) individualized.E) non-communicative.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict ThoughtAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

22) ________ conflict hinders group performance.A) FormalB) InformalC) FunctionalD) DysfunctionalE) ReactiveAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

412Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 413: Robbins Chapters

23) Conflict that relates to the content and goals of work is termed ________ conflict.A) jobB) taskC) relationshipD) processE) communicationAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

24) For process conflict to be productive, it must be ________.A) kept highB) kept lowC) kept at low-to-moderate levelsD) kept at moderate levelsE) subject to managerial controlAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

25) For task conflict to be productive, it should be ________.A) kept highB) kept lowC) kept at low-to-moderate levelsD) kept at moderate levelsE) subject to managerial controlAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

26) Which of the following is a type of conflict identified by the interactionist view?A) resourceB) organizationalC) personalityD) processE) institutionalAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

413Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 414: Robbins Chapters

27) ________ conflict focuses on interpersonal interaction.A) TaskB) JobC) RelationshipD) ProcessE) CommunicationAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

28) ________ conflict relates to how the work gets done.A) TaskB) JobC) RelationshipD) ProcessE) ReactiveAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

29) ________ conflicts are almost always dysfunctional.A) TaskB) JobC) RelationshipD) ProcessE) PersonalAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

30) An important criterion in determining whether conflict is functional or dysfunctional is ________.A) overall moraleB) turnover ratesC) absenteeism levelsD) management's assessmentE) performanceAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict ThoughtAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

414Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 415: Robbins Chapters

31) The first stage of the conflict process is known asA) cognition and personalization.B) behavioral manifestation.C) potential opposition or incompatibility.D) intention.E) habituation.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: The Conflict Process

32) Which of the following is not considered one of the potential sources of conflict?A) too much communicationB) jurisdictional ambiguityC) value similaritiesD) group sizeE) too little communicationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: The Conflict Process

33) The categories of causes or sources of conflict include all of the following EXCEPTA) communication.B) structure.C) group interaction.D) personal variables.E) none of the above.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: The Conflict Process

34) Which of the following is likely to lead to conflict? A) older group membersB) low turnoverC) mutually independent groupsD) small group sizeE) high job specializationAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

415Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 416: Robbins Chapters

35) Research has found that tenure and conflict areA) highly positively correlated.B) counterproductive.C) inversely related.D) always present together.E) unrelated.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict Process

36) Which of the following is a personal variable that can lead to potential conflict?A) personality typeB) degree of intergroup dependenceC) group sizeD) organizational tenureE) cultureAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict Process

37) Stage II of the conflict process deals with conflict being ________.A) perceived and feltB) apparent and experiencedC) expressed and perceivedD) overt and covertE) internalizedAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

38) In which stage of conflict do individuals become emotionally involved?A) potential oppositionB) cognition and personalizationC) intuitionsD) behaviorE) reaction and transferenceAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

416Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 417: Robbins Chapters

39) ________ intervene(s) between people's perceptions and their overt behavior.A) IntuitionB) IntentionC) CognitionD) AttributionsE) AttitudesAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

40) The conflict-handling intention of collaborating is ________.A) assertive and uncooperativeB) assertive and cooperativeC) unassertive and uncooperativeD) unassertive and cooperativeE) affective and reflectiveAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

41) The conflict-handling intention of avoiding is ________.A) assertive and uncooperativeB) assertive and cooperativeC) unassertive and uncooperativeD) unassertive and cooperativeE) assertive and reflectiveAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

42) The conflict-handling intention of accommodating is ________.A) assertive and uncooperativeB) assertive and cooperativeC) unassertive and uncooperativeD) unassertive and cooperativeE) reflective and emotionalAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

417Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 418: Robbins Chapters

43) In assessing conflict-handling intentions, cooperativeness is the degree to which ________.A) one party attempts to satisfy the other party's concernsB) one party attempts to resolve conflictC) both parties work toward a common goalD) there is an absence of conflictE) one party can empathize with the otherAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

44) In assessing conflict-handling intentions, the dimension of assertiveness refers to situations ________.A) in which one party attempts to satisfy his/her own concernsB) in which there is an expression of competitionC) involving a major behavior changeD) that lead to conflictE) in which one party behaves generouslyAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

45) Which is not one of the five conflict-handling intentions?A) collaboratingB) competingC) accommodatingD) avoidingE) resistingAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

46) Which type of conflict-handling intention results in a person seeking to suppress conflict and hoping it will go away?A) competingB) avoidingC) accommodatingD) compromisingE) collaboratingAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

418Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 419: Robbins Chapters

47) Trying to achieve your goal at the expense of your co-worker achieving hers is an example of ________.A) competingB) avoidingC) accommodatingD) compromisingE) collaboratingAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

48) Which of the following conflict-handling intentions might involve attempting to find a win-win solution?A) avoidingB) collaboratingC) accommodatingD) compromisingE) mollifying Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

49) If one party is willing to give in to please someone else, this is an example of which type of conflict-handling intention?A) sacrificingB) accommodatingC) collaboratingD) compromisingE) competingAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

50) Which stage of the conflict process is best conceptualized as a dynamic process of interaction?A) Potential Opposition or IncompatibilityB) Cognition and PersonalizationC) IntentionsD) BehaviorE) OutcomesAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 198-199Topic: The Conflict Process

419Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 420: Robbins Chapters

51) In which stage of the conflict process does conflict become visible?A) illumination B) intentionsC) potential opposition or incompatibility D) behavior E) cognition and personalization Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

52) Conflict is constructive when it ________.A) improves the quality of decisionsB) stimulates creativity and innovationC) fosters an environment of self-evaluation and changeD) encourages curiosity among group membersE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

53) Which one of the following might not be a functional outcome of the conflict process?A) stimulates creativityB) increases innovationC) fosters environment of self-evaluationD) relieves tensionsE) reduces group cohesivenessAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

54) Last month, Jennifer's department experienced constructive conflict during a meeting. Which of the following is not an outcome of this functional conflict?A) The quality of decisions is improved.B) Creativity and innovation are stimulated.C) Tensions are released.D) Groupthink is increased.E) Interest and curiosity are encouraged.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

420Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 421: Robbins Chapters

55) When "yes" people are hired and promoted, ________ outcomes are likely to result.A) improved organizationalB) functionalC) dysfunctionalD) enhanced policyE) harmoniousAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

56) Conflict is an antidote forA) the risky shift.B) groupthink.C) emotional intelligence.D) a poor decision.E) creativity.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

57) Which of the following statements is true regarding conflict?A) It challenges the status quo.B) It can be dysfunctional.C) It can arise from diversity.D) It can lead to the demise of an organization.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

58) One of the departments in Jennifer's organization has almost no conflict. In observing this department, which of the following is Jennifer least likely to observe in this department?A) The members of the department have difficulty responding to change.B) The group often makes decisions based on weak assumptions.C) The group thoroughly considers relevant alternatives when making policy decisions.D) The members of the department rarely reassess the department's goals.E) Individuals within the department don't usually question the decisions of their managers.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

421Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 422: Robbins Chapters

59) Conflict is dysfunctional when it ________.A) provides a medium to release tensionB) reduces group cohesivenessC) fosters an environment of self-evaluation D) provides a means for expressing frustrationE) leads to changeAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

60) Jennifer's boss asks for her recommendations on strategies for promoting functional conflict within the company. Which of the following is Jennifer most likely to recommend?A) punishing individuals who support beliefs that management has rejectedB) empowering employees to question their bosses with impunityC) implementing a policy of promoting personnel who are conflict avoidersD) training managers to discourage devil's advocates in the decision-making processE) encouraging managers to reward employees who keep their opinions to themselves Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 201Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

61) Jennifer's boss decides to implement a new policy whereby employees provide regular, formalized feedback to their supervisors. Employees are encouraged to evaluate and criticize their superiors. Based on your understanding of functional conflict, is this policy likely to benefit Jennifer's company?A) no, because the evaluations will promote relationship conflict, which is always dysfunctionalB) yes, because the evaluations will encourage groupthink, which increases turnoverC) no, because the evaluations will create a climate of insecurity for the company's managementD) no, because the evaluations will generate dysfunctional conflict, which breeds discontentE) yes, because the evaluations will encourage functional conflict, which improves organizational performanceAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 201Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

62) All of the following can be effective techniques to encourage conflict EXCEPTA) reward dissenters.B) punish conflict avoiders.C) build devil's advocate roles into the decision making process.D) reward those who support the status quo.E) train managers to listen to bad news they may not want to hear.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 201Topic: The Conflict Process

422Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 423: Robbins Chapters

63) When a co-worker agrees to assist with a project in exchange for a future favor, they are engaged in which process?A) negotiationB) conflict resolutionC) direct authorityD) delegationE) pressureAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 201Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

64) Negotiation can be defined as a process in which two or more parties exchange goods or services and attempt to agree upon ________.A) the exchange rate for those goods and servicesB) acceptable bargaining strategies for obtaining the goods and servicesC) a model of the negotiation process for resolving differencesD) effective arbitrators for disputesE) the monetary value of the exchanged itemsAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 202Topic: Negotiation

65) The terms negotiation and ________ are used interchangeably. A) win-loseB) bargainingC) collaborationD) accommodatingE) arbitrationAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 202Topic: Negotiation

66) The two general approaches to bargaining are known as ________.A) emotional and rationalB) affective and reflectiveC) distributive and integrativeD) formal and informalE) legal and restrictiveAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 202Topic: Negotiation

423Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 424: Robbins Chapters

67) The example of labor-management negotiations over wages exemplifies ________ bargaining.A) integrative B) reflectiveC) distributive D) restrictiveE) affectiveAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 202Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

68) ________ bargaining is negotiation that seeks to divide a "fixed pie."A) Distributive B) Integrative C) Reflective D) AffectiveE) ConjunctiveAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 202Topic: Negotiation

69) The point below which either negotiating party would break off negotiations is known as the party's ________ point.A) resistance B) refusal C) target D) negative E) assistanceAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 203Topic: Negotiation

424Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 425: Robbins Chapters

70) Labor and management at DJ Trucking cannot agree upon a contract for the truck drivers. The drivers are threatening to strike, and management knows that such a strike would be very costly. Each side contends that they are bargaining fairly, but no agreement seems to be possible. Both sides agree that they are competing over a fixed amount of resources. Each side feels that what one side wins, the other loses. The two sides are engaged inA) integrative bargaining.B) distributive bargaining.C) mediation.D) BATNA.E) arbitration.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 203Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

71) Which of the following is a characteristic of distributive bargaining?A) I win, you loseB) long-term focusC) convergent or congruent interestsD) most preferable bargaining for intraorganizational behaviorE) high information sharingAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 202-203Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

72) Labor and management at DJ Trucking cannot agree upon a contract for the truck drivers. The drivers are threatening to strike, and management knows that such a strike would be very costly. Each side contends that they are bargaining fairly, but no agreement seems to be possible. At first, the disputing parties resist your offer to help create a win-win situation for both groups. They are each highly focused on their demands in the negotiation, otherwise known as their ________.A) bargaining chipsB) distribution pointsC) resistance pointsD) settlement rangesE) target pointsAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 203Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

425Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 426: Robbins Chapters

73) You have decided to try to find a win-win situation to help labor and management resolve their differences. You are attempting to engage inA) integrative bargaining.B) distributive bargaining.C) mediation.D) BATNA.E) arbitration.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 204Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

74) Which bargaining strategy is preferable for use in intra-organizational behavior?A) positive negotiationB) distributive bargainingC) integrative bargainingD) equal bargainingE) equity splittingAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 204Topic: Negotiation

75) The focus on relationships in distributive bargaining is ________.A) accommodationB) long termC) short termD) win-winE) lose-loseAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 204Topic: Negotiation

76) Integrative bargaining focuses on ________.A) competitionB) short-term benefitsC) zero-sum gainsD) ensuring balanced inputsE) long-term relationshipsAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 204Topic: Negotiation

426Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 427: Robbins Chapters

77) Which of the following is not a step in the negotiation process?A) definition of ground rulesB) clarification and justificationC) bargaining and problem solvingD) process evaluationE) preparation and planningAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 205Topic: Negotiation

78) Your ________ determines the lowest value acceptable to you for a negotiated agreement.A) BATNAB) margin of errorC) bid priceD) asking priceE) hidden valueAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 206Topic: Negotiation

79) During which phase of the negotiation process do the parties exchange their initial proposals or demands?A) opening and initiatingB) definition of ground rulesC) clarification and justificationD) bargaining and problem-solvingE) integration of preferencesAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 206Topic: Negotiation

80) Which of the following statements is true pertaining to the role of personality traits in negotiations?A) Personality of the negotiators will definitely determine who prevails.B) Recent research has shown that extraverts are less effective negotiators in distributive bargaining than introverts.C) High risk takers will definitely be better negotiators.D) Individuals who are agreeable and with an internal locus of control will be better negotiators.E) Individuals who are concerned with appearing competent make excellent negotiators.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 206Topic: Negotiation

427Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 428: Robbins Chapters

81) Which of the following statements is false concerning gender differences in negotiations?A) Women are penalized when they initiate negotiations.B) Women's attitudes toward negotiation and toward themselves as negotiators appear to be quite different from men's.C) Managerial women demonstrate less confidence in anticipation of negotiating.D) Women and men negotiate differently.E) Men tend to negotiate slightly better outcomes than women.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 207Topic: Negotiation

82) In a study examining nonverbal negotiation tactics, which culture was found to make more physical contact?A) AmericansB) CanadiansC) JapaneseD) BraziliansE) RussiansAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 208Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

83) Which of the following is correct about cultural differences in negotiation?A) The Japanese tend to communicate directly.B) The Chinese draw out negotiations.C) Americans are known for their patience.D) Arabs rely on facts and appeal to logic.E) Russians tend to reciprocate concessions.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 208Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) In an emergency situation, which conflict-handling technique is recommended?A) collaborationB) competitionC) accommodationD) avoidanceE) compromiseAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 210Topic: Implications for Managers

428Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 429: Robbins Chapters

85) All of the following are recommendations for improving your negotiating effectiveness EXCEPTA) Set ambitious goals.B) Pay particular attention to initial offers.C) Research your opponent.D) Address the problem, not personalities.E) Be creative and emphasize win-win solutions.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 210-211Topic: Implications for Managers

86) Conflict implies opposition. Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 194Topic: A Definition of Conflict

87) Negotiation is a process that begins when one party perceives that another party has negatively affected, or is about to negatively affect, something that the first party cares about.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 194Topic: A Definition of Conflict

88) Conflict covers the full range from overt and violent acts to subtle forms of disagreement.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 194Topic: A Definition of Conflict

89) The presence of conflict is a reliable indicator of a poorly functioning group or organization. Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

90) The traditional view toward conflict seeks to retain the functional conflict in a group. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

91) The traditional view of conflict sees conflict as a dysfunctional outcome.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

92) The traditional view of conflict states that conflict is natural and inevitable and therefore must be accepted. Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

429Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 430: Robbins Chapters

93) The interactionist view of conflict proposes that too little conflict can hinder a group's performance. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

94) The interactionist view of conflict proposes that conflicts are inevitable. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 195Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

95) Dysfunctional conflict can be constructive.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

96) Relationship conflict focuses on how work gets done through people.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

97) For process conflict to be productive, it must be kept at low levels.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

98) Process conflict relates to the content and goals of a group's work.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

99) The first stage of the conflict process is cognition. Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: The Conflict Process

100) The three conditions that create the opportunity for conflict are communication, structure, and organizational variables. Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 196Topic: The Conflict Process

101) The potential for conflict can actually be increased if too much information is communicated.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 196Topic: The Conflict Process

430Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 431: Robbins Chapters

102) The size of a group can lead to potential conflict.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict Process

103) Reward systems can create conflict when one person gains at another's expense.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict Process

104) Participation and conflict are generally highly correlated, because participation encourages the promotion of differences.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

105) Jurisdictional clarity is an example of a personal variable that can lead to conflict.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict Process

106) The degree of interdependence between groups is an example of a structural variable that can lead to conflict.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 197Topic: The Conflict Process

107) Once a conflict is perceived, it is automatically personalized.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

108) In the conflict process, emotions play a role in shaping perceptions. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

109) You have to be directly informed of another's intent in order to know how to respond to his or her behavior.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

431Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 432: Robbins Chapters

110) As a conflict-handling intention, avoiding is the opposite of competing.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

111) Avoiding encompasses both assertive and uncooperative behaviors. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

112) If you place your opponent's interest above your own, you are engaging in collaborating. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

113) Accommodating consists of unassertiveness and uncooperativeness. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

114) Collaborating consists of assertiveness and cooperativeness.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

115) Competing consists of assertiveness and uncooperativeness.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

116) Avoiding consists of unassertiveness and uncooperativeness.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

117) In the conflict process, individuals' intentions are rigid and will rarely change due to an emotional reaction to the behavior of the other party. Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

118) Many open conflicts in work groups can be functional. Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

432Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 433: Robbins Chapters

119) A devil's advocate may encourage conflict in a group.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

120) Conflict always improves the quality of group decision making. Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

121) Dysfunctional conflict hinders a group's performance. Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

122) Conflict is an antidote for groupthink.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 200Topic: The Conflict Process

123) A company that purposely encourages big, unruly, and disruptive meetings may be attempting to create friction and stimulate creative ideas.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 201Topic: The Conflict ProcessAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

124) Those organizations that don't punish dissent may find their survival threatened.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 201Topic: The Conflict Process

125) One common ingredient in organizations that successfully create functional conflict is that they reward dissent and punish conflict avoiders.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 201Topic: The Conflict Process

126) Negotiation permeates the interactions of almost everyone in groups and organizations.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 201Topic: Negotiation

433Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 434: Robbins Chapters

127) Compromise is defined as a process in which two or more parties agree to trade particular goods or services. Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 202Topic: Negotiation

128) There are two general approaches to negotiation: distributive bargaining and integrative bargaining.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 202Topic: Negotiation

129) If you are negotiating the price of a car, you are probably using an integrative bargaining strategy. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 202Topic: Negotiation

130) An individual's target point represents the lowest outcome that he or she would accept during a negotiation process. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 203Topic: Negotiation

131) If the aspiration ranges of two parties overlap, then a settlement range for the conflict exists. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 203Topic: Negotiation

132) Integrative bargaining is widely used in to solve problems within today's business organizations. Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 204Topic: Negotiation

133) For negotiating agreements within organizations, integrative bargaining is preferable to distributive bargaining. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 204Topic: Negotiation

134) When you can anticipate your opponent's position in the negotiation process, you are better equipped to counter arguments with the facts and figures that support your position.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 205Topic: Negotiation

434Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 435: Robbins Chapters

135) Your BATNA determines the target value you hope for in a negotiated agreement.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 206Topic: Negotiation

136) The clarification and justification stage of negotiation when initial positions are clarified must be confrontational.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 206Topic: Negotiation

137) The best distributive bargainer tends to be a disagreeable introvert.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 206Topic: Negotiation

138) The research supports the belief that women are more cooperative and pleasant in negotiations than are men.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 207Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) Even when their performance and the outcomes they achieve are similar to men, female managers demonstrate less confidence in anticipating their negotiations and are less satisfied with their performance after the process is complete. Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 207Topic: NegotiationAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

140) The cultural backgrounds of negotiators have no significant effect on bargaining.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 208Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

141) How is conflict defined?Answer: Conflict is defined as a process that begins when one party perceives that another party has negatively affected, or is about to negatively affect, something that the first party cares about. This includes the full range of conflict levelsfrom overt and violent acts to subtle forms of disagreement. Page Ref: 194Topic: A Definition of Conflict

435Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 436: Robbins Chapters

142) Compare and contrast the three schools of thought regarding conflict in groups and organizations.Answer: The traditional view of conflict argues that conflict must be avoided. Conflict indicates a malfunctioning within the group. The early approach to conflict assumed that all conflict was bad. Conflict was viewed negatively, and it was used synonymously with such terms as violence, destruction, and irrationality to reinforce its negative connotation. Conflict, by definition, was harmful and was to be avoided. The traditional view was consistent with the attitudes that prevailed about group behavior in the 1930s and 1940s. Conflict was seen as a dysfunctional outcome resulting from poor communication, a lack of openness and trust between people, and the failure of managers to be responsive to the needs and aspirations of their employees.

The human relations view argues that conflict is a natural and inevitable outcome in any group and that it need not be evil, but rather has the potential to be a positive force in determining group performance. Since conflict was inevitable, the human relations school advocated acceptance of conflict. Proponents rationalized its existence: It cannot be eliminated, and there are even times when conflict may benefit a group's performance. The human relations view dominated conflict theory from the late 1940s through the mid-1970s.

The third, and most recent perspective, proposes not only that conflict can be a positive force in a group but explicitly argues that some conflict is absolutely necessary for a group to perform effectively. The interactionist view encourages conflict on the grounds that a harmonious, peaceful, tranquil, and cooperative group is prone to becoming static, apathetic, and nonresponsive to needs for change and innovation. The major contribution of the interactionist approach, therefore, is encouraging group leaders to maintain an ongoing minimum level of conflictenough to keep the group viable, self-critical, and creative. Page Ref: 195-196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

143) Distinguish between functional conflict and dysfunctional conflict.Answer: Some conflicts support the goals of the group and improve its performance; these are functional, constructive forms of conflict. Additionally, there are conflicts that hinder group performance; these are dysfunctional or destructive forms of conflict. Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

144) Discuss the three types of conflict: task conflict, relationship conflict, and process conflict.Answer: There are three types of conflict: task, relationship, and process. Task conflict relates to the content and goals of the work. Relationship conflict focuses on interpersonal relationships. Process conflict relates to how the work gets done. Relationship conflicts are almost always dysfunctional. However, low levels of process conflict and low to moderate levels of task conflict are functional. Low to moderate levels of task conflict consistently demonstrate a positive effect on group performance because it stimulates discussion of ideas that helps groups perform better.Page Ref: 196Topic: Transitions in Conflict Thought

436Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 437: Robbins Chapters

145) Outline and discuss the conflict process.Answer: The conflict process can be seen as comprising five stages: potential opposition or incompatibility, cognition and personalization, intentions, behavior, and outcomes. The first step in the conflict process is the presence of conditions that create opportunities for conflict to arise. They need not lead directly to conflict, but one of these conditions is necessary if conflict is to surface. These conditions are communication, structure, and personal variables. If the conditions cited in Stage I negatively affect something that one party cares about, then the potential for opposition or incompatibility becomes actualized in the second stage. The antecedent conditions can only lead to conflict when one or more of the parties are affected by, and aware of, the conflict. Stage II is cognition and personalization. This is where conflict issues tend to be defined. In Stage III, intentions intervene between people's perceptions and emotions and their overt behavior. These intentions are decisions to act in a certain way. When most people think of conflict situations, they tend to focus on Stage IV because this is where conflicts become visible. The behavior stage includes statements, actions, and reactions made by the conflicting parties. The action-reaction interplay between the conflicting parties results in consequences. These outcomes in Stage V may be functional in that the conflict results in an improvement in the group's performance, or dysfunctional in that it hinders group performance. Page Ref: 196-201Topic: The Conflict Process

146) Discuss the three general categories of conditions which may be the sources of conflict.Answer: The three general categories of conditions which may be the sources of conflict are communication, structure, and personal variables. Communication represents those opposing forces that arise from semantic difficulties, misunderstandings, and "noise" in the communication channels. Differing word connotations, jargon, insufficient exchange of information, and noise in the communication channel are all barriers to communication and potential antecedent conditions to conflict. The potential for conflict increases when either too little or too much communication takes place. Structure includes variables such as size, degree of specialization in the tasks assigned to group members, jurisdictional clarity, member-goal compatibility, leadership styles, reward systems, and the degree of dependence between groups. Personal variables include individual value systems that each person has and the personality characteristics that account for individual differences. Page Ref: 196-197Topic: The Conflict Process

437Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 438: Robbins Chapters

147) Identify the behaviors to be expected from persons who exhibit each of the five primary conflict-handling intentions.Answer: When one person seeks to satisfy his or her own interests, regardless of the impact on the other parties to the conflict, he or she is competing. In collaborating, the intention of the parties is to solve the problem by clarifying differences rather than by accommodating various points of view. In avoiding, a person may recognize that a conflict exists and want to withdraw from it or suppress it. When one party seeks to appease an opponent, that party may be willing to place the opponent's interests above his or her own. In order for the relationship to be maintained, one party is willing to be self-sacrificing by accommodating. In compromising, there is no clear winner or loser. Rather, there is a willingness to ration the object of the conflict and accept a solution that provides incomplete satisfaction of both parties' concerns. Each party to the conflict seeks to give up something and sharing occurs, resulting in a compromised outcome. Page Ref: 198Topic: The Conflict Process

148) Discuss functional and dysfunctional outcomes of conflict.Answer: Conflict is constructive when it improves the quality of decisions, stimulates creativity and innovation, encourages interest and curiosity among group members, provides the medium through which problems can be aired and tensions released, and fosters an environment of self-evaluation and change. Conflict can improve the quality of decision making by allowing all points, particularly the ones that are unusual or held by a minority, to be weighed in important decisions. Conflict is an antidote for groupthink. It doesn't allow the group passively to "rubber stamp" decisions that may be based on weak assumptions, inadequate consideration of relevant alternatives, or other debilities. Conflict challenges the status quo and therefore furthers the creation of new ideas, promotes reassessment of group goals and activities, and increases the probability that the group will respond to change.

Destructive outcomes of conflict include the following: uncontrolled opposition breeds discontent, which acts to dissolve common ties, and eventually leads to the destruction of the group. Conflict can also reduce group effectiveness. Among the most undesirable consequences are a retarding of communication, reductions in group cohesiveness, and subordination of group goals to the primacy of infighting between members. At the extreme, conflict can bring group functioning to a halt and potentially threaten the group's survival.Page Ref: 200-201Topic: The Conflict Process

438Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 439: Robbins Chapters

149) How can functional conflict be created?Answer: To create functional conflict, organizations must encourage and support dissent. They should encourage their people to challenge the system and develop fresh ideas. Companies can encourage unruly and disruptive meetings to create friction and stimulate creative ideas. They can reward dissenters by recognizing those who go against the grain. They can criticize their bosses and question without impunity. Some may build devil's advocates into the decision process. One common ingredient in organizations that successfully create functional conflict is that they reward dissent and punish conflict avoiders. Managers have to learn to take the bad news without flinching. Page Ref: 201Topic: The Conflict Process

150) Discuss the two general approaches to negotiation.Answer: There are two general approaches to negotiation ∙ distributive bargaining and integrative bargaining. Distributive bargaining is characterized by zero-sum conditions. Each negotiator has a target point that defines what he or she would like to achieve. Each also has a resistance point, which marks the lowest outcome that is acceptable ∙ the point below which they would break off negotiations rather than accept a less favorable settlement. The area between these two points makes up each one's aspiration range. As long as there is some overlap between A and B's aspiration ranges, there exists a settlement range where each one's aspirations can be met.

Integrative bargaining operates under the assumption that there exists one or more settlements that can create a win-win solution. Both parties must be open with information and candid about their concerns, have a sensitivity to each other's needs, the ability to trust one another, and a willingness by both parties to maintain flexibility. Page Ref: 202-204Topic: Negotiation

439Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 440: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 14 Foundations of Organization Structure

1) ________ defines how job tasks are formally divided, grouped, and coordinated.A) Organizational structureB) Work specializationC) DepartmentalizationD) Organizational behaviorE) Matrix departmentationAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 212Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

2) Organizational structure has six key elements. Which of the following is not one of these elements?A) centralizationB) departmentalizationC) work specializationD) formalizationE) location of authority Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 212Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

3) Consultants Exceptional (CE) has hired you to develop training materials for their consultants. Your first assignment is to develop a training program that helps their consultants to analyze and understand the organizational structure of the company that they are assisting. CE believes that in order to adequately evaluate and understand a client company, consultants need to understand the basic organizational structure of the company. Consultants are then able to recommend actions and changes based on the company's structure. One of the questions you tell the trainees to ask is, "To what degree are tasks subdivided into separate jobs?" This question addresses the issue of ________.A) formalizationB) work specializationC) span of controlD) chain of commandE) matrix restructuringAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 14-1Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

440Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 441: Robbins Chapters

4) ________ is addressed by asking the question, "On what basis are jobs grouped together?"A) DepartmentalizationB) Work specializationC) Centralization and decentralizationD) FormalizationE) Matrix restructuringAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 14-1Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

5) Consultants Exceptional (CE) has hired you to develop training materials for their consultants. Your first assignment is to develop a training program that helps their consultants to analyze and understand the organizational structure of the company that they are assisting. CE believes that in order to adequately evaluate and understand a client company, consultants need to understand the basic organizational structure of the company. Consultants are then able to recommend actions and changes based on the company's structure. You instruct the trainees to ask about the degree of rules and regulations that direct employees and managers. You want to help them understand the ________.A) chain of commandB) degree of formalizationC) span of controlD) degree of departmentalizationE) idea of matrix restructuringAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 14-1Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

6) Work specialization is the same as ________.A) departmentalizationB) division of laborC) decentralizationD) job groupingE) chain commandAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 213Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

441Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 442: Robbins Chapters

7) A task that is subdivided into many separate jobs is considered to have a ________.A) high degree of departmentalizationB) low degree of decentralizationC) high degree of work specializationD) low degree of structureE) high degree of matrix structuringAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 213Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

8) In the late 1940s, most manufacturing jobs in industrialized countries were being done with high ________.A) departmentalizationB) decentralizationC) work specializationD) structuralizationE) generalized structureAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 213Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

9) For much of the first half of the century, managers viewed work specialization as ________A) a means to encourage employee satisfactionB) a frustrating cause of reduced product outputC) an unending source of increased productivityD) difficult to implement without automation technologyE) an effective solution to over-centralizationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 213Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

10) You have divided the jobs performed by your department through work specialization and are now trying to decide how to best group these jobs to improve efficiency and customer service. You are considering whether to group activities by function, product, process, geography, or customer. You have decided that since you are a novice at departmentalization, you will go with the most popular method. You will probably choose ________.A) functionB) productC) processD) customerE) matrixAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 214Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

442Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 443: Robbins Chapters

11) The basis by which jobs are grouped together is termed ________.A) social clusteringB) bureaucracyC) specializationD) centralizationE) departmentalizationAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 214Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

12) One of the most popular ways to group activities is by ________.A) productB) functionC) geographyD) processE) temporalityAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 214Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

13) Proctor & Gamble departmentalizes by Tide, Pampers, Charmin, and Pringles. This is an example of departmentalization by ________.A) functionB) processC) geographyD) productE) interestAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

14) A plant manager who organizes the plant by separating engineering, accounting, manufacturing, personnel, and purchasing into departments is practicing ________ departmentalization.A) target-customerB) productC) functionalD) geographicE) graphicAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 214-215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

443Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 444: Robbins Chapters

15) ________ departmentalization achieves economies of scale by placing people with common skills and orientations into common units.A) FunctionalB) ProcessC) ProductD) GeographicE) TemporalAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 214-215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

16) Which one of the following is not one of the primary ways to group jobs?A) skillB) customerC) functionD) productE) processAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 214-215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

17) Your company decides to establish southern, Midwestern, western, and eastern zones of operation. Based on this expansion, you decide to implement ________ departmentalization.A) areaB) customerC) geographyD) regionalE) matrixAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

18) Your products fall into several categories with very different production methods for each category. Because of this, you might consider departmentalizing by ________.A) implementationB) methodC) productionD) processE) matrixAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

444Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 445: Robbins Chapters

19) You discover that your market is clearly divided between very different types of clients, with different support needs. To respond to this market diversity, you will probably choose to departmentalize by ________.A) functionalB) geographyC) supportD) customerE) matrixAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

20) The unbroken line of authority that extends from the top of the organization to the lowest echelon and clarifies who reports to whom is termed ________.A) chain of commandB) authorityC) span of controlD) unity of commandE) web of authorityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

21) The right inherent in a managerial position to give orders and expect orders to be obeyed is termed ________.A) chain of commandB) authorityC) powerD) unity of commandE) leadershipAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

22) The ________ principle helps preserve the concept of an unbroken line of authority.A) span-of-controlB) chain-of-commandC) cross-functionalityD) centralizationE) unity-of-command Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

445Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 446: Robbins Chapters

23) The unity-of-command principle states which of the following?A) Managers should limit their oversight to a maximum of 12 employees.B) Managers should oversee 1-4 employees on average.C) An individual should be directly responsible to only one supervisor.D) Managers should provide direction to their employees in a unified fashion.E) Employees should report directly to two supervisors to maintain task balance. Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

24) The ________ refers to the number of subordinates that a manager directs.A) span of controlB) unity of commandC) chain of commandD) decentralization principleE) leadership webAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

25) As employees are being empowered to make decisions previously reserved for management, which concept of organizational structure has become less relevant?A) decentralizationB) maintaining the chain of commandC) centalizationD) span of controlE) departmentalizationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

26) If you have a narrow span of control, you have a(n) ________ organization.A) efficientB) shortC) tallD) matrixE) fatAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

446Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 447: Robbins Chapters

27) In reorganizing his division, Matthew must make some decisions regarding the span of control for management within his decision. The question of span of control determines ________.A) who reports to whomB) the number of levels and managers an organization hasC) where decisions are madeD) how jobs will be groupedE) how employees will be compensatedAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

28) ________ are consistent with recent efforts by companies to reduce costs, cut overhead, speed up decision making, increase flexibility, get closer to customers, and empower employees.A) Wider spans of controlB) Narrower spans of controlC) Matrix structuresD) Simple structuresE) CentralizationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 216-217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

29) Which of the following is true regarding organizations that establish wide spans of control?A) At some point, employee performance increases substantially.B) At some point, supervisors become more efficient at providing support.C) At some point, wider spans of control reduce effectiveness.D) At some point, the organization becomes more formalized.E) At some point, the number of managers in the organization decreases.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

447Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 448: Robbins Chapters

30) In observing the departments in his division, Matthew notices that some managers with wide spans of control seem to perform more effectively than other managers with similarly-sized spans of control. Which of the following statements is most likely true regarding the high-performing managers?A) These managers are paid higher salaries than the low-performing managers.B) These managers discourage employee autonomy, which produces more uniform departmental results.C) The employees within their departments tend to compete to reach productivity goals, which boosts performance.D) The employees within their departments have poor communication with each other.E) The employees within their departments are highly skilled and very knowledgeable about their jobs.Answer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

31) The best definition for centralization is a situation in which decision making ________.A) is pushed down to lower level employeesB) is concentrated at top management levels in the organizationC) depends on the situationD) is completed in each department and then sent to the president for reviewE) is diffused among a large segment of employeesAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

32) Which one of the following dichotomies of organizational structure specifically defines where decisions are made?A) complexity/simplicityB) formalization/informalizationC) centralization/decentralizationD) specialization/enlargementE) affectivity/reflexivityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

33) Which of the following is a drawback of a narrow span of control? It ________.A) reduces effectivenessB) is more efficientC) encourages overly tight supervision and discourages employee autonomyD) empowers employeesE) increases participatory decision-makingAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

448Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 449: Robbins Chapters

34) Which of the following is not a drawback of a narrow span of control?A) It is expensive.B) It makes vertical communication in the organization more complex.C) Supervisors may lose control of their employees.D) It encourages overly tight supervision.E) It discourages employee autonomy.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

35) The trend in recent years has been toward ________.A) narrower spans of controlB) wider spans of controlC) a span of control of fourD) an ideal span of control of six to eightE) eliminating spans of control in favor of team structuresAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

36) In an organization that has high centralization, ________.A) the corporate headquarters is located centrally to branch officesB) all top-level officials are located within the same geographic areaC) action can be taken more quickly to solve problemsD) new employees have a great deal of legitimate authorityE) top managers make all the decisions and lower-level managers merely carry out directionsAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

37) Your trainees are given a case study concerning a local manufacturing firm called Acme Products. In assessing Acme's organizational structure, your trainees notice that all of the company's decisions are made by top management, with little or no input from lower-level personnel. The trainees most likely identify Acme as a(n) ________ organization.A) decentralizedB) highly formalizedC) aggressively managedD) highly centralizedE) informally structuredAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

449Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 450: Robbins Chapters

38) Senior management at Acme is concerned because the company takes so long to bring new products to market. Which of the following approaches would your trainees identify as most likely to help resolve this problem?A) reduction of cross-functional work teamsB) decentralization of the decision-making processC) decreased work specializationD) decreased formalization of policies and proceduresE) reduced diversity within the company's work forceAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

39) The more that lower-level personnel provide input or are actually given the discretion to make decisions, the more ________ there is within an organization.A) centralizationB) disempowermentC) work specializationD) departmentalizationE) decentralization Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

40) If a job is highly formalized, it would not include which of the following?A) clearly defined procedures on work processesB) explicit job descriptionC) high employee job discretionD) a large number of organizational rulesE) a consistent and uniform outputAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 218Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

41) Employee discretion is inversely related to ________.A) complexityB) standardizationC) specializationD) departmentalizationE) empowermentAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 218Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

450Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 451: Robbins Chapters

42) Which of the following is not a common organizational design?A) simple structureB) bureaucracyC) centralized structureD) matrix structureE) all of the aboveAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 218Topic: Common Organizational Designs

43) ________ is characterized by a low degree of departmentalization, wide spans of control, authority centralized in a single person, and little formalizationA) BureaucracyB) Matrix organizationC) Simple structureD) Team structureE) Centralized structureAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

44) Which one of the following is consistent with a simple structure?A) high centralizationB) high horizontal differentiationC) high employee discretionD) standardizationE) bureaucracyAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

45) A ________ is a flat organization.A) bureaucracyB) centralized structureC) matrix structureD) simple structureE) virtual organizationAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

451Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 452: Robbins Chapters

46) The simple structure is most widely practiced in small businesses in which ________.A) the owner also manages the companyB) management is limited to one individualC) managers have a high degree of influence with the company's ownerD) managers are hired directly by the company's ownerE) training budgets are limitedAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

47) The strength of the simple structure lies in its ________.A) efficiencyB) simplicityC) centralizationD) span of controlE) specializationAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

48) Which of the following is not a weakness of the simple structure?A) It is risky.B) It is prone to information overload.C) There is little unity of command.D) It can lead to slower decision making.E) It is often insufficient in larger organizations.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

49) You describe a structure that is flat, has little formalization, and is fast, flexible, and inexpensive to maintain. You are describing the ________.A) matrix structureB) simple structureC) bureaucracyD) team structureE) organizational pyramidAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational DesignsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

452Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 453: Robbins Chapters

50) You assign your students a project that involves developing a business plan for a retail store. The store will have 200 employees and will serve customers both locally and internationally via a storefront and an Internet catalogue. Which of the following organizational designs is least likely to benefit the goals of this retail store?A) matrixB) virtualC) bureaucracyD) teamE) simpleAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational DesignsAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

51) The key component underlying bureaucracies is ________.A) flexibilityB) standardizationC) dual lines of authorityD) wide span of controlE) the organizational pyramidAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

52) You extol the virtues and benefits of standardization. You are probably promoting the ________.A) matrix structureB) simple structureC) bureaucracyD) team structureE) organizational pyramidAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational DesignsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

53) A bureaucracy is characterized by all of the following EXCEPT ________.A) highly routine operating tasksB) formalized rules and regulationsC) tasks that are grouped into functional departmentsD) decentralized decision makingE) specializationAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

453Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 454: Robbins Chapters

54) The structure that combines functional and product departmentalization is the ________.A) matrix structureB) simple structureC) bureaucracyD) team structureE) organizational pyramidAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

55) The matrix structure combines which two forms of departmentalization?A) process and functionalB) functional and productC) product and processD) process and geographicE) geographic and productAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

56) You describe to your students a new committee within the university that brings together specialists from all different departments to develop a new interdisciplinary program. The structure probably best meets the definition of the ________.A) matrix structureB) expert structureC) boundaryless structureD) virtual structureE) organizational pyramidAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational DesignsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

57) The structure that creates dual lines of authority is the ________.A) organizational structureB) bureaucracyC) matrix structureD) virtual organizationE) simple structureAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

454Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 455: Robbins Chapters

58) The ________ structure violates the unity of command concept.A) simple B) virtual C) matrix D) team E) webAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

59) Which one of the following problems is most likely to occur in a matrix structure?A) decreased response to environmental changeB) decreased employee motivationC) loss of economies of scaleD) increases in groupthinkE) employees receiving conflicting directivesAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational DesignsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

60) The strength of the matrix structure is its ________.A) ability to facilitate coordinationB) economies of scaleC) adherence to chain of commandD) standardizationE) social empowermentAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

61) A major disadvantage of the matrix structure is ________.A) the confusion it createsB) its simplicityC) its rigid adherence to the unity of commandD) its centralizationE) its rigid role expectationsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

455Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 456: Robbins Chapters

62) The virtual is also called the ________ or ________ organization.A) network; modularB) team; social C) pyramid; multi-levelD) boundaryless; global E) simple; unitaryAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 221Topic: New Design Options

63) You have decided to hire other organizations to perform many of the basic functions of your business. You have hired an accounting firm to keep your records, a recruiting firm to handle human resource functions, and a computer firm to handle all records. To keep costs down, you are looking for other areas in which to outsource operations. You have chosen to operate your business as a ________.A) matrix organizationB) virtual organizationC) team structureD) boundaryless structureE) organizational pyramidAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 221-222Topic: New Design OptionsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

64) Your new organization is looking for maximum flexibility. The most appropriate structure is probably the ________.A) matrix organizationB) virtual organizationC) team structureD) network structureE) organizational pyramidAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 222Topic: New Design OptionsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

456Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 457: Robbins Chapters

65) A small, core organization that outsources major business functions is a ________ organization.A) teamB) virtualC) boundarylessD) matrixE) simpleAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 222Topic: New Design Options

66) The virtual organization stands in sharp contrast to the typical bureaucracy that has many vertical levels of management and where control is sought through ________.A) ownershipB) teamsC) imposing limitsD) directivesE) manipulationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 222Topic: New Design Options

67) The primary drawback of the virtual organization isA) the reduction in management's control over key parts of its business.B) the reliance on the founder/manager of the business.C) the wide spans of control.D) the long chain of command.E) the lack of flexibility.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

68) The boundaryless organization relies heavily on ________.A) information technologyB) efficient chains of commandC) the simple structureD) the matrix structureE) departmentalizationAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

457Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 458: Robbins Chapters

69) You have eliminated horizontal, vertical, and external barriers within your organization. You are operating as a(n) ________.A) matrix organizationB) virtual organizationC) team structureD) boundaryless organizationE) organizational pyramidAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design OptionsAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

70) The major advantage of the virtual organization is its ________.A) controlB) predictabilityC) flexibilityD) empowermentE) complexityAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

71) Which organizational design has been called the T-form?A) matrix organizationB) virtual organizationC) team structureD) boundaryless organizationE) bureaucracyAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

72) The ________ is a structure characterized by extensive departmentalization, high formalization, a limited information network, and centralization.A) mechanistic modelB) organic modelC) traditional modelD) bureaucracy organizationE) simple structureAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

458Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 459: Robbins Chapters

73) If there is low formalization, a comprehensive information network, and high participation in decision making, one would expect a(n) ________ structure.A) simple B) mechanistic C) organic D) stable E) matrixAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

74) Which of the following is not a determinant of an organization's structure?A) strategyB) organization sizeC) size of revenuesD) technologyE) environmentAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

75) All of the following are characteristics of the organic model EXCEPTA) cross-functional teamsB) narrow spans of controlC) cross-hierarchical teamsD) high participation in decision makingE) flatness Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 14-6Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

76) Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of the mechanistic model?A) high specializationB) free flow of informationC) centralizationD) high formalizationE) narrower spans of control Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 14-6Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

459Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 460: Robbins Chapters

77) A strategy that emphasizes the introduction of major new products and services is a(n) ________ strategy.A) innovationB) enhancementC) progressiveD) organicE) matrixAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

78) A company oriented around cost minimization is best served by which type of structure?A) virtualB) combinationC) mechanisticD) organicE) targetedAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

79) Wal-Mart is an example of a company following aA) innovation strategy.B) cost-minimization strategy.C) imitation strategy.D) branding strategy.E) differentiation strategy.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

80) ________ refers to how an organization transfers its inputs into outputs.A) ProductionB) TechnologyC) OperationsD) ProcessE) EffectivenessAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

460Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 461: Robbins Chapters

81) Which of the following is not part of an organization's environment?A) public pressure groupsB) customersC) employeesD) competitorsE) government regulatory agenciesAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

82) Which of the following does not reflect a dynamic environment?A) new competitorsB) difficulties in acquiring raw materialsC) rapidly changing government regulations affecting businessD) no new technological breakthroughs by current competitorsE) continually changing produce preferences by customersAnswer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 226Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

83) Which of the following generalizations about organizational structures and employee performance and satisfaction is most accurate?A) There is fairly strong evidence linking decentralization and job satisfaction.B) No evidence supports a relationship between span of control and employee performance.C) The evidence generally indicates that work specialization contributes to lower employee productivity.D) Employees dislike routine work that makes minimal intellectual demands.E) Large spans of control provide more distant supervision, thereby increasing employee productivity.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 227Topic: Organizational Designs and Employee Behavior

84) Which organizational structure still dominates in many parts of Europe and Asia?A) simple structureB) bureaucracyC) virtual organizationD) boundaryless organizationE) matrixAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 228Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

461Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 462: Robbins Chapters

85) Managers need to address six key elements when they design their organization's structure: work specialization, departmentalization, chain of command, chain of control, centralization and decentralization, and formalization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 212Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

86) The degree to which tasks in the organization are subdivided into separate jobs is termed departmentalization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 14-1Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

87) Specialization defines how job tasks are formally defined, grouped, and coordinated.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 213Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

88) Work specialization may result in employee boredom, stress, and absenteeism.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 213Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

89) For much of the first half of this century, managers viewed departmentalization as promoting increased productivity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 213Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

90) The strength of functional departmentalization lies in the efficiencies obtained by putting similar specialists together.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

91) Only one form of departmentalization can effectively be implemented in an organization at a time.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

92) The inherent right in a managerial position to give orders and expect the orders to be obeyed is termed power.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

462Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 463: Robbins Chapters

93) Departmentalization answers questions for employee such as "To whom do I go if I have a problem?"Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

94) The unbroken line of authority that extends from the top of the organization to the lowest echelon is termed the command line of authority.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

95) The principle of unity of command suggests that managers should support one another.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

96) Span of command determines the number of levels and managers an organization has.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

97) All things being equal, the wider or larger the span of control, the more profitable the organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

98) Flat organizational structures result from narrow spans of control.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

99) Narrow spans of control can result in lack of supervision, causing performance to suffer.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

100) Having too many people report to you can undermine your effectiveness as a manager.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

101) The trend in recent years has been toward wider spans of control.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

463Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 464: Robbins Chapters

102) The more that lower-level personnel provide input or are actually given the discretion to make decisions, the more decentralized the organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 217Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

103) A decentralized organization is more likely to result in a feeling of alienation by employees than a centralized organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 218Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

104) There has been a marked trend toward centralization in business decision making.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 218Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

105) An increase in the number of rules and regulations results in increased formalization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 218Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

106) The greater the formalization of an organization, the more input an employee has into how his or her work is done.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 218Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

107) Autonomy and formalization are positively related.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 218Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

108) The simple structure is flexible and inexpensive to maintain, but its chain of command is often ambiguous.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

109) A major strength of the simple structure is that it easily adapts to any size organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

464Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 465: Robbins Chapters

110) One disadvantage of the simple structure is its high risk.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

111) The strength of the bureaucracy lies in its ability to perform standardized activities.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

112) A major weakness of the bureaucracy is that specialization creates sub-unit conflicts.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 219Topic: Common Organizational Designs

113) The bureaucracy is efficient only as long as employees confront problems brought about by programmed decision rules.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

114) The matrix structure is characterized by highly routine operating tasks achieved through specialization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

115) A structure that creates dual lines of authority and combines functional and product departmentalization is the matrix structure.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

116) The matrix structure facilitates the allocation of specialists.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 220Topic: Common Organizational Designs

117) The major disadvantage of the matrix is the propensity for functional unit goals to override organizational goals.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 221Topic: Common Organizational Designs

465Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 466: Robbins Chapters

118) You have decided to hire a small shop to do all of your duplicating and printing. This is an example of outsourcing.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 221Topic: New Design Options

119) The matrix organization is also called the network or modular organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 221Topic: New Design Options

120) The virtual organization is effective at reinforcing management control over business operations.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 222Topic: New Design Options

121) The major advantage to the virtual organization is its flexibility.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

122) An organization that seeks to eliminate the chain of command is a boundaryless organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

123) Status and rank are minimized in the boundaryless organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

124) Globalization serves to reinforce external boundaries within organizations.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design Options

125) The technological thread that makes the boundaryless organization possible is wireless communications.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 223Topic: New Design OptionsAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

466Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 467: Robbins Chapters

126) An organic model of structure is characterized by extensive departmentalization, high formalization, a limited information network, and centralization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

127) The boundaryless organization is an example of the organic model of organizational design.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

128) Mechanistic structures are high in formalization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

129) Businesses structured according to the mechanistic model usually have high employee participation in decision making.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

130) An organization's business strategy is usually determined by the organization's business structure.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 224Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

131) An innovation strategy works well only for businesses organized within a simple structure.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

132) Businesses using innovation strategy seek to quickly move into new markets after the viability of those markets has been proven.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

133) An organization pursues a price-minimization strategy by controlling costs, avoiding unnecessary innovation or marketing expenses, and cutting prices in selling basic products.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

467Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 468: Robbins Chapters

134) The size of an organization affects the organization's structure at a decreasing rate of impact.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

135) Adding 500 employees to an organization that has only 300 members is likely to result in a shift toward a more organic structure.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

136) Technology is associated with how an organization transfers its inputs into outputs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 225Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

137) Organizations operating in highly scarce, dynamic, and complex environments fare best if under organic structures.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 226Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

138) Organizational structure has little bearing on employee attitudes and behavior.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 226Topic: Organizational Designs and Employee Behavior

139) Research supports the notion that employees prefer organic business structures.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 226-227Topic: Organizational Designs and Employee Behavior

140) Organizations that are less centralized have greater employee input in business decision making.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 227Topic: Organizational Designs and Employee Behavior

141) What is organizational structure?Answer: An organizational structure defines how job tasks are formally divided, grouped, and coordinated. The elements that must be addressed are work specialization, departmentalization, chain of command, span of control, centralization and decentralization, and formalization. Page Ref: 212Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

468Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 469: Robbins Chapters

142) Explain the organizational component of work specialization. Discuss its advantages and drawbacks.Answer: The essence of work specialization is that, rather than an entire job being done by one individual, it is broken down into a number of steps, with each step being completed by a separate individual. In essence, individuals specialize in doing part of an activity rather than the entire activity. Management saw this as a means to make the most efficient use of its employees' skills. In most organizations, some tasks require highly developed skills and others can be performed by untrained workers. If all workers were engaged in each step of, say, an organization's manufacturing process, all would have to have the skills necessary to perform both the most demanding and the least demanding jobs. The result would be that, except when performing the most skilled or highly complex tasks, employees would be working below their skill levels. And because skilled workers are paid more than unskilled workers and their wages tend to reflect their highest level of skill, it represents an inefficient use of organizational resources to pay highly skilled workers to do easy tasks.

Managers also saw other efficiencies that could be achieved through work specialization. Employee skills at performing a task successfully increase through repetition. Less time is spent in changing tasks, in putting away one's tools and equipment from a prior step in the work process, and in getting ready for another. Equally important, training for specialization is more efficient from the organization's perspective. It's easier and less costly to find and train workers to do specific and repetitive tasks.

For much of the first half of the twentieth century, managers viewed work specialization as an unending source of increased productivity. And they were probably right. Because specialization was not widely practiced, its introduction almost always generated higher productivity. But by the 1960s, there came increasing evidence that a good thing can be carried too far. The point had been reached in some jobs at which the human diseconomies from specializationwhich surfaced as boredom, fatigue, stress, low productivity, poor quality, increased absenteeism, and high turnovermore than offset the economic advantages.

Most managers today see work specialization as neither obsolete nor an unending source of increased productivity. Rather, managers recognize the economies it provides in certain types of jobs and the problems it creates when it's carried too far. Page Ref: 213-214Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

469Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 470: Robbins Chapters

143) What is departmentalization? What are five common ways that an organization can group activities? Give an example of each.Answer: The basis by which jobs are grouped together is called departmentalization. Tasks can be grouped by function performed, the type of product the organization produces, on the basis of geography or territory, process used, or by the particular type of customer the organization seeks to reach. One of the most popular ways to group activities is by functions performed. A manufacturing manager might organize his or her plant by separating engineering, accounting, manufacturing, personnel, and supply specialists into common departments. Tasks can also be departmentalized by type of product the organization produces. Procter & Gamble is organized along these lines. Each major product is placed under the authority of an executive who has complete global responsibility for that product. Another way to departmentalize is on the basis of geography or territory. The sales function, for instance, may have western, southern, mid-western, and eastern regions. Each of these regions is, in effect, a department organized around geography. Process departmentalization can be used to group departments. At an Alcoa aluminum tubing plant in upstate New York, production is organized into five departments: casting; press; tubing; finishing; and inspecting, packing, and shipping. Each department specializes in one specific phase in the production of aluminum tubing. A final category is to use the particular type of customer the organization seeks to reach. Microsoft recently reorganized around four customer markets: consumers, large corporations, software developers, and small businesses. Page Ref: 214-215Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

144) What is the chain of command within an organization?Answer: The chain of command is an unbroken line of authority that extends from the top of the organization to the lowest echelon and clarifies who reports to whom. It answers questions for employees such as "To whom do I go if I have a problem?" and "To whom am I responsible?" The two complementary concepts are authority and unity of command. Authority refers to the rights inherent in a managerial position to give orders and expect the orders to be obeyed. The unity of command principle helps preserve the concept of an unbroken line of authority. It states that a person should have one and only one superior to whom he or she is directly responsible. Page Ref: 215-216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

145) Why is span of control important within an organization?Answer: The question of span of control is important because, to a large degree, it determines the number of levels and managers an organization has. It answers the question "How many employees can a manager efficiently and effectively direct?" All things being equal, the wider or larger the span of control, the more efficient the organization. Page Ref: 216Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

470Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 471: Robbins Chapters

146) What is the difference between centralization and decentralization?Answer: The term centralization refers to the degree to which decision making is concentrated at a single point in the organization. The concept includes only formal authority, that is, the rights inherent in one's position. The more that lower-level personnel provide input or are actually given the discretion to make decisions, the more decentralization there is. An organization characterized by centralization is an inherently different structural animal from one that is decentralized. In a decentralized organization, action can be taken more quickly to solve problems, more people provide input into decisions, and employees are less likely to feel alienated from those who make the decisions that affect their work lives. Page Ref: 217-219Topic: What Is Organizational Structure?

147) Describe the three common organizational designs: simple structure, bureaucracy, and matrix structure.Answer: The simple structure is said to be characterized most by what it is not rather than what it is. The simple structure is not elaborate. It has a low degree of departmentalization, wide spans of control, authority centralized in a single person, and little formalization. The simple structure is a "flat" organization; it usually has only two or three vertical levels, a loose body of employees, and one individual in whom the decision-making authority is centralized. Standardization is the key concept that underlies the bureaucracy. It is characterized by highly routine operating tasks achieved through specialization, very formalized rules and regulations, tasks that are grouped into functional departments, centralized authority, narrow spans of control, and decision making that follows the chain of command. The matrix combines two forms of departmentalization: functional and product. It breaks the unity-of-command concept. Employees in the matrix have two bossestheir functional department managers and their product managers. Therefore, the matrix has a dual chain of command. Page Ref: 218-221Topic: Common Organizational Designs

148) Explain the virtual organization and the boundaryless organization.Answer: The virtual organization is sometimes called the network or modular organization. Typically, a small, core organization outsources major business functions. In structural terms, the virtual organization is highly centralized, with little or no departmentalization. Why own when you can rent is the question that captures the essence of the virtual organization. Jack Welch coined the term boundaryless organization to describe his idea of what he wanted GE to become. He wanted to eliminate vertical and horizontal boundaries within GE and break down external barriers between the company and its customers and suppliers. The boundaryless organization seeks to eliminate the chain of command, have limitless spans of control, and replace departments with empowered teams. Because it relies so heavily on information technology, some have called this structure the T-form or technology-based organization. By removing vertical boundaries, management flattens the hierarchy. Status and rank are minimized.Page Ref: 221-222Topic: New Design Options

471Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 472: Robbins Chapters

149) What is the difference between the mechanistic model and the organic model of organizational structure?Answer: The mechanistic model is generally synonymous with the bureaucracy in that it has extensive departmentalization, high formalization, a limited information network (mostly downward communication), and little participation by low-level members in decision making. At the other extreme is the organic model. This model looks a lot like the boundaryless organization. It is flat, uses cross-hierarchical and cross-functional teams, has low formalization, possesses a comprehensive information network and it involves high participation in decision making. Page Ref: 224 and Exh14-6Topic: Why Do Structures Differ?

150) Explain the implications of different organizational designs for employee behavior.Answer: A review of the evidence linking organizational structures to employee performance and satisfaction leads to a pretty clear conclusion ∙ you can't generalize. Not everyone prefers the freedom and flexibility of organic structures. Individual differences must be addressed. The evidence generally indicates that work specialization contributes to higher productivity but at the price of reduced job satisfaction. Work specialization is not an unending source of higher productivity. Problems start to surface, and productivity begins to suffer, when the human diseconomies of doing repetitive and narrow tasks overtake the economies of specialization. As the workforce has become more highly educated and desirous of jobs that are intrinsically rewarding, the point where productivity begins to decline seems to be reached more quickly than in decades past. Negative behavioral outcomes from high specialization are most likely to surface in professional jobs occupied by individuals with high needs for personal growth and diversity.

A review of the research indicates that it is probably safe to say there is no evidence to support a relationship between span of control and employee performance. There is some evidence indicating that a manager's job satisfaction increases as the number of employees he or she supervises increases.

Fairly strong evidence has linked centralization and job satisfaction. In general, organizations that are less centralized have a greater amount of participative decision making. Participative decision making is positively related to job satisfaction. But, again, individual differences surface. The decentralization-satisfaction relationship is strongest with employees who have low self-esteem. Because individuals with low self-esteem have less confidence in their abilities, they place a higher value on shared decision making, which means that they're not held solely responsible for decision outcomes. To maximize employee performance and satisfaction, individual differences, such as experience, personality, and the work tasks, should be taken into account. Page Ref: 226-227Topic: Organizational Designs and Employee Behavior

472Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 473: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 15 Organizational Culture

1) ________ is a shared system of meaning held by the organization's members that distinguishes the organization from other organizations.A) InstitutionalizationB) Organizational cultureC) SocializationD) FormalizationE) Corporate imageAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 231c Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

2) Which of the following is not a primary characteristic that captures the essence of organizational culture?A) attention to detailB) innovationC) formality orientationD) team orientationE) outcome orientationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

3) ________ is the characteristic of organizational culture that addresses the degree to which management decisions take into consideration the effect of outcomes on people within the organization.A) HumanisticB) CommunityC) Team D) People orientationE) RelationshipAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

473Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 474: Robbins Chapters

4) The key characteristic of organizational culture that addresses the degree to which people are competitive rather than easygoing is termed ________.A) assertivenessB) competitivenessC) aversivenessD) risk takingE) aggressiveness Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

5) The key characteristic of organizational culture that addresses the degree to which employees are expected to exhibit precision is termed ________.A) accuracy orientationB) accountabilityC) attention to detailD) stabilityE) reactivityAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

6) The key characteristic of organizational culture that assesses the degree to which organizational activities emphasize maintaining the status quo in contrast to growth is termed ________.A) permanenceB) aggressiveness orientationC) stabilityD) competitivenessE) reflexivityAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

7) Organizational culture isA) not concerned with how employees perceive their culture.B) a descriptive term.C) concerned with whether employees like certain characteristics of their culture.D) evaluative.E) synonymous with job satisfaction.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

474Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 475: Robbins Chapters

8) In contrasting organizational culture with job satisfaction, organizational culture is a(n) ________ term, while job satisfaction is a(n) ________ term.A) predictive; reactiveB) implied; statedC) reflective; affectiveD) descriptive; evaluativeE) inductive; deductiveAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

9) The macro view of culture that gives an organization its distinct personality is its ________ culture.A) dominant B) sub-C) strong D) national E) marginalAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

10) Cultures within an organization that are defined by departmental designations are often called ________.A) micro-culturesB) subculturesC) divisional culturesD) microcosmsE) counter culturesAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

11) Which characteristic is not reflective of subcultures?A) includes core values of the organizationB) typically defined by department designationsC) rejects the core values of the dominant cultureD) usually defined by geographical separationE) includes values unique to members of a department or groupAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

475Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 476: Robbins Chapters

12) Masterson College is a small liberal arts women's college in North Carolina. The founders of the college were Baptist and were committed to the idea that a liberal arts education was the best preparation for lifelong learning. The college has continued to support this orientation towards liberal arts education and has actually moved to strengthen that commitment recently. Within the last two decades, the business department has become one of the larger departments on campus. The faculty of the business department is also committed to finding employment for their graduates and believe that two things are critical for this to happen: 1) their students must have a solid understanding of the fundamental of their discipline; and 2) internships are an important method of establishing the connections and opportunities for employment. The belief in a liberal arts education is part of the ________ of the college.A) subculture of the business departmentB) management cultureC) dominant cultureD) mission statementE) logicAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

13) Masterson College is a small liberal arts women's college in North Carolina. The founders of the college were Baptist and were committed to the idea that a liberal arts education was the best preparation for lifelong learning. The college has continued to support this orientation towards liberal arts education and has actually moved to strengthen that commitment recently. Within the last two decades, the business department has become one of the larger departments on campus. The faculty of the business department is also committed to finding employment for their graduates and believe that two things are critical for this to happen: 1) their students must have a solid understanding of the fundamental of their discipline; and 2) internships are an important method of establishing the connections and opportunities for employment. The commitment to finding employment for graduates is part of the ________.A) subculture of the business departmentB) management cultureC) dominant cultureD) mission statementE) logicAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

476Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 477: Robbins Chapters

14) Masterson College is a small liberal arts women's college in North Carolina. The founders of the college were Baptist and were committed to the idea that a liberal arts education was the best preparation for lifelong learning. The college has continued to support this orientation towards liberal arts education and has actually moved to strengthen that commitment recently. Within the last two decades, the business department has become one of the larger departments on campus. The faculty of the business department is also committed to finding employment for their graduates and believe that two things are critical for this to happen: 1) their students must have a solid understanding of the fundamental of their discipline; and 2) internships are an important method of establishing the connections and opportunities for employment. The business department holds some unique values in addition to the ________ of the dominant culture.A) core valuesB) sub-valuesC) formal valuesD) holistic valuesE) spiritual orientationAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

15) Masterson College is a small liberal arts women's college in North Carolina. The founders of the college were Baptist and were committed to the idea that a liberal arts education was the best preparation for lifelong learning. The college has continued to support this orientation towards liberal arts education and has actually moved to strengthen that commitment recently. Within the last two decades, the business department has become one of the larger departments on campus. The faculty of the business department is also committed to finding employment for their graduates and believe that two things are critical for this to happen: 1) their students must have a solid understanding of the fundamental of their discipline; and 2) internships are an important method of establishing the connections and opportunities for employment. Which of the following represents a core value of the college?A) affordable educationB) scientific knowledgeC) technological innovationD) remedial reinforcementE) lifelong learningAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

477Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 478: Robbins Chapters

16) A dominant culture is ________.A) the sum of an organization's subculturesB) defined by the leader of an organizationC) synonymous with an organization's cultureD) usually a strong cultureE) likely to be a weak culture Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

17) The primary or dominant values that are accepted throughout the organization are known as ________.A) foundational valuesB) core valuesC) shared valuesD) institutional traitsE) manifestosAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

18) Which of the following is characteristic of a strong culture?A) little influence over members' behaviorB) low behavioral controlsC) narrowly shared valuesD) intensely held valuesE) weakly held valuesAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

19) ________ are indicators of a strong organizational culture.A) High levels of dissentionB) Weak managersC) Completely horizontal organizational chartsD) Narrowly defined rolesE) Widely shared valuesAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

478Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 479: Robbins Chapters

20) A strong culture can create a climate of ________.A) creativityB) high behavioral controlC) low commitmentD) disloyaltyE) uncertaintyAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

21) The retailer known for their strong service culture is ________.A) Macy'sB) Nordstrom'sC) KmartD) TargetE) GapAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

22) Which of the following is most likely to result from a strong organizational culture? A) low employee turnoverB) low employee satisfactionC) high employee turnoverD) high absenteeismE) low organizational commitmentAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

23) The unanimity of a strong culture contributes to all of the following except ________.A) cohesivenessB) loyaltyC) higher product qualityD) organizational commitmentE) lower employees' propensity to leave the organizationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

479Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 480: Robbins Chapters

24) A strong organizational culture may reduceA) internalizing behaviors.B) formalization.C) norms.D) the regulation of employee behavior.E) consistency.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

25) Since a strong organizational culture increases behavioral consistency, you would expectA) narrower spans of control.B) less formalization.C) longer chains of command.D) less open communication.E) less predictability.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

26) Which of the following is NOT a function of culture?A) It conveys a sense of organizational identity.B) It shapes employee attitude and behavior.C) It reduces the stability of the social system.D) It has a boundary-defining role.E) It facilitates the generation of commitment to something larger than one's individual self-interests.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

27) The culture of Disney has been very effective in performing which of the following functions?A) displaying the dominance of their industryB) ensuring employees will act in a relatively uniform wayC) improving company profitsD) facilitating commitment to the theme park industryE) blurring department boundariesAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

480Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 481: Robbins Chapters

28) As organizations have widened spans of control, flattened structures, introduced teams, reduced formalization, and empowered employees, the ________ provided by a strong culture ensures that everyone is pointed in the same direction.A) rules and regulationsB) shared meaningC) ritualsD) socializationE) rigid hierarchyAnswer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?AASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

29) Gary has been reading an OB book on culture to improve his managerial skills. As a result, he realizesA) when selecting a candidate, he should take into account the individual-organization fit.B) organizational culture does not play a role in selection.C) promotion decisions are not influenced by organizational culture.D) organizational fit determines if employees like the management of the organization.E) organizational fit is seldom important when rules guide the behavior of employees.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

30) Culture is important from an employee's standpoint becauseA) it reduces ambiguity.B) it tells employees how things are done.C) it tells employees what is important.D) it increases the consistency of employee behavior.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 233-234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

481Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 482: Robbins Chapters

31) The Young Woman's Club of Williams has been operating for seventy-five years as an organization that supports women who stay at home. For years it has been one of the most prestigious organizations in town with a strong membership. This group has always held classes in cooking, sewing, and child rearing. It has always been made up of upper middle class women from the small town of Williams. As the area has grown, many people have moved into Williams and now commute to Capital City, just 15 miles away. Most of the newcomers are dual-income couples, with both spouses holding full-time jobs. It is probable that the strong culture of the Young Woman's Club of Williams will ________.A) prevent the organization from changing as the population of the community changesB) enable the organization to meet the needs of diverse women in the communityC) be embraced by all of the newcomers to the communityD) be strengthened by the presence of the newcomers in the communityE) enable the organization to become more effective.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

32) The Young Woman's Club of Williams has been operating for 75 years as an organization that supports women who stay at home. For years it has been one of the most prestigious organizations in town with a strong membership. This group has always held classes in cooking, sewing, and child rearing. It has always been made up of upper middle class women from the small town of Williams. As the area has grown, many people have moved into Williams and now commute to Capital City, just 15 miles away. Most of the newcomers are dual-income couples, with both spouses holding full-time jobs. The culture of the Young Woman's Club can be defined asA) a liability.B) a weak culture.C) an ambiguous culture.D) a diverse culture.E) a tolerant culture.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

482Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 483: Robbins Chapters

33) The Young Woman's Club of Williams has been operating for 75 years as an organization that supports women who stay at home. For years it has been one of the most prestigious organizations in town with a strong membership. This group has always held classes in cooking, sewing, and child rearing. It has always been made up of upper middle class women from the small town of Williams. As the area has grown, many people have moved into Williams and now commute to Capital City, just 15 miles away. Most of the newcomers are dual-income couples, with both spouses holding full-time jobs. The culture of the Young Woman's Club will be a liability if ________.A) newcomers embrace itB) it does not further the organization's effectivenessC) it reduces ambiguityD) it enhances social system stabilityE) it improves the performance of the organization.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

34) The Young Woman's Club of Williams has been operating for 75 years as an organization that supports women who stay at home. For years it has been one of the most prestigious organizations in town with a strong membership. This group has always held classes in cooking, sewing, and child rearing. It has always been made up of upper middle class women from the small town of Williams. As the area has grown, many people have moved into Williams and now commute to Capital City, just 15 miles away. Most of the newcomers are dual-income couples, with both spouses holding full-time jobs. The Young Woman's Club is most likely to ________.A) experience internal division regarding the future of the organizationB) broaden its membership to include women of different classesC) shift its core values in response to the perceived needs of newcomersD) expand its membership significantly, given the town's population increase E) remain similar in size, despite the town's population increaseAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

35) Culture may be a liability when it is a barrier to ________.A) changeB) diversityC) mergers and acquisitionsD) acquisitionsE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

483Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 484: Robbins Chapters

36) The Young Woman's Club of Williams has been operating for seventy-five years as an organization that supports women who stay at home. For years it has been one of the most prestigious organizations in town with a strong membership. This group has always held classes in cooking, sewing, and child rearing. It has always been made up of upper middle class women from the small town of Williams. As the area has grown, many people have moved into Williams and now commute to Capital City, just 15 miles away. Most of the newcomers are dual-income couples, with both spouses holding full-time jobs. Women who are newcomers to the town of Williams are most likely to ________.A) find membership in the Young Women's Club helpful for increasing their social supportB) help to enhance the prestige of the Young Women's Club by increasing the average income of the group's membersC) find that the Young Woman's Club values the unique strengths of those from different backgroundsD) help improve the profitability of the Young Woman's Club by recommending increases in its membership dues E) find that the Young Woman's Club has a low tolerance for diversityAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?AASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

37) Culture is most likely to be a liability when ________.A) it increases the consistency of behaviorB) the organization's environment is dynamicC) the organization's management is ineffectualD) it reduces ambiguityE) countercultures are integrated into the dominant culturesAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

38) Consistency of behavior is an asset to an organization when it faces ________.A) a dynamic environmentB) an unknown environmentC) social upheavalD) massive changesE) a stable environmentAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

484Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 485: Robbins Chapters

39) A dilemma is created for strong cultures whenA) too many employees are retained.B) diverse individuals are hired.C) turnover remains low.D) core values are embraced.E) new employees are quickly accepted.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?AASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

40) One of the major reasons cited for the problems of AOL Time Warner's merger isA) financial incompatibility.B) product line incompatibility.C) culture clash.D) goal incompatibility.E) the size of the organizations.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234-235Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

41) In recent years, ________ has become the primary concern in acquisitions and mergers.A) cultural compatibilityB) cultural synergyC) financial advantagesD) product synergyE) value dominanceAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

42) The ultimate source of an organization's culture is ________.A) top managementB) the environmentC) the country in which the organization operatesD) the organization's foundersE) the belief systems of it employeesAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 235Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

485Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 486: Robbins Chapters

43) Culture creation occurs in which of the following ways?A) Founders hire employees who think and feel the way they do.B) Founders indoctrinate and socialize employees to their way of thinking and feeling.C) Founders keep employees who think and feel they way they do.D) Founders' behavior acts as a role model for others to identify with.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 235Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

44) All of the following are factors that serve to sustain an organization's culture EXCEPT ________.A) selectionB) orientationC) performance evaluation criteriaD) top management practicesE) Wall Street viewsAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 235Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

45) The selection process helps sustain the organization's culture by ________.A) establishing and enforcing normsB) ensuring that candidates fit well within the organizationC) socializing the applicantD) identifying individuals who have the skills to perform certain jobsE) rewarding conformityAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

46) The selection process helps candidates learn about an organization. If employees perceive a conflict between their values and those of the organization, this gives them a chance to ________.A) work to change the organizationB) express their concernsC) inform the organization of appropriate changesD) self-select out of the applicant poolE) rectify their cognitive dissonanceAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

486Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 487: Robbins Chapters

47) The selection process at W.L. Gore & Associates is designed to allow candidates who don't fit with the organizational culture toA) obtain training to better fit.B) select out.C) learn more about the culture.D) change the organization's values.E) change their own values to match.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

48) Top management has a major impact on the organization's culture through ________.A) establishing norms that filter down through the organizationB) ensuring a proper match of personal and organizational valuesC) socializing new applicants in the pre-hiring phaseD) providing a framework for metamorphosis of new hiresE) properly rewarding management's initiativesAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

49) The process through which employees are adapted to an organization's culture is called ________.A) training and developmentB) mentoringC) socializationD) institutionalizationE) intimidationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

50) The Marines' boot camp is an example ofA) onboarding.B) entry.C) socialization.D) culture shock.E) molding.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

487Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 488: Robbins Chapters

51) Which of the following is the first stage of the socialization process?A) prearrivalB) encounterC) metamorphosisD) ritualE) commitmentAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

52) The correct order for the stages of the socialization process is ________.A) prearrival, metamorphosis, encounterB) prearrival, encounter, ritualC) prearrival, ritual, encounterD) prearrival, encounter, metamorphosisE) prearrival, ritual, arrival Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 15-1Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

53) The socialization stage that encompasses the learning that occurs before a new member joins an organization is known as ________ socialization.A) prearrivalB) encounterC) metamorphosisD) ritualE) systemicAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

54) During which stage of the socialization process do individuals come with a set of values, attitudes and expectations?A) prearrivalB) encounterC) metamorphosisD) ritualE) analysisAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

488Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 489: Robbins Chapters

55) The learning that you experience during the interviewing and hiring process occurs as part of the ________ stage of employee socialization.A) selection B) prearrival C) encounter D) metamorphosis E) trainingAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

56) Your first day at work is part of the ________ stage of socialization.A) orientationB) prearrival C) encounter D) metamorphosis E) interviewAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

57) In which stage of the socialization process do you usually begin to notice things that are not as you expected?A) orientation B) prearrival C) encounter D) metamorphosis E) arrivalAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

58) Which of the following steps could your supervisor take to best help you develop a commitment to your new company?A) encourage you to work independently at first to learn the ropesB) discourage you from putting too much weight on your initial expectations C) discourage you from putting too much emphasis on your perception of the organization D) encourage you to look carefully at your own assumptions, which may be biasedE) encourage you to develop friendship ties within the organizationAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

489Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 490: Robbins Chapters

59) The employee compares her expectations to organizational reality in which stage of socialization?A) prearrivalB) encounterC) metamorphosisD) ritualE) analysisAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

60) The time when a new employee sees what the organization is really like and realizes that expectations and reality may diverge is called the ________ stage.A) encounter B) exploration C) establishment D) metamorphosis E) mirroringAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

61) If there is a basic conflict between the individual's expectations and the reality of working in an organization, the employee is most likely to be disillusioned and quit during which stage of socialization?A) prearrivalB) ritualC) encounterD) metamorphosisE) reflectionAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

62) When you start to work through the problems that you discover about the organization, you move into the ________ stage of socialization.A) prearrival B) encounter C) acceptance D) metamorphosis E) refreezingAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

490Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 491: Robbins Chapters

63) Employee attitudes and behavior change during the ________ stage of socialization.A) establishmentB) transformationC) encounterD) metamorphosisE) prearrivalAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 238Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

64) New employees are usually comfortable with their organizations by the end of the ________ stage of socialization.A) encounter B) exploration C) establishment D) metamorphosis E) adaptationAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 238Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

65) Specific orientation and training programs that segregate new employees from the ongoing work setting are examples of which type of entry socialization?A) individual socialization. B) collective socialization. C) formal socialization. D) serial socialization.E) investiture socialization.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 238Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

66) A law firm has established standardized stages of transition. A defined probationary period of five years is established before a candidate should be given partner status. This is an example fo the ________ entry socialization.A) collective B) fixedC) individualD) serialE) investitureAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 239Topic: Creating and Sustaining CultureAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

491Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 492: Robbins Chapters

67) Which of the following is not a means of transmitting culture within an organization?A) storiesB) reflectionsC) ritualsD) languageE) material symbolsAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

68) Reminding employees about the founders at each quarterly meeting is an example of which technique for transmitting culture?A) storiesB) material symbolsC) languageD) ritualsE) toolsAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

69) ________ typically contain(s) a narrative of events about the organization's founders, rule breaking, or reactions to past mistakes.A) StoriesB) Material symbolsC) RitualsD) LanguageE) ReflectionsAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

70) Nunya is a computer software company that employs highly intelligent, but somewhat unusual people. The regular distribution of lollipops, toys, or treats every Friday is an example of a ________ that helps reinforce Nunya's culture.A) storyB) ritualC) material symbolD) symbolismE) toolAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn CultureAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

492Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 493: Robbins Chapters

71) Nunya is a computer software company that employs highly intelligent, but somewhat unusual people. The dress code worn by Nunya employees is an example of a ________ through which organization culture is transmitted.A) storyB) ritualC) material symbolD) symbolic actE) toolAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn CultureAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

72) The Wal-Mart company chant is an example of a(n)A) story.B) material symbol.C) ritual.D) language.E) reflection.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

73) Socialization rituals perform all of the following functions except that of ________.A) reinforcing the key values of the organizationB) emphasizing the organization's goalsC) revealing the company's bottom line in terms of net profitD) reinforcing the company's perspective on which people are importantE) revealing the company's view of which people are expendableAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

74) All of the following are examples of rituals EXCEPT ________.A) anniversary parties honoring long-time employeesB) annual award meetingsC) fraternity initiationsD) the placement of offices within corporate headquartersE) singing company songsAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

493Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 494: Robbins Chapters

75) All of the following are examples of material symbols that transmit organizational culture EXCEPT ________.A) top executives' use of the company jetB) the layout of corporate headquartersC) new employee orientationsD) luxury cars for executivesE) private parking spotsAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

76) The acronyms and jargon that employees use in an organization are part ofA) stories.B) material symbols.C) rituals.D) language.E) reflections.Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

77) An organizational culture most likely to shape high ethical standards is one that ________.A) is high in risk toleranceB) is high in aggressivenessC) focuses on outcomesD) punishes innovationE) creates a highly competitive internal environmentAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

78) A highly publicized example of a company with a strong culture that supports high ethical standards that influenced employee behavior in a crisis isA) Enron.B) Disney.C) Johnson & Johnson.D) Boeing.E) American Airlines.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

494Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 495: Robbins Chapters

79) To create a more ethical culture, management should do all of the following EXCEPTA) serve as a visible role model.B) cover up unethical acts.C) provide ethical training.D) communicate ethical expectations.E) provide protective mechanisms.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

80) A culture that emphasizes building on employee strengths and emphasizes individual vitality and growth is known as a/anA) strong culture.B) positive organizational culture.C) strengths-driven culture.D) ethical culture.E) reward culture.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 242Topic: Creating a Positive Organizational Culture

81) The positive organizational culture focuses more on ________ than ________.A) profits; building individual strengthsB) building individual strengths; rewardsC) rewarding; punishingD) punishing; building individual strengthsE) employee's health; profitsAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 242Topic: Creating a Positive Organizational Culture

82) Which of the following statements best reflects the current state of positive organizational culture?A) While there are benefits to a positive organizational culture, caution must be exercised that it is not pursued beyond the point of effectiveness.B) There is no such thing as too much of a positive organizational culture.C) Positive organizational cultures are an idealistic vision, but unable to be achieved in reality.D) There is no uncertainty in the research about how positive organizational cultures work and benefit organizations.E) All cultures across the globe value being positive as much as the US.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 243Topic: Creating a Positive Organizational Culture

495Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 496: Robbins Chapters

83) The best advice to offer US managers when opening up operations in another country is toA) let the US culture dominate.B) be culturally sensitive.C) ignore local cultures.D) merge the local culture with the dominant US culture.E) let the local culture dominate.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 243Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) US managers can learn to be more culturally sensitive. Recommendations for achieving this includeA) talking in a low tone of voice.B) speaking slowly.C) listening more.D) avoiding discussions of religion and politics.E) all of the above.Answer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 243Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

85) All of the following factors increase the probability that cultural change can be successfully implemented EXCEPTA) the existence of a dramatic crisis.B) a positive organizational culture.C) a turnover in the organization's top leadership.D) an organization that is both young and small.E) a weak dominant culture.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 244Topic: Implications for Managers

86) Organizational culture is a set of key characteristics that an organization values.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

87) The degree to which employees are encouraged to be innovative and take risks is termed aggressiveness.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

496Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 497: Robbins Chapters

88) The degree to which management decisions take into consideration the effect of outcomes on people within the organization is termed outcome orientation.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

89) The degree to which management focuses on results rather than on techniques and processes refers to results orientation.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

90) The degree to which organizational activities emphasize maintaining the status quo in contrast to growth is known as stability.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

91) Individuals with different backgrounds in an organization will tend to describe the organization's culture in similar terms.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

92) The primary or dominant values that are accepted throughout an organization are known as its core principles.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

93) "Dominant culture" refers to cultures that value aggressive personalities.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

94) Research demonstrates that subcultures act to undermine the dominant culture.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

95) Subcultures rarely influence the behavior of an organization's members.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

497Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 498: Robbins Chapters

96) Strong cultures have a greater impact on employees' behavior than do weak cultures.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

97) One specific result of a strong culture should be lower employee turnover.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

98) Culture has a boundary-defining role; it creates distinctions between one organization and others.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

99) Culture is the social glue that holds an organization together by providing appropriate standards for what employees should say and do.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

100) Organizational culture serves to reinforce the self-interest of individual employees.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

101) Culture by definition is tangible and explicit.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

102) Culture increases ambiguity for employees.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

103) A strong culture can be a liability for an organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

104) An entrenched culture can be a burden to an organization when it faces a dynamic environment.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

498Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 499: Robbins Chapters

105) A strong culture provides a supportive atmosphere for diversity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

106) Strong cultures encourage individuality.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

107) The success of a merger depends most strongly upon the example set by the top management of the merged organizations.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

108) People issues are cited as the reason for the unusually high failure rate of mergers.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

109) The founders of an organization generally have little impact on the organization's culture since they are so far removed from the employees.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 235Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

110) Three forces play a particularly important part in sustaining culture: selection practices, promotion policies, and socialization methods.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 235Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

111) The selection process involved with hiring an employee is a two-way process.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

112) The values within an organization's culture tend to flow down from top management.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

113) Socialization is the process that defines group interaction patterns.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

499Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 500: Robbins Chapters

114) The socialization process is made up of three steps: prearrival, adjustment, and metamorphosis.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

115) In the socialization process, the period of learning that occurs before a new employee joins an organization is termed the encounter stage.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

116) One major purpose of a business school is to socialize business students to the attitudes and behaviors that business firms want.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 236-237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

117) The stage of socialization where an individual confronts the possible dichotomy between her expectations and reality is the encounter stage.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

118) When a new employee works out problems discovered upon entry to an organization, he is in the metamorphosis stage of the socialization process.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 237Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

119) Socialization is complete when an employee completes his probationary period with a new company.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 238Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

120) A successful metamorphosis should reduce the employee's propensity to leave the organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 238Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

500Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 501: Robbins Chapters

121) Fraternity pledges go through divestiture socialization whereby they are shaped into the proper role.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 239Topic: Creating and Sustaining CultureAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

122) The most potent means of transmitting culture to employees are stories, rituals, related symbols, and language.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

123) Stories are a form of socialization ritual.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

124) A ritual is a repetitive sequence of activities that continually expresses the key values of the organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

125) Rituals serve to reinforce the hierarchical structure of an organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

126) Providing an executive with a chauffer-driven limousine is an example of a ritual.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

127) Material symbols may convey to employees the degree of egalitarianism that is desired by top management.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

128) Language can serve to unite members of a given culture as new employees learn the acronyms and jargon specific to the organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

501Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 502: Robbins Chapters

129) All organizations within an industry use the terminology designated by the industry so that their employees can move freely from organization to organization.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

130) A strong organizational culture exerts more influence on employees than does a weak culture.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

131) The content and strength of an organizational culture influences the organization's ethical climate.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

132) An organizational culture most likely to shape high ethical standards is one that is high in risk tolerance, low in aggressiveness, and focuses on means instead of outcomes.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

133) A strong company that encourages pushing the limits can be a powerful force in shaping unethical behavior.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

134) Performance appraisals of managers should include a point-by-point evaluation of how the manager's decisions measure up against the organization's code of ethics.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

502Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 503: Robbins Chapters

135) Management can create more ethical cultures through the following means: acting as visible role models, communicating ethical expectations, providing ethical training, visibly rewarding ethical acts and punishing unethical ones, and providing protective mechanisms.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

136) A positive organizational culture is defined as a culture that rewards more than it punishes and emphasizes individual growth.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 242Topic: Creating a Positive Organizational Culture

137) A positive organizational culture emphasizes not only organizational effectiveness, but individuals' growth as well.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 242Topic: Creating a Positive Organizational Culture

138) An organization's culture often reflects the national culture.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 243Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) An organization's culture is relatively easy to change.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 244Topic: Implications for Managers

140) A surprising financial setback can provide an impetus for culture change.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 244Topic: Implications for Managers

141) What is organizational culture?Answer: Organizational culture refers to a system of shared meaning held by members that distinguishes the organization from other organizations. This system of shared meaning is a set of key characteristics that the organization values. Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

503Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 504: Robbins Chapters

142) Identify and describe the seven primary characteristics that capture the essence of an organization's culture.Answer: Organizational culture refers to a system of shared meaning held by members that distinguishes the organization from other organizations. This system of shared meaning is, on closer examination, a set of key characteristics that the organization values. There are seven primary characteristics that capture the essence of an organization's culture. Innovation and risk taking are the degree to which employees are encouraged to be innovative and take risks. Attention to detail is the degree to which employees are expected to exhibit precision, analysis, and attention to detail. Outcome orientation is the degree to which management focuses on results or outcomes rather than on the techniques and processes used to achieve these outcomes. People orientation is the degree to which management decisions take into consideration the effect of outcomes on people within the organization. Team orientation is the degree to which work activities are organized around teams rather than individuals. Aggressiveness is the degree to which people are aggressive and competitive rather than easygoing. Stability is the degree to which organizational activities emphasize maintaining the status quo in contrast to growth. Page Ref: 231Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

143) Discuss the difference between strong and weak organizational cultures.Answer: Strong cultures have a greater impact on employee behavior and are more directly related to reduced turnover. In a strong culture, the organization's core values are both intensely held and widely shared. The more members who accept the core values and the greater their commitment to those values is, the stronger the culture is. A strong culture will have a great influence on the behavior of its members because the high degree of sharedness and intensity creates an internal climate of high behavioral control. One specific result of a strong culture should be lower employee turnover. A strong culture demonstrates high agreement among members about what the organization stands for. Such unanimity of purpose builds cohesiveness, loyalty, and organizational commitment. These qualities, in turn, lessen employees' propensity to leave the organization. Page Ref: 232Topic: What Is Organizational Culture?

144) What are the functions of organizational culture?Answer: Culture performs a number of functions within an organization. First, it has a boundary-defining role. That is, it creates distinctions between one organization and others. Second, it conveys a sense of identity for organization members. Third, culture facilitates the generation of commitment to something larger than one's individual self-interest. Fourth, it enhances social system stability. Culture is the social glue that helps hold the organization together by providing appropriate standards for what employees should say and do. Finally, culture serves as a sense-making and control mechanism that guides and shapes the attitudes and behavior of employees. Page Ref: 233Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

504Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 505: Robbins Chapters

145) When can culture be a liability?Answer: Culture is a liability when the shared values are not in agreement with those that will further the organization's effectiveness. This is most likely to occur when an organization's environment is dynamic. When an environment is undergoing rapid change, an organization's entrenched culture may no longer be appropriate. So consistency of behavior is an asset to an organization when it faces a stable environment. It may, however, burden the organization and make it difficult to respond to changes in the environment. These strong cultures become barriers to change when business as usual is no longer effective. Culture can also serve as a liability when hiring a diverse workforce. Organizations hire diverse individuals because of the alternative strengths these people bring to the workplace, yet these diverse behaviors and strengths are likely to diminish in strong cultures as people attempt to fit in. Finally, culture can be a liability in acquisitions and mergers. In recent years, cultural compatibility has become the primary concern with acquisition and merger decisions. The primary cause of failure is conflicting organizational cultures. Page Ref: 234Topic: What Do Cultures Do?

146) How does organizational culture develop?Answer: An organization's current customs, traditions, and general way of doing things are largely due to what it has done before and the degree of success it has had with those endeavors. The founders of an organization traditionally have a major impact on that organization's early culture. They have a vision of what the organization should be. They are constrained by previous customs or ideologies. The small size that typically characterizes new organizations further facilitates the founders' imposition of their vision on all organizational members.

The process of culture-creation occurs in three ways. First, founders only hire and keep employees who think and feel the way they do. Second, they indoctrinate and socialize these employees to their way of thinking and feeling. And finally, the founders' own behavior acts as a role model that encourages employees to identify with them and thereby internalize their beliefs, values, and assumptions. When the organization succeeds, the founders' vision becomes seen as a primary determinant of that success. At this point, the founders' entire personalities become embedded in the culture of the organization. Page Ref: 235Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

505Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 506: Robbins Chapters

147) Explain the primary methods of maintaining an organization's culture.Answer: Once a culture is in place, there are practices within the organization that act to maintain it by giving employees a set of similar experiences. Three forces play a particularly important part in sustaining a culture: selection practices, the actions of top management, and socialization methods.

First, the explicit goal of the selection process is to identify and hire individuals who have the knowledge, skills, and abilities to perform the jobs within the organization successfully. It would be naive to ignore that the final decision as to who is hired will be significantly influenced by the decision maker's judgment of how well the candidates will fit into the organization. This attempt to ensure a proper match, whether purposely or inadvertently, results in the hiring of people who have values essentially consistent with those of the organization, or at least a good portion of those values. In addition, the selection process provides information to applicants about the organization. Candidates learn about the organization and, if they perceive a conflict between their values and those of the organization, they can self-select themselves out of the applicant pool.

In addition to selection, the actions of top management also have a major impact on the organization's culture. Through what they say and how they behave, senior executives establish norms that filter down through the organization as to whether risk taking is desirable; how much freedom managers should give their employees; what is appropriate dress; what actions will pay off in terms of pay raises, promotions, and other rewards; and the like.

Finally, no matter how good a job the organization does in recruiting and selection, new employees are not fully indoctrinated in the organization's culture. Because they are unfamiliar with the organization's culture, new employees are potentially likely to disturb the beliefs and customs that are in place. The organization will, therefore, want to help new employees adapt to its culture. This adaptation process is called socialization. This is when the organization seeks to mold the outsider into an employee "in good standing." Employees who fail to learn the essential or pivotal role behaviors risk being labeled "nonconformists" or "rebels," which often leads to expulsion. But the organization will be socializing every employee, though maybe not as explicitly, throughout his or her entire career in the organization. This further contributes to sustaining the culture. Page Ref: 235-236Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

148) What are the three stages of socialization through which employees become indoctrinated into an organization's culture?Answer: The three stages of socialization are prearrival, encounter, and metamorphosis. The prearrival stage recognizes that each individual arrives with a set of values, attitudes, and expectations. These cover both the work to be done and the organization. Upon entry into the organization, the new member enters the encounter stage. Here the individual confronts the possible dichotomy between her expectations and reality. Finally, the new member must work out any problems discovered during the encounter stage. This may mean going through changes ∙ hence, this is called the metamorphosis stage. Page Ref: 236-238Topic: Creating and Sustaining Culture

506Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 507: Robbins Chapters

149) Discuss how culture is transmitted to employees.Answer: Culture is transmitted to employees in a number of forms, the most potent being stories, rituals, material symbols, and language. Stories contain a narrative of events about the organization's founders, rule breaking, rags-to-riches successes, reductions in the workforce, relocation of employees, reactions to past mistakes, and organizational coping. These stories anchor the present in the past and provide explanations and legitimacy for current practices. Rituals are repetitive sequences of activities that express and reinforce the key values of the organization, what goals are most important, which people are important and which are expendable. The layout of corporate headquarters, the types of automobiles top executives are given, and the presence or absence of corporate aircraft are a few examples of material symbols. These material symbols convey to employees who is important, the degree of egalitarianism desired by top management, and the kinds of behavior that are appropriate. Many organizations and units within organizations use language as a way to identify members of a culture or subculture. By learning this language, members attest to their acceptance of the culture and, in so doing help to preserve it. Once assimilated, terminology acts as a common denominator that unites members of a given culture or subculture. Page Ref: 240Topic: How Employees Learn Culture

150) What can management do to create a more ethical culture within an organization?Answer: To create a more ethical culture, management can take a number of steps. Management can be a visible role model. Employees will look to top management behavior as a benchmark for defining appropriate behavior. Management can also communicate ethical expectations. Ethical ambiguities can be minimized by creating and disseminating an organizational code of ethics. It should state the organization's primary values and the ethical rules that employees are expected to follow. Management can also provide ethical training. Training sessions can be used to reinforce the organization's standards of conduct, to clarify what practices are and are not permissible, and to address possible ethical dilemmas. Finally, management can visibly reward ethical acts and punish unethical ones. Performance appraisals of managers should include a point-by-point evaluation of how his or her decisions measured against the organization's code of ethics. Appraisals must include the means taken to achieve goals as well as the ends themselves. A formal mechanism should also be provided so employees can discuss ethical dilemmas and report unethical behavior without fear of reprimand.Page Ref: 241Topic: Creating an Ethical Organizational CultureAASCB Tag: Ethical Understanding and Reasoning Abilities

507Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 508: Robbins Chapters

Essentials of Organizational Behavior, 10e (Robbins/Judge)Chapter 16 Organizational Change

1) Phrases such as "more cultural diversity," "many new entrants with inadequate skills," and "increase in aging workers" are all examples of what force for change?A) technologyB) world politicsC) nature of the workforceD) social trendsE) competitionAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

2) An example of change in the nature of the workforce is an increase in ________.A) college attendanceB) mergers and consolidationsC) capital equipmentD) divorce ratesE) cultural diversity of employeesAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

3) Which of the following reflects the force for change of economic shock?A) the dot-com bustB) aging populationC) growth of e-commerceD) war on terrorismE) competitorsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

4) Which of the following is not a primary force for change in organizations?A) technologyB) economic shocksC) decreasing skill setsD) social trendsE) competitionAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

508Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 509: Robbins Chapters

5) An example of change in the nature of competition is ________.A) growth of e-commerceB) collapse of Enron CorporationC) Iraq-U.S. warD) increased interest in urban livingE) a decrease in interest ratesAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

6) Organizations and their members resist change since they perceiveA) change as threatening.B) they are ok as they are.C) there is no need for change.D) change is not always good.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 246-247Topic: Resistance to Change

7) Which of the following is an individual source of resistance to change?A) perceptionB) habitC) personalityD) threat to established power relationshipsE) uncertaintyAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to Change

8) Which of the following is NOT an organizational source of resistance to change?A) structural inertia.B) limited focus of change.C) group inertia.D) fear of the unknown.E) threat to established power relationships,Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to Change

509Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 510: Robbins Chapters

9) An example of a source of individual resistance to change is ________.A) inertiaB) structural inertiaC) a habitD) threat to expertiseE) a policy conflictAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to Change

10) Which of the following is not a source of individual resistance to change?A) habitB) securityC) programmed responsesD) structuralE) fear of the unknownAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to Change

11) Your supervisor has restructured the jobs within your division and some of your colleagues are not pleased. Don is concerned that he will not be able to perform the new tasks. Since he is paid by the amount he produces, his pay might be reduced. Tony is afraid that his job may be in jeopardy and he may be laid off. Doug dislikes uncertainty and has developed a negative attitude. The source of Don's resistance is ________.A) habitB) economicC) securityD) structural inertiaE) inertiaAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

510Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 511: Robbins Chapters

12) Your supervisor has restructured the jobs within your division and some of your colleagues are not pleased. Don is concerned that he will not be able to perform the new tasks. Since he is paid by the amount he produces, his pay might be reduced. Tony is afraid that his job may be in jeopardy and he may be laid off. Doug dislikes uncertainty and has developed a negative attitude. The source of Tony's resistance is ________.A) habitB) selective information processingC) securityD) group inertiaE) structural inertiaAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

13) Since the restructuring, your division has had trouble filling the open positions with appropriate candidates. The selection processes used by human resources have not yet adjusted to the new criteria required for the restructured job positions. This problem is an example of which kind of resistance to change?A) structural inertiaB) limited focus of changeC) group inertiaD) threat to expertiseE) threat to established power relationshipsAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

14) When GM announces a major layoff, the source of employees' resistance to change is ________.A) habitB) securityC) limited focusD) structuralE) economic factorsAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

511Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 512: Robbins Chapters

15) When management changes the technological process of the accounting department, but fails to modify the structure to match, the resistance to change is from ________.A) unfreezingB) the limited focus of changeC) habitD) securityE) double-loop learningAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

16) ________ acts as a counterbalance to sustain stability when an organization is confronted with change.A) Structural inertiaB) SecurityC) Limited focus of changeD) The threat to established power relationshipsE) Group inertia Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

17) If an organization used an outside consultant as opposed to an insider as a change agent, the result would probably be more ________.A) conservative and risk averseB) reflective of the organization's history and cultureC) objectiveD) reflective of the fact that change agents must live with the consequences of their actionsE) prone to biasAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

18) Which factor in choosing an outside consultant as change agent is likely to result in more drastic changes?A) the costB) internal members' resistance to outsidersC) they don't have to live with the repercussions after the changeD) an objective perspectiveE) they don't know the organizationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

512Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 513: Robbins Chapters

19) Change agents can be ________.A) managersB) non-managersC) current employeesD) outside consultantsE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 247-248Topic: Resistance to Change

20) If an organization used an insider as a change agent, as opposed to an outside consultant, the change would ________.A) probably be more cautiousB) probably be more drasticC) probably be more objectiveD) most likely be second orderE) most likely be tertiaryAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

21) You have brought in the local extension agent to explain demographics and the changing nature of the area in which you live. The method for overcoming resistance that you have chosen is ________.A) education and communicationB) participationC) negotiationD) manipulation and cooptationE) coercionAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

22) Which tactic for overcoming resistance to change basically assumes that the source of resistance lies in misinformation?A) training and developmentB) facilitation and supportC) education and communicationD) teaching and advancementE) cooptation and manipulationAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

513Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 514: Robbins Chapters

23) When change agents ensure that employees perceive the changes as being made consistently, they are using which tactic to reduce resistance to change?A) participationB) building emotional commitmentC) implementing changes fairlyD) coercion E) education and communication Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

24) If management realizes that firing up employees can help them let go of the status quo to change, which method of overcoming resistance to change are they likely to use?A) education and communicationB) participationC) building emotional commitmentD) selecting people who accept changeE) coercionAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

25) Your company, Johnson Farm Products, has decided to expand its traditional business serving farm owners in order to include home gardeners in its customer base. This change is not met with enthusiasm by the sales personnel who have had good long-term relationships with area farmers. You know that the change will be difficult if you cannot overcome the resistance of the sales personnel and obtain their cooperation. You have decided to involve the sales personnel in planning for the change and in stocking appropriate new items to sell to gardeners. The method for overcoming resistance that you have chosen is ________.A) education and communicationB) participationC) negotiationD) manipulation and cooptationE) coercionAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to ChangeAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

514Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 515: Robbins Chapters

26) Which of the following is NOT an approach to building emotional commitment to overcome resistance to change?A) employee counselingB) new skills trainingC) energizing employeesD) buying off resistorsE) providing a short paid leave of absenceAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

27) Which tactic to deal with resistance to change can backfire if the targets become aware that they were used?A) participationB) education and communicationC) coercionD) cooptationE) building emotional supportAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

28) Which one of the following is NOT suggested as a tactic for dealing with resistance to change?A) accelerationB) coercionC) participationD) cooptationE) building emotional commitmentAnswer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 248-249Topic: Resistance to Change

29) You have threatened to eliminate positions and even to close down the company if your employees don't change their attitudes. The method for overcoming resistance that you have chosen may be ________.A) education and communicationB) participationC) negotiationD) coercion E) building support and commitmentAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 249Topic: Resistance to Change

515Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 516: Robbins Chapters

30) Research suggested that organizations could facilitate the change process by selecting people with high ________.A) uncertainty avoidanceB) risk toleranceC) external locus of controlD) authoritarianismE) dogmatismAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Resistance to Change

31) Using direct threats to overcome resistance to change is called ________.A) participationB) building support and commitmentC) selecting people who accept changeD) coercion E) education and communication Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Resistance to Change

32) Which tactic to overcome resistance to change is last on the list and is likely to harden resistance to change or lead to hidden revolts?A) participationB) building support and commitmentC) selecting people who accept changeD) coercion E) education and communication Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Resistance to Change

33) The three-step description of the change process as unfreezing, movement, and refreezing was proposed by ________.A) Tom PetersB) Kurt LewinC) Edward DemingD) Peter SengeE) KotterAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

516Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 517: Robbins Chapters

34) According to Lewin, the stage of the change process where the new change is made permanent is ________.A) changingB) unfreezingC) movementD) refreezingE) equilibriumAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

35) Mintz's Motor Repair is moving its location to a larger community 100 miles away. Mintz would like for its mechanics to move with the company but realizes that there will be some hardships associated with the move. Mintz has decided to use Lewin's three-step model in order to make the change. As a manager in charge of the relocation effort, you are offering a $2,000 moving bonus for any employee who will go to the new location. In Lewin's terms, you are attempting to ________.A) unfreeze the status quoB) move the process alongC) refreeze the changeD) bribe your employeesE) maintain the status quoAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

36) Mintz's Motor Repair is moving its location to a larger community 100 miles away. Mintz would like for its mechanics to move with the company but realizes that there will be some hardships associated with the move. Mintz has decided to use Lewin's three-step model in order to make the change. You have implemented a permanent upward adjustment of salaries for employees who relocate. You are attempting to ________.A) unfreeze the status quoB) move the process alongC) refreeze the changeD) change a driving forceE) maintain the status quoAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational ChangeAASCB Tag: Analytic Skills

517Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 518: Robbins Chapters

37) Mintz's Motor Repair is moving its location to a larger community 100 miles away. Mintz would like for its mechanics to move with the company but realizes that there will be some hardships associated with the move. Mintz has decided to use Lewin's three-step model in order to make the change. You counsel each employee individually, trying to lessen each person's fears about the move. This is an example of ________.A) removing driving forcesB) increasing driving forcesC) removing restraining forcesD) brainwashingE) increasing restraining forcesAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational ChangeAASCB Tag: Reflective Thinking Skills

38) Research on organizational change has shown that to be effective,A) change has to happen quickly.B) organizations must build up to change.C) change must be phased in slowly across departments.D) strong cultures must be weakened.E) change must be incremental and not radical.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

39) ________ is one way to achieve unfreezing of an organization's status quo.A) Increasing the driving forces directing behavior away from the status quoB) Increasing the restraining forces which hinder movement from inequalityC) Increasing employee investment in the status quoD) Decreasing management's investment in changeE) Increasing the rigidity of the organizational hierarchyAnswer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

40) To move from equilibrium, Lewin suggests ________ forces.A) decreasing restrainingB) increasing compellingC) decreasing driving and restraining forcesD) increasing restrainingE) increasing restraining and drivingAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

518Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 519: Robbins Chapters

41) Kotter's eight-step plan for implementing change includes all of the following steps EXCEPTA) Discourage risk taking.B) Establish a sense of urgency for why change is needed.C) Form a coalition with enough power to lead the change.D) Communicate the vision throughout the organization.E) Reward short-term wins that move the organization toward the new vision.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-4Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

42) Kotter's eight-step plan for implementing changes builds onA) Lewin's three-step model.B) research on resistance to change.C) driving forces.D) appreciative inquiry.E) Senge's learning organization.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 250Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

43) ________ encompasses a collection of planned-change interventions built on humanistic-democratic values that seek to improve organizational effectiveness and employee well-being.A) Organizational developmentB) Reflected changeC) Process consultationD) Action researchE) Economic validityAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

44) The change agent may be directive in OD; however, there is a strong emphasis on ________.A) overcoming resistanceB) collaborationC) coercionD) threatsE) getting the change done at any costAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

519Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 520: Robbins Chapters

45) Which of the following is not considered an underlying value in organizational development?A) participationB) confrontationC) implementationD) respect for peopleE) trustAnswer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

46) Which of the following is not true of organizational development?A) Hierarchical authority is emphasized.B) There is an emphasis on collaboration.C) Effective organizations are characterized by trust.D) People should be treated with dignity and respect.E) Problems should be opening confronted.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

47) T-groups are also known as ________.A) action research teamsB) appreciative inquiry training groupsC) team-building groupsD) sensitivity training groupsE) focus groupsAnswer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

48) ________ is a method of changing behavior through unstructured group interaction.A) Action researchB) Planned changeC) Process consultationD) Sensitivity trainingE) PsychoanalysisAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

520Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 521: Robbins Chapters

49) ________ is a tool for assessing attitudes held by organizational members, identifying discrepancies among member perceptions, and solving these differences.A) Sensitivity trainingB) Survey feedbackC) Process consultationD) Intergroup developmentE) MBWAAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

50) Sensitivity training A) uses data from a questionnaire to identify problems.B) tabulates the data findings to feed back to employees.C) uses a consultant to advise the organization on the process of change.D) seeks to identify the strengths of the organization.E) uses an open environment to allow participants to express their attitudes about change.Answer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

51) Providing subjects with increased awareness of their own behavior and how others perceive them is the objective of ________.A) sensitivity trainingB) survey feedbackC) process consultationD) inter-group developmentE) MBWAAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 251Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

52) Which of the following is NOT an intervention that change agents might consider?A) sensitivity trainingB) survey feedbackC) process consultationD) appreciative inquiryE) process reengineeringAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251-252Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

521Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 522: Robbins Chapters

53) The purpose of ________ is for an outside consultant to assist a client, usually a manager, to perceive, understand, and act upon process events with which the manager must deal.A) a change agentB) survey feedbackC) process consultationD) action researchE) social reinforcementAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

54) Which of the following statements is true of process consultation?A) PC is less task-directed than sensitivity training.B) Process consultants are there to assist the organization by providing the insight into what is going on.C) The process consultant solves the organization's problems.D) Process consultation generally uses managers within the organization.E) PC resolves resistance to change.Answer: BDiff: 3 Page Ref: 252Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

55) Rather than looking for problems, ________ seeks to identify the unique qualities and special strengths of an organization, which can then be built upon to improve performance.A) appreciative inquiryB) action researchC) team buildingD) process consultationE) social reinforcementAnswer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

56) Which of the following is not a step in the appreciative inquiry process?A) discoveryB) dreamingC) devisingD) destinyE) designAnswer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

522Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 523: Robbins Chapters

57) In which step of the AI process are people asked to envision the organization in five years and to describe what is different?A) discoveryB) dreamingC) designD) destinyE) inquiryAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 252Topic: Managing Change Through Organizational Development

58) ________ is defined as a new idea applied to initiating or improving a product, process, or service.A) CreativityB) InnovationC) Process reengineeringD) Continuous improvementE) Organizational changeAnswer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 253Topic: Creating a Culture for Change

59) Nabisco's extension of the Oreo product line to include double-stuffed Oreos is an example ofA) product reengineering.B) radical breakthrough innovation.C) small incremental improvement.D) process innovation.E) creativity.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 253Topic: Creating a Culture for Change

60) All of the following organizational factors positively influence innovation EXCEPTA) lower vertical differentiation.B) higher centralization.C) lower formalization.D) longer managerial tenure.E) more slack resources.Answer: BDiff: 1 Page Ref: 253Topic: Creating a Culture for Change

523Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 524: Robbins Chapters

61) Innovative organizational cultures are likely to do all of the following EXCEPTA) encourage experimentation.B) reward successes.C) reward failures.D) punish failures.E) celebrate mistakes.Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 253Topic: Creating a Culture for Change

62) Once an idea is developed, those who actively promote it, build support, overcome resistance and ensure the innovation is implemented are known asA) idea champions.B) innovators.C) management.D) resistors.E) innovators.Answer: ADiff: 1 Page Ref: 254Topic: Creating a Culture for Change

63) "Good isn't good enough" is the theme oA) process reengineering.B) appreciative inquiry.C) continuous improvement.D) distinctive competencies.E) organizational development.Answer: CDiff: 1 Page Ref: 254Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

64) When management starts with a clean sheet to rethink the way they create value, they are engaged inA) process reengineering.B) appreciative inquiry.C) continuous improvement.D) distinctive competencies.E) organizational development.Answer: ADiff: 2 Page Ref: 255Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

524Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 525: Robbins Chapters

65) One of the main consequences of process reengineering has been thatA) jobs have remained the same for most employees.B) skill sets remain stable.C) it is over quickly.D) many middle managers and support staff have lost their jobs.E) it results in very little stress.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 255Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

66) Which of the following is NOT true of stress?A) Challenge stress is associated with challenges in the work environment.B) Hindrance stress keeps you from reaching your goals.C) Challenge stress has many more negative implications than hindrance stress.D) Office politics is an example of hindrance stress.E) Some stress can be good.Answer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

67) The concern today isA) to eliminate all stress on the job.B) to avoid all stressors.C) to eliminate all challenge stress.D) to reduce dysfunctional stress.E) to understand dysfunctional stress.Answer: DDiff: 1 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

68) The pressure of heavy workloads and deadlines can be seen asA) positive challenges.B) challenge stress.C) enhancements to job satisfaction.D) an opportunity to perform at maximum levels.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 2 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

525Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 526: Robbins Chapters

69) Which of the following is NOT an organizational factor that can lower stress levels?A) conducting employee selection to ensure a good abilities-job fitB) using an objective job preview to reduce ambiguityC) improving organizational communication to reduce ambiguityD) designing goal-setting programs to provide clear performance objectivesE) redesigning jobs to eliminate all challengesAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

70) An organization that has developed the continuous capacity to adapt and change is termed a(n) ________.A) maladapted mechanismB) continuous improvement processC) innovative organizationD) double-loop learning organization E) learning organizationAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 257Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

71) Which of the following approaches might a manager consider recommending in order to address the stress arising from an employee's personal life?A) employee counselingB) time management programsC) physical activity programsD) relaxation programsE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 1 Page Ref: 277Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

72) ________ involves correcting errors using past routines and present policies.A) Process reengineeringB) Single-loop learningC) Double-loop learningD) Continuous improvement process E) Organizational reactionAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 257Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

526Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 527: Robbins Chapters

73) Errors that are corrected by modifying the organization's objectives, policies, and standard routines are part of ________.A) single-loop learningB) double-loop learningC) process reengineeringD) continuous improvementE) tertiary continuance Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 257Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

74) The learning organization is viewed as a remedy for which of the following problems inherent in traditional organizations?A) poor communicationB) overemphasis on competitionC) poor moraleD) poor employee engagementE) groupthinkAnswer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 257Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

75) Which fundamental problem that is inherent in traditional organizations misdirects management's attention to problem solving rather than creation?A) crisis managementB) groupthinkC) overemphasis on competitionD) reactivenessE) fragmentationAnswer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 258Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

76) The learning organization draws on which of the following OB concepts?A) quality managementB) functional conflictC) transformational leadershipD) the boundaryless organizationE) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 258Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

527Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 528: Robbins Chapters

77) Which of the following is a characteristic of a learning organization? Its employees ________.A) have standard ways of doing their jobsB) pursue projects of interestC) discard their old ways of thinking and routines for solving problemsD) think in terms of independent relationshipsE) have high levels of technical knowledgeAnswer: CDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 16-5Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

78) Which of the following is not a characteristic of a learning organization?A) There is a shared vision upon which everyone agrees.B) People sublimate their personal self-interest to work together to achieve the organization's shared vision.C) Members think of organization activities as independent activities.D) People openly communicate with each other.E) There is consensus on the direction of the organization.Answer: CDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-5Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

79) Which is not a strategy for managers to make their firms learning organizations?A) Establish a strategy that makes management's commitment to innovation explicit.B) Redesign the organization's structure by flattening the structure and increasing the use of cross-functional teams.C) Reshape the organization's culture by emphasizing risk taking and openness.D) Systematically collect data and then select a change action based on the analyzed data.E) Make it clear that people high in the organization are behind any proposed change.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 258-259Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

80) Which of the following actions can management take to reshape the organization's culture in creating a learning organization?A) Flatten the structure.B) Reduce the use of cross-functional teams.C) Be a role model in avoiding risk.D) Discourage functional conflict.E) Discourage disagreements.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 258-259Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

528Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 529: Robbins Chapters

81) People will be more likely to take a passive approach toward change in countriesA) where people see themselves as subjugated to their environment.B) such as the United States.C) such as Canada.D) where people believe they can dominate their environment.E) that are collectivist in nature.Answer: ADiff: 3 Page Ref: 259Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

82) All of the following statements are true of culture change EXCEPTA) societies that focus on the long term will show patience in waiting for positive outcomes from change efforts.B) in the Unites States, people will seek change programs that promise fast results.C) resistance to change will be influenced by a society's reliance on tradition..D) Italians are less resistant to change than Americans.E) greater use of participation is expected in change efforts in Denmark.Answer: DDiff: 3 Page Ref: 259Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

83) Which of the following is true of the way idea champions do things in the global arena?A) Successful idea champions will do things differently in different cultures.B) People in collectivist cultures prefer appeals for cross-functional support for innovation efforts.C) People in high-power distance cultures prefer champions to work closely with those in authority before work is conducted on them.D) Idea champions in cultures high in uncertainty avoidance will be more effective by closely following procedures.E) all of the aboveAnswer: EDiff: 3 Page Ref: 259Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

84) Today's managers are finding their world is characterized byA) change as occasional disturbances.B) stable environments.C) predictability.D) constant and chaotic change.E) more of the same.Answer: DDiff: 2 Page Ref: 260Topic: Implications for Managers

529Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 530: Robbins Chapters

85) When considering stress across cultures which of the following statements is NOT true?A) The job conditions that cause stress vary across cultures.B) Personality effects on stress are different across cultures.C) Stress is equally bad for employees of all cultures.D) Social support can help reduce the demand to work long hours for American employees.E) Social support can help reduce the demand to work long hours for Chinese employees.Answer: BDiff: 2 Page Ref: 260Topic: Implications for Managers

86) "Change or die" is the rallying cry among today's managers worldwide.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 245Topic: Forces for Change

87) The aging population, internet chat rooms, and the volatility of the stock market are all forces for change.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

88) Technology is a force that acts as a catalyst for change.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for ChangeAASCB Tag: Use of Information Technology

89) We live in an age of continuity.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

90) The global economy means that competitors are as likely to come from across the ocean as from across town.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

91) Social trends remain static.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

92) Change is caused by individual, not organizational, factors.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 247Topic: Resistance to Change

530Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 531: Robbins Chapters

93) Research demonstrates that any effort to resist change is dysfunctional in terms of organizational effectiveness.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 247Topic: Resistance to Change

94) There is a negative correlation between people's need for security and their resistance to change.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to Change

95) If an individual believes his/her income will be affected negatively by a particular change, resistance will be likely.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Resistance to Change

96) "Change agent" is synonymous with "manager."Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 247-248Topic: Resistance to Change

97) Outside consultants are more likely to initiate more drastic changes than internal change agents.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

98) Internal change agents are more likely to be cautious in their recommended changes since they have to live with the consequences.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

99) Internal change agents typically are individuals high in the organization who have little to lose from the change.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 248Topic: Resistance to Change

100) According to Lewin's model, refreezing is required if changes are to be permanent.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

531Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 532: Robbins Chapters

101) Retention forces are those that hinder movement from the existing equilibrium.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

102) Inertia forces direct behavior away from the status quo.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

103) According to Lewin's change process, the status quo is considered an equilibrium state; moving from this equilibrium requires unfreezing.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

104) According to Lewin, to unfreeze from the equilibrium state the driving forces should be decreased.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

105) According to Lewin, once the change has been implemented, it will take hold immediately.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

106) Kotter's eight-step plan for implementing change builds on Lewin's three-step model to create a more detailed approach.Answer: TRUEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 250Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

107) There is a strong emphasis on collaboration in OD.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 251Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

108) Sensitivity training emphasizes changing behavior through structured group interaction.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 251Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

109) Sensitivity training is also known as T-groups.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

532Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 533: Robbins Chapters

110) The objectives of survey feedback are to provide subjects with increased awareness of their own behavior and how others see them.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 251Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

111) One tool for assessing attitudes held by organizational members, identifying discrepancies among member perceptions, and solving these differences is the survey feedback approach.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 251Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

112) Process consultants work with the clients in jointly diagnosing what processes need improvement.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

113) Process consultants are hired to solve the organization's problems.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

114) Appreciative inquiry refers to a change process based on systematic collection of data and then selection of a change action based on what the analyzed data indicates.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

115) Appreciative inquiry is a collection of change techniques or interventions built on humanistic-democratic values.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

116) Appreciative inquiry is problem-focused.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

117) Rather than looking for problems to fix, appreciative inquiry seeks to identify the unique qualities and special strengths of an organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

533Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 534: Robbins Chapters

118) In the discovery step of the AI process, the organization finds out what people think the organization's strengths are..Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

119) Organic organizational structures positively influence innovation.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 253Topic: Creating a Culture for Change

120) The search for continuous improvement recognizes that good isn't good enougheven for excellent performance.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 254Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

121) Process reengineering involves minor tinkering with organizational processes.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 255Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

122) Process reengineering means eliminating cross-functional teams.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 255Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

123) A consequence of process reengineering has been the loss of middle management jobs.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 255Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

124) Not all stress is dysfunctional.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

125) Employee selection can lower stress levels by ensuring employee abilities match the job requirements.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

126) Stress may offer the opportunity for potential gain.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

534Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 535: Robbins Chapters

127) Conditions that cause stress are universal in effect.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

128) To help manage stress, organizations can use the techniques of goal setting and redesigning jobs, among others.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

129) Few of the factors that cause stress are controlled by management.Answer: FALSEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 256-257Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

130) Double-loop learning is an error correction process that relies on past routines and present policies.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 257Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

131) A learning organization is an ideal rather than an organizational reality.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 258Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

132) Transformational leadership is needed in a learning organization to implement the shared vision.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 258Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

133) Seldom does an organization's formal structure act as an impediment to learning.Answer: FALSEDiff: 3 Page Ref: 258Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

134) It is important for management in a learning organization to demonstrate by their actions that taking risks and admitting failures are desirable traits.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 259Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

535Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 536: Robbins Chapters

135) People openly communicate with each other across vertical and horizontal boundaries in the learning organization.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: Exh 16-5Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

136) Cultures across the globe are in agreement in terms of beliefs about their ability to control their environment.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 259Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

137) In high-power-distance cultures, change efforts will tend to be autocratically implemented by top management.Answer: TRUEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 259Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

138) Since Italians focus on the past, they should be less resistant to change efforts.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 259Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

139) An idea champion in Germany will be more effective by ignoring budgets and procedures.Answer: FALSEDiff: 2 Page Ref: 259-260Topic: Global ImplicationsAASCB Tag: Multicultural and Diversity Understanding

140) Managers must continually act as change agents.Answer: TRUEDiff: 1 Page Ref: 260Topic: Implications for Managers

536Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 537: Robbins Chapters

141) Discuss some of the forces for change. Answer: Some of the forces for change are: the nature of the workforce, technology, economic shocks, competition, social trends, and world politics.

The nature of the workforce includes more cultural diversity, increase in professionals, and many new entrants with inadequate skills. Technology includes faster and cheaper computers, new mobile communication devices, and deciphering of the human genetic code. Economic shocks include the rise and fall of dot.com stocks, the decline in the value of the Euro, and the collapse of Enron Corporation. Competition includes global competitors; mergers and consolidations; and the growth of e-commerce. Social trends include Internet chat rooms, the retirement of Baby Boomers, and the increased interest in urban living. World politics includes the escalation of hostilities in the Middle East, the opening of markets in China, and the war on terrorism. Page Ref: 246Topic: Forces for Change

142) Discuss organizational sources of resistance to change.Answer: One major organizational source of resistance is structural inertia. Organizations have built-in mechanisms to produce stability: the selection process systematically selects certain people in and certain people out; training and other socialization techniques reinforce specific role requirements and skills; and formalization provides job descriptions, rules, and procedures for employees to follow. When an organization is confronted with change, this structural inertia acts as a counterbalance to sustain stability. Another organizational factor that leads to resistance to change is the limited focus of change. Organizations are made up of interdependent subsystems. One can't change without affecting the others. Limited changes in subsystems tend to get nullified by the larger system. Group inertia may act as a constraint even if individuals themselves want to change. Changes in organizational patterns may threaten the expertise of specialized group. Andy redistribution of decision-making authority can threaten long-established power relationships within the organization. Finally, groups in the organization that control sizable resources often see change as a threat.Page Ref: Exh 16-1Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

143) Discuss the actions that managers can take to overcome resistance to change.Answer: Change agents can take a number of approaches to lessen the resistance to change. Resistance can be reduced by communicating with employees to help them see the logic of a change and educating them in the change. Prior to making a change, those opposed can be brought into the decision process. Their involvement can reduce resistance and obtain commitment. Change agents can offer a range of supportive efforts to reduce resistance. Employee counseling and therapy, new skills training, or a short paid leave of absence may facilitate adjustment. Energizing employees can also help them emotionally commit to the change rather than embrace the status quo. Through cooptation, the leaders of a resistance group can be bought off. Organizations can facilitate the change process by selecting people who score high on openness to experience, positive attitude toward change, willingness to take risks, flexibility in their behavior, high risk tolerance, and self concept. As a last resort, coercion may be used to lessen resistance to change.Page Ref: 248-249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

537Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 538: Robbins Chapters

144) Describe Lewin's model for change.Answer: Kurt Lewin argued that successful change in organizations should follow three steps: unfreezing the status quo, movement to a new state, and refreezing the new change to make it permanent. The status quo is an equilibrium state. To move from this equilibrium, unfreezing is necessary. It can be achieved by increasing the driving forces, decreasing the restraining forces, or both.Page Ref: 249Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

145) Discuss four OD interventions that change agents might consider using.Answer: Sensitivity training refers to a method of changing behavior through unstructured group interaction. Members are brought together in a free and open environment in which participants discuss themselves and their interactive processes, loosely directed by a professional behavioral scientist. One tool for assessing attitudes held by organizational members, identifying discrepancies among member perceptions, and solving these differences is the survey feedback approach. The purpose of process consultation is for an outside consultant to assist a client to perceive, understand, and act upon process events with which he or she must deal. Finally, appreciative inquiry seeks to identify the unique qualities and special strengths of an organization, which can then be built upon to improve performance. That is, it focuses on an organization's successes rather than its problems.Page Ref: 251-252Topic: Approaches to Managing Organizational Change

146) Discuss the structural variables that serve as sources of innovation in organization.Answer: Organic structures positively influence innovation. Because they are lower in vertical differentiation, formalization, and centralization, organic organizations facilitate the flexibility, adaptation, and cross-fertilization that make the adoption of innovations easier. Second, long tenure in management is associated with innovation. Third, innovation is nurtured when there are slack resources. Finally, interunit communication is high in innovative organizations. They utilize committees, task forces, cross-functional teams, and other mechanisms that facilitate interaction across departmental lines.Page Ref: 253-254Topic: Creating a Culture for Change

147) Define process reengineering and identify its three key elements.Answer: Process reengineering is how you would do things if you could start all over from scratch. It means that management should start with a clean sheet of paperrethinking and redesigning those processes by which the organization creates value and does work, ridding itself of operations that have become antiquated. The three key elements of process reengineering are identifying an organization's distinctive competencies, assessing core processes, and reorganizing horizontally by process.Page Ref: 255Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

538Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 539: Robbins Chapters

148) What is stress?Answer: Stress is a dynamic condition in which an individual is confronted with an opportunity, constraint, or demand related to what he or she desires and for which the outcome is perceived to be both uncertain and important. Stress is not necessarily bad in and of itself. It is an opportunity when it offers potential gain.Page Ref: 256Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

149) What is a learning organization? Discuss the difference between single-loop and double-loop learning.Answer: A learning organization is an organization that has developed the continuous capacity to adapt and change. Just as individuals learn, so too do organizations. A learning organization is one in which people put aside their old ways of thinking, learn to be open with each other, understand how their organization really works, form a plan or vision that everyone can agree on and then work together to achieve that vision.Most organizations engage in what has been called single-loop learning. When errors are detected, the correction process relies on past routines and present policies. In contrast, learning organizations use double-loop learning. When an error is detected, it is corrected in ways that involve the modification of the organization's objectives, policies, and standard routines. Double-loop learning challenges deep-rooted assumptions and norms within an organization. It provides opportunities for radically different solutions to problems and dramatic jumps in improvement.Page Ref: 257Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

150) What can managers do to make their firms learning organizations?Answer: Managers can make their firms learning organizations through a number of suggestions. Management can establish a strategy. Management might also redesign the organization's structure. In addition, they can reshape the organization's culture.Page Ref: 258-259Topic: Contemporary Issues in Organizational Change

539Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall

Page 540: Robbins Chapters

540Copyright © 2010 Pearson Education, Inc. Publishing as Prentice Hall